Modern literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar 9953335648, 9789953335643

Table of contents :
Introduction......Page 3
1 The Arabic Script
......Page 5
2 The Hamza (الهمزة)......Page 15
3 The Definite Article (أداة التعريف)......Page 23
4 Roots (الجذور) And Patterns (الأوزان)......Page 35
5 The Arabic Noun (الاسم)......Page 37
6 Patterns of the Verbal Noun (المصدر) of Form I Triliteral Verbs......Page 58
7 The Arabic Adjective (اسم الصفة)......Page 74
8 Formation of the Active (اسم الفاعل) and Passive (اسم المفعول) Participles of the Strong Triliteral Verb......Page 92
9 Nouns and Adjectives: Number......Page 98
10 Nouns: Gender
......Page 124
11 Adjectives: Gender
......Page 129
12 Nouns and Adjectives: Declension (الإعراب)
......Page 131
13 Use of the Cases
......Page 143
14 Noun-Adjective Agreement
......Page 149
15 The Idafa Construction (الإضافة)
......Page 160
16 The Nouns ابن أهل and صاحب......Page 181
17 The Noun ذو......Page 183
18 The Noun كل......Page 187
19 The Noun جميع......Page 193
20 The Adjective أجمع......Page 196
21 The Noun بعض......Page 197
22 The Nouns كلا and كلتا......Page 202
23 The Noun معظم......Page 204
24 The Noun مثل......Page 206
25 The Noun شبه......Page 210
26 The Expression إلى آخره......Page 211
27 The Nominal or Equational Sentence (الجملة الاسمية)......Page 213
28 The Personal Pronouns (الضمائر)......Page 241
29 The Pronoun Suffixes (الضمائر المتصلة)......Page 248
30 The Noun نفس......Page 255
31 The Noun عين......Page 259
32 The Nouns أب and أخ......Page 260
33 The Noun فم......Page 262
34 The Demonstrative Pronouns (اسم الإشارة)......Page 263
35 The Particles بلى, نعم and أجل......Page 274
36 Prepositions (حروف الجر)......Page 276
37 The Arabic Verb (الفعل): Introduction......Page 393
38 The Strong Triliteral Verb (الفعل الثلاثي السالم): Form I (الفعل المجرد)......Page 394
39 The Derived Forms (الفعل المزيد) of the Strong Triliteral Verb......Page 399
40 Phonetic Changes in Form VIII Verbs (افتعل)......Page 414
41 Uses of the Moods of the Arabic Verb......Page 417
42 Formation of the Passive (الفعل المجهول) of the Strong Triliteral Verb......Page 420
43 Formation of the Imperative (الأمر) of the Strong Triliteral Verb......Page 425
44 The Doubled Verb (الفعل المضاعف)......Page 430
45 The Hamzated Verb (الفعل المهموز)......Page 436
46 The Assimilated Verb (الفعل المثال)......Page 447
47 The Hollow Verb (الفعل الأجوف)......Page 457
48 The Defective Verb (الفعل الناقص)......Page 471
49 The Doubly Weak Verb (الفعل اللفيف)......Page 489
50 The Trebly Weak Verb......Page 502
51 The Quadriliteral Verb (الفعل الرباعي)......Page 503
52 The Verbal Sentence (الجملة الفعلية)......Page 510
53 Aspects of the Arabic Verb......Page 541
54 The Future Particles س and سوف......Page 552
55 The Particle قد......Page 555
56 The Verb كان......Page 558
57 The Sisters of كان (أخوات كان)......Page 569
58 Verbs of Beginning (أفعال الشروع)......Page 583
59 The Verb كاد......Page 585
60 Miscellaneous Verbs with an Auxiliary Function......Page 587
61 Verbs with an Auxiliary Function: Word Order......Page 588
62 The Verb أوشك......Page 591
63 The Verb أعجب......Page 592
64 Verbs of Arriving......Page 593
65 Verbs of Motion with the Preposition ب......Page 594
66 Uses of the Verb Noun (المصدر)......Page 595
67 Uses of the Active and Passive Participles......Page 601
68 Uses of the Passive Voice (المبني المجهول)......Page 614
69 The Impersonal Passive......Page 618
70 The Verb تم......Page 620
71 The Impersonal Subject......Page 621
72 The Indefinite Subject......Page 622
73 Uses of the Imperative (الأمر)......Page 624
74 Nouns in Apposition......Page 628
75 The Comparative and the Superlative......Page 632
76 Relative Clauses......Page 649
77 The ... أما ... ف Construction......Page 669
78 Interrogative Sentences......Page 674
79 The Negative Particles......Page 692
80 The Adversative Particles لكنّ and لكنْ......Page 707
81 The Particle بل......Page 714
82 The Exceptive Particle إلا......Page 716
83 The Noun غير......Page 724
84 The Noun سوى......Page 731
85 The Noun عدم......Page 734
86 Conditional Sentences......Page 735
87 Concessive Sentences......Page 755
88 Adverbs (الظرف)......Page 758
89 The Verb عسى......Page 802
90 The Particle عل......Page 803
91 Adverbial Constructions with the Relative Pronoun ما......Page 805
92 The Indefinite Particle ما......Page 817
93 The Accusative of Specification (التمييز)......Page 818
94 The Absolute Object (المفعول المطلق)......Page 820
95 Circumstantial Clauses......Page 827
96 Conjunctions (حرف المعطف)......Page 849
97 The Particles أنّ, أنْ and إنّ......Page 888
98 The Emphatic Particle إنَّ......Page 900
99 The Particle إيا......Page 902
100 Exclamations and Interjections......Page 903
101 The Vocative......Page 913
102 Numerals (الأعداد)......Page 915
103 Dates (التاريخ)......Page 947
104 Time of Day (أوقات اليوم)......Page 953
105 The Noun عمر......Page 956
Grammatical Index......Page 961
Index of Arabic Words......Page 989
Glossary of Arabic Grammatical Terms......Page 1013
Paradigms using فعل......Page 1019
Contents......Page 1022

Citation preview

R o n B u c k le y

M

o

d

e

r

n

Literary Arabic A

R e fe r e n c e

G r a m m a r

L ib ra irie d u L ib a n P u b lis h e r s

‫< ﻟ ﻮ ﻧ ﺖ‪ ١‬ﺛ ﺌ‬

‫ﺬ‬

‫ا ﻟ‬

‫‪٤‬‬

‫ﻳ‬

‫ﺔ‬

‫ا‬

‫ﻟ‬

‫ﻲ‬

‫ﻐ‬

‫ﺴ‬

‫ﺬ‬

‫‪ 1‬ﻫﺴﺘﺔ‬ ‫م —ﻳ ﺠ ﺢ ﻓ ﻲ ' ﻟ ﺬ ﺛ ﺤ ﻮ ا ﻟ ﺘ ﺬ ر ﺑ ﺔ‬

‫ﺋ‬

‫ﺠ‬

‫ﺔ ﻟﻴﺌﺘﻨﺎ‬

‫ئ‪ ١‬ل ‪ £‬ا ﺷ ﺮ ﺟ ﻜ ﺌ ﻎ‬

‫)‬

Introduction I book was Initially prom pted by the lack o f any com prehensive reference gram m ar dealing with the m odem Arabic language. It was found that the existing gramm ars dealt with medieval Arabic or, while focussing on m odem Arabic, were not of sufficient scope to satisfy the more advanced student or were similarly limited ^ a d e d courses where, for ^ d ag o g ic al reasons, material was often presented piecemeal and interspersed with com prehension passages and grammatical exercises. Thus, there was felt to be a need for a new gram m ar which dealt tystematically and thoroughly with all th e various m o^h o lo g ical and syntactical a s s e t s of modem l i t e r a l Arabic and which was fully referenced for ease o f use. In its methodolo®', the book is purely p rap p a tic and dMS not utilise the theories of any particular sc h w l of linguistics. Since it is aimed primarily a t sftidents of Arabic and not specialists in linguistics, it approaches its subject in a way which is thought to be the most accessible to the language learner. Thus, it retains those a s s e t s o f the traditional W estern approach to Arabic grammar, including much o f the temiinology, which are judged to further these aims. There is little discussion of the A rab grammatical tradition although the more common Arabic grammatical term s are supplied alongside their English equivalents. In an attem pt to rem ain accessible, grammatical analysis has been kept to a minimum and only those technical terms which are in d is^n sab le have been retained. Moreover, to elucidate some of the issues references are occasionally m ade to a s s e t s o f English gram m ar with which the reader will be familiar. The main principle adopted has been to clarify the various fwints by means of examples (numbering about 12,000) since it is believed th a t these trill b etter facilitate understanding rather than e x te n sic grammatical description. In addition, th e decision to rely on examples gleaned from Arabic novels means that the choice of grammatical points to include is n ot solely informed by what existing gramm ars have to say, b u t also by detailed analysis of lit e r a l Arabic as it exists today. Thus, the book is not prescriptive stating what should be written, but rather descriptive in that it illustrates the grammatical and syntactical norms actually followed. In eve‫ ؟‬case, whether dealing with m o ^h o io g y or sjmtax, m ore rather than less examples have been s u ll ie d . This has greatly increased the sire of the work but also, it is believed, its functionaiify. All the examples are taken from a num ber o f novels written during the last decade or so by respected A rab writers from various countries throughout the Arab world (Egypt, A lg ria , Saudi Arabia, Lebanon, Palestine, Syria and so on). In general, only those examples have been selected which recur re g la rfy enough not to be considered as idiosyncrasies of a particular author. The authore and works from which the examples have been chosen are as follows: 1. J a r a Ibrahim Jabra,

Shari' al-Amfrat (Beinit:

VII

al-M u’assasa al-'A rab‫ ؟ ؛‬a li al.DirSsat wa al-

Nashr, 1994) (JIJ) 2. H an، H e d - W i (Beirut: DSr al-Ad،b٠ 1990) (HM) 3. H an،n al-Shaykh, Misk at-Ghazdl (Beinit; DSr al-Adab, 1988) (HS) 4. a i - T I Waft،r, Tajruba fial-'Ishq (Nicosia: al-Mu’assasa al-‘Arabi»:a li al-Dirasat wa alNashr, 1W4) (TW) 5. Imd Habib‫؛‬, SarcfytI Bint ai-Ghal (London: Rlad e l R jy e s Books. 1992) (IH) ٥- 'A M a!٠Rahm،n Muntf, Sharq al-Mlitawasstt (Baghdad: al.Maktaba ‘ 1983) (AM) 7. Jamal aiGhltSal, Asfarol-Asfdr (Cairo; DSr Su‘،d al-S٥b٥h, 1992) (JGh) 8. HSnJ al٠RSh‫؛‬b> Khadrd’ ka < d-M u sta ¥ (Beirut: DSr al-AdSb. 1992) (HR) 9. Ghada al.SanuaSn, at-Qamar al-Murabba' (Beirot: ManshOrSt Ghada 199.) (GhS) 10. IiySs Khdtf, al-Jabal al-$Qgh& (Beirut: Mu'assasat al.Abhath al-‘AraWj^a٠ 1984) (IKh) 11. Sun. Aliah IbrShlm, Dhrit (Cairo: DSr abMustaqbal al٠‘Ar٥b1993 ,‫( )؛‬SI) In keeping with the didactic purjwses of the book, all Arabic words arc fully vocalised so as to facilitate comprehension and to illustrate the use of the cases, mtwds and certain orthographic features. English translations are provided only as an aid to ' the Arabic, not to illustrate the grammatical or ^ ta c tic a l ۴ int in question. The translations have no lite r a l pretensions, indeed a more or less literal translation has often been a d d le d except in cases where this would render the English imduly awkward. Finally, it would be most unusual if in a book of this length and detail a few errors and omissions did not TCCur. For these I beg the reader’s indulgence. R. p. B uckle The Unhersity of Manchester

VIII

1 The Arabic Script Arabic ‫ ئ‬written and read from right to left. Arabic writing is ahvays cursive, that is. most of the letters must connect with preceding and f o i l i n g lettera. There is no independent printed fo m as in English. The letters change their shaf* scanewhat depmding on whether they are standing alone or ocwpying the initial, middle or final position in a word. There a e no capitals. 1.1

The lin e r s of the Alphabet

‫)ﻳﻨ ﻮ ن آﺑﺒﺎ ب‬

There are twenty-eight lettere in the alphabet, twenty-nme if hamza is included as a separate letter. They are all consonants apart from the first letter, alif, which is used as a long vowel or as a "seat" for hamza. Two other letters. ‫ و‬and ‫ ي‬, may also be used as long vowels. The alphabet, showing the forms of the letten in their usual order, is as follows: N a i Off letter

standing alone

l a

fdlowlng letter ‫ﺀﻳﺖ‬ K ‫عﺀ‬

a - I n . and t i g letter

— Ing latter

‫ا‬

‫ا‬

:

‫ب‬

١ ‫ب‬

‫ب‬

‫ت‬

٠٠

it ‫؛‬

‫ج‬

‫ل‬ ‫ﻏﺎ‬

‫ح‬

‫ﺗﺄق‬

‫د‬

‫ةاف‬

‫ذ‬

‫ذا ؛‬ ‫ذ'ي‬

l a

‫ت‬

‫ذ‬

k ‫ت؛‬

‫ ث‬٠

‫ج‬

‫ج‬ ‫د‬

‫ح‬

‫ع‬

‫د‬

‫خ‬ ‫د‬

‫د‬

‫ذ‬

‫ذ‬

‫ر‬

.

;

;

‫ر‬

‫ز‬

‫ح‬ ‫غ‬

‫ذ‬

‫ذ‬

‫ص‬

‫ص‬

-

‫ﻳﺒ ﻦ‬

‫س‬

‫ات‬٠‫ﺀت‬

1

‫ش‬٠

‫ص‬

٠‫م‬

‫ص‬

‫ﺧﺔ ة‬

‫ض‬

‫د‬

‫ض‬

‫ذ؛‬

‫ط‬

‫ظ؛‬

‫ذ‬

1

‫د‬

١‫ﻟ ﻂ‬

‫ط‬

‫ذ‬

‫ذ‬

k

‫ﻏﻰ‬

‫ع‬

‫ح‬

‫ص‬

‫غ‬

‫ﻟﺢ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻓﺎف‬

‫ق‬

٠‫ى ت‬ ‫الﻟﻢ‬

‫ل‬

h

‫م‬

‫وئذ‬.

‫ن‬

‫اذ‬5

‫و‬

‫؛‬ ‫ا‬ :

‫ي‬

‫ل‬

‫ك‬٠

‫ذ‬

‫د‬

‫ل‬

‫ن‬

‫ﺳ ﺮ؛‬ Slight variation‫ ؛‬may occur in the way that lettere join together, deprnding on the typeface used. Most notable is ‫ ل‬+ ‫ و ا‬printed ‫ ال‬. Other idiosyncrasies include the following:

‫ب‬

‫ﺑﺪ‬ ‫ ي‬+‫م‬

٠‫ﺀ‬

‫ ل‬+ ‫ ا‬joined onto a previous letter

The letters ‫ ا‬, ‫ ذ ا ؛‬, ‫ ر‬, ‫ ز‬and ‫ د‬do not join on to a following letter , 1.1.1 The letter ‫ ي‬is occasionally printed without dots when it stands alone o r is the final letter in a word: ‫رأ س‬

my head (JGh 164)

‫ ا الﻧ ﻖ اﺑﻌﻨ ﻰ‬the Yemeni driver ،JGh 65( ‫ﺑﻨ ﻰ‬

Christian ،SI 167(

‫ ا ش ﺟﺎﺀت‬the one who came (SI 118( 1.2

TSMarbOfa

‫ة؛ ﺷ ﺮ ق‬

The ta' m arb.ta (“tied ،") is a combination of the letters ‫ ت‬and ٠. It is not included among the lettere of the alphabet. It only apprars as the last letter of a word and is the most common way

M o d i LUerary Arabic; A Reference Grammar ‫لآ‬ to indicate the feminine gender of nouns and adjectives. When joined on to the last letter it has the to m ‫ ة‬, 1.2.1

‫ دا‬.2

It is always preceded by fatha (‫ ة‬-), and occasionally by alif ( ‫ﻳﺖ ! ؛‬٠For example: ٠‫ك‬،‫ ذ‬queen

‫ أﻳﺒﺬة‬princess

‫ﺣﺎﺀ‬

life

‫ ﻏﻨﺎة‬mother-in-law

‫ق؛‬

young woman

‫ ﻧﺘﺎة‬marksmen

‫ ؛‬tecomes ‫ ت‬feefore an attached pronoun suffix:

‫ ﻧﺘ ﺠﺎ اﻳ ﻰ ﻧ ﻌ ﻲ‬we went to my Rat (JIJ 130)

‫ﺑ ﺒ ﺒ ﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺋﺬﻧﻴﺒﺘﺎ‬ ‫ال آﺗﻨﺂﺋﺬ‬

They stayed in their room (IKh 39) la m his woman (HR 215)

‫ائ‬:‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻲﺀ ﺛﺮن ﻓ‬ ‫ ﻧ‬l^ t us drink our coffee (GhS 77) ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﻧﺜﻴ ﺊ‬their visit (GhS 112) 1.2.3 used:

When a word ending a ' muibnta receives accusative nunation. no additional alif is

‫ﻧ ﺪﻳ ﺔ‬ 1.3

Alif Maqs.ra

eily

‫ ﻧﻨ ﺰﺗ ﻦ‬school

( ‫) ا ﻳ ﻦ ﺷﺌﺮﻧﺔ‬

In a considerable number of Arabic words a final long vowel ‫ ئ ا‬is written with alif maqsQra, a letter which iMks exactly like ‫ ي‬but without the dots (‫) ى‬, It is not considered to be one of the letters of the alphabet. It occurs only at the end of a word, is always preceded by fatha and does not take any TOwels or suken. Alif tnaqsiira is often pronounced like a shortened o rd in a l alif from which it is derived (called “alif mamdnda” [‫“ ا ﻳ ﻦ ﻧ ﺌ ﻨ ﻮ ﺗ ﺄ‬lengthened alif’] to distinguish it from alif maqs.ra). It must be pronounced short when preceding hamzat alw asl hence the name. Some examples: ‫ﺗﺶ‬

until

‫ﻧﻔ ﻲ‬

to throw

، ?

to take prisoner

‫ﻧﺜ ﻰ‬

to judge

‫ﻧ ﺮﺗ ﻰ‬

Moses; razor

‫ؤﻗﺬى‬

memo^ pregnant woman

‫ ذﻏﺰى‬lawsuit: claim ‫ﻏﻨﻰ‬

‫ﻣﺌﺘﻨﻐ ﻰ‬

upon hospital

1-3-1 When ‫ ى‬is no longer the final letter of a word, it returns to the form I, This occurs when the pronoun suffixes are added; ‫ﺧﺲ‬

to protect

‫ﻏﺘﺎذ أة‬

May God protect you

4

The Arabic Script ‫ ش‬٠‫;ب‬

‫; ﺳﻌﺎ ؛‬

music

his muSe

‫ ذﻧ ﻰ‬to throw

: ‫ وﺗﺎ‬he threw it

‫ ﻗﺆى‬powere

‫ﺋﻠﻢ‬١ ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ ﻟ‬their ptwers

1.3.2 When a pronoun suffix ‫ئ‬attached to the prepositions ‫ﻰ‬ ‫ إﻟ‬and ‫ ض‬, these tecome ‫ﻲ‬ ‫إﻓ‬ and ‫ﻖ‬ ‫ﻏﻨ‬respectively:

‫ ﻏﻨﺔ‬upon us

‫ إ ي‬to him 1.3.3 alif:

When the letter preceding alif maqsflra is ‫ ي‬, the alif m aqs.ra becomes an ordinary

‫ﻦ‬ ‫ ﻏ‬higher (fern.) ‫ ؛ ؛‬world ‫ذ ذاا‬ 1.4 The Vowels (‫ت‬

‫ﻖ‬

in s te a d o f

gjfts

‫ﻟﺬ < ى‬

in s te a d ‫ﻣﺠﺈ‬

‫د' ش‬

‫ﺛﺪﺟﻖ‬

in s te a d o f

[sing. ‫ئ‬

‫ﺛ‬

‫)] ﺧ ﺪ‬

There are six vowels in Arabic, three short and three long. 1.4.1 The short vowels are indicated by signs written above or below the OTnKtnants they follow: fatha

‫(ﺳﺬﺀ‬

V ia

،‫(ﺛﻤﺘﺰ؛‬

damma

‫(ﺛﺶ‬

The h o r t vowels (and the other orthographic signs) do not generally appear in writing or printing except in the Qur'an, other religions texts and didactic works. 1.4.2 The three long vowels are formed by putting falha, kasra or damma on a consonant before their corresponding letters ‫ ا‬, ‫ ي‬and ‫ و‬. For example:

1.4.3

‫ﺗﺎد‬

money wealth

‫ﺑﺎت‬

d^r

‫ﻳﻞ‬

elephant

‫ﺟﺪ‬

generation

‫ﺋﺮ ن‬

market

‫ﺑﺮن‬

trumpet

Arabic also has the two diphthong j 1 and ‫ ؛ ق‬. For example: ‫ ﻳﺰﻟﻢ‬day

‫رق‬

garment

‫ﻳﺊ‬

‫ع‬

how?

house

1.5 The “Dagger Alir. < ‫ث‬٠‫> أ أل ﻟ ﺬ أﻟ ﻐ ﺬ ﺗ ﺐ‬ In some few hut common words the long vowel alif occurs as a short vertical line ‫ ذ‬over a

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference dam m ar 5 ranw nant:

1.8

‫ﻧ ﺬا‬

this (masc ,

‫ﻧ ﺰ؛‬

‫ﻧﻴ ﻦ‬

that (masc.(

‫ﻧ ﻜﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻟ ﺆ ال ؛‬

these

‫ﻧﻜﺰ‬ ‫ﻧﻠﺤﻨﻦ‬

but

this (fern. thus, in this msnaer

‫ ا و س‬those ‫ ﻧﻌﻦ‬but

merciful

'‫ أ ت‬God

The Sukdn (‫)أﻟ ﺘ ﻐ ﻮ ة‬

T he sign o f this is ‫ د‬, w ritten over a consonant to indicate that there ‫ ئ‬no following vowel. For example: ‫وﺑ ﺰ‬ ‫ﻳﺬ ب‬

leg

‫ﻗﻨ ﻦ‬

he goes

‫ ذي‬world

dog

1.7 ‫ ﺀأ آل‬Shadda (‫) ا ﻟ ﺌ ﺌ ﺬ‬ When a consonant w curs w ic e with no intervening vowel, ، 1 is w ritten only once and the shadda is placed above it. The letter is then pronounced long. T he sign o f th e shadda is ‫( ﺀ‬a nucleus form o f ‫ ش‬w ithout dots which stands for ‫“ ﻗ ﺬ ة‬strengthening” ). T he fatha and damm a vowel signs go over the shadda ( ‫ ﺀ‬and i ) while kasra generally goes immediately under it ( ‫ﻳ ﺎ‬ rather than under the doubled letter. F or example: ‫ ﺑﺆ؛ ذ؛‬refrigerator ‫ ﻗﻨﻦﻟﻢ‬progress

1.8 The Madda

‫ﺑﻔ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺛﺘﻨﺄ‬

knife teacher

‫)اﻟ ﻔﺌ ﺔ‬

a). The n a d d a is used to signify the o m b in a tio n o f letters ‫ أ‬+ ‫ا‬, where hamza + fatha are omitted and the long v o e l alif Is w ritten horizontally over the alif on which the hamza sat ( ‫) آ‬. It usually occurs a t the beginning o f a word:

‫آﻛﺪ‬

eating

instead o f

‫ ﻛ ﻞ‬١‫أ‬

\ ‫ةﺟﻊﺀأ‬١-‫ ﺣﻪﺀ‬١‫ة‬

instead o f

‫ ز‬١‫أاة‬

Funher examples: ‫ آآلﻟﻢ‬pains ‫ ث‬١‫ \ل‬thousands

‫ آذ؛ذ‬eare ‫آ أل‬

‫ذﻟﻌﻞﺀا‬

‫ آأل ن‬n w

‫آة‬

hoping

‫آﺑﺬ‬

taking

‫آﻳﺬ‬

peacehd

b٠. T he madda may occur in the middle o f a word:

‫وآن‬

Qur’an

instead o f

‫ ذ‬1‫وا‬

‫؛‬، The Arabic Script ‫ زان‬fie saw him ‫ائ ت‬ c j.

1.8

s o -

instead

‫ي‬

‫ذأ؛ذ‬

instead

‫ره‬

‫ﺋﺄا ث‬

T he m adda also signifies the combination of lettere ‫ ؛‬+ ‫ ؛‬:

‫ آﺗ ﺊ‬to believe

instead

‫ره‬

‫أ؛ﺗﻦ‬

‫ آ س‬to be amused

instead

‫ره‬

‫أ؟ س‬

Sun and Moon Letters

W hen preceding certain lettere, the ‫ ذ‬of th e definite article (‫ وآل‬is n o t p r o n o u n ^ but is rather assimilated into the sound of the following letter.ddte letter following ‫ د‬is doubled (i.e. written with a shaddaj and the sukUn is removed from ‫ ل‬٠The letters which have this effect are known as “sun letters” ‫ ) أ ﻟ ﻨ ﺬ و ذ أ ﺷ ﺠ ﺞ ؛‬, so called because the Arabic word for “sun” . When hamza has a - 1

haim, injury

and is followed directly by alif it sits an the seat corresponding

Yl

The H«mz ٥

to th e - 1

o f th e preceding le tte r

‫ذ ؤ؛د‬

question

‫ رﺀاﺗﺔ‬leadership

‫ﺑﺄ‬٠‫ز‬

they (UC dual) trod

‫ﺗﻖ'ذ‬

heart

ill)

clamour

٠‫ﻓ ﺚ‬

groups

c ). W hen h am za is n o t follow ed directly by alif an d has a vowelf it usually le tte r corresjw nding to its ow n vowel:

‫ﺗﺄ د‬ ‫ﻟ ﺤﻨﺄ ئ‬ ‫ﻧ ﺆ؛‬ ‫وؤو س‬ ‫ﻧﻴ ﺊ‬ d ).

H am za sits o n

to ask

3‫ﻂ‬

‫ﻧ‬

issue, problem optimism

leader

‫؛ ﺷﺆ ت‬ ‫ﺗﺌ ﺆ وذ‬ ‫ﻧﺘ ﻞ‬ ‫ ز؛‬:‫ذا‬

‫إ‬٠‫ ﺗﺊ‬to be w e a ^

‫ﺋﻘﺎﻳﺬ‬

you (f,s.) want

‫ﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺧﺜ ﺖ‬

hundred

‫ى‬

courage to tw base, vile heads

resjmnsible he was asked circle

, however:

W h en th e preceding vowel is kasra:

‫ﺑﺌ ﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺤﻄوئا‬

group they sinned

it (f.) was hidden

W h en h am za has fa th a an d is p reced ed by the long vowel

‫ﻧﻴﺒﺌ ﺔ‬

wish, desire

‫ ﻳﺌﺔ‬enihronment

‫ﺑﺒﺌﺔ‬

‫ ; ل‬.‫ اأ‬: ‫دﺛﺎ‬،‫د‬

‫ي‬

mistake bad

desire, craving

W hen h am za has a vowel and is -preceded by th e diph th o n g

‫ﺛﻘﺎن‬ ٥(.

two things

‫ﻣﺌﺔ‬

‫غ ﻓﻲ‬:

shafK: organisation

A fter alif an d w hen ham za has fatha, it is w ritten o n th e line w ith o u t a s e a t :

‫ ﺋﺘﺎﺀد‬to ask O.S. ‫ ﺋﺘﺎﺀة‬inferioriw ‫ ﺋﻲ؛أ‬sunrise ٩.

T:

‫ﺑﺮا‬ ‫ﺋﺘﺎ؛ة‬ ‫ﺑﺄ؛ذ‬ ‫؛؛‬

reading happiness she came

H am za is W itte n o n th e line w hen it com es betw een tw o alife :

‫ إﺑﻨﺎﺀان‬measures, steps ‫اﻟﺤﺘﺎ؛؛ ذ‬ ‫ ﺑﺮاﻣﻨﺎذ‬readings ‫ﺗﻨﺎﺀا ؛‬ ‫ ذ‬1‫ ؟ ائ ؛‬u nification ‫اذئ؛اث‬ ‫ ﻗﺎ؛ا‬they (m. dual) wanted ‫ﺑﺎﺀا‬

statistics hypocrisy exceptions they (m dual) came

g ). A fte r th e long vowel ‫ و‬i , and w hen ham za is vow elled w ith fath a o r dam m a, it is w ritten

M odem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar on ib e !

١‫آل‬

without a scat:

‫سﺀة‬ ‫ﺻ ﻞ ؛ا‬ ‫ﺗﺮد و ن‬

read

‫ ﻳ ﻮ ﺀا ئ‬prophecies

‫ئ;؛ ئ‬

manliness

meanness, vileness

they become bad

When hamza is vowelled with kasra, however, it sits on : ‫ى‬

‫دﻧ ﻮ ئ‬ 2 .1 .3

‫ﺗﺮﻳﻞ‬

you (f.s.) become bad

hewasintemjgated

A t the end o f a word, the seat for hamza depends on the p r e e d in g vowel.

٥ ). W ie n preceded by a short vowel, hamza takes as a seat the letter corresponding to that - 1 : ‫ي‬ ‫أ‬: ‫ذ‬ ‫أﻧﺘﺄ‬

to read

‫ﺗﻨ ﺆ‬

to be wholesome

‫ض‬ ‫ل‬: ‫ﺋﺮ ئ‬

u

‫ﻧﺘﺄ‬

epidemic lower

to make a mistake to be thirsty it was read

mistake

‫ﺗﻮدؤ‬ ‫ﻧﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ ﻃ ﺊ‬ ‫ﻃﺎ ر ئ‬ ‫ذئ‬

refuge, resort pearls to be mean, idle roast, shore unusual: unexpected to be

W

I

:ter preceding final hamza is a long vowel, hatnza is written on the line without a seat: ،‫ﺑ ﺎ‬

to come

‫ ﻧ ﻐﺎة‬prayer

‫ظ؛‬

‫غ؛‬

‫ؤ ﺗ ﺎ؛‬

‫ذ‬

crying

‫رﺀﺀ‬٠ evilness

٠ ).

‫ﺗﺘﺎ ؛‬

‫أ‬

‫ذ‬ ‫ﺛﻨ ﻮة‬

sky intestines Ieadera ralmness

‫ﺋ ﺸﻮﺀ‬

growth

‫ﻧﻨ ﻮآ‬

،‫ﻧﻴ ﻮ‬

refuge

;‫ي‬ ‫ ل ؛‬bad

ritual ablution

‫ ﺑﺮيﺀ‬innm^nt :‫ ﺗ ﺠ ﻲ‬coming, aTOal W hen the letter preceding hamza has s i n , hamza is written on the line: ‫ﺷ ﻲ؛‬

thing

‫ﺑﺬة‬

‫ﺬ؛‬

part

‫ﺛ ﺆة‬ ‫ﻧ ﺬ؛‬ ‫ﺋ ﺬ؛‬ .٠‫ت‬ ‫ؤ‬

‫ﺑ‬ ‫ﺑ ﺖ؛‬ ‫ئ؛‬ ‫ذ ذ؛‬

burden slowness disaster

beginning light fiUing calmness vomit

I r a g fc T ft••? '. w ords m ay have an alternative sjK lling th a t does n o t follow th e a to v e rules. F o r exam ple:

‫س‬

according to njles

‫ﺗﺌﺄة‬ ‫ﺳﻮوت‬ ‫ﺛﺆوذ‬ ‫ﻗﻘﺰؤوذ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺀوذ‬ 2 .1 .5

‫ ا‬spelling ‫ ﺗﻨﺌﺘﺊ‬issue, problem ‫ ﻣﺌوئد‬responsible ‫ﺋ ﺆ دأ‬٠

‫أﻟﻞ‬:‫ﻳﺊ‬ ‫ﺳﺮؤوذ‬

matters, affaire they read they are/become bad

Final H am za + N unation

a). W hen final ham za orcurs o n the line an d is p reced ed by a le tte r w ith sukun which can join on to a following letter, th e ham za sits on ‫ ى‬before ad d in g th e alif fo r accusative n u n ation. N om inative an d genitive n u n atio n are norm al: nom.

‫ﺟﻨﻒ ؟‬ ‫ﻋﻌﺪة‬

‫ﻗﺰئ‬

.ft‫دﻫﻦﺀ‬

‫ت‬ ‫ﻗﺊ ؛‬

accus.

‫وﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻳائ‬

warmth burden

la th in g

bj. W hen th e le tte r preceding final ham za h as sukun an d can n o t jo in on to a following letter, h am za rem ains on th e line before adding th e alif for accusatW e nunation: nom. ‫ﺀب‬٠ ‫ﺧﻞ‬

‫ذذة‬ ‫دة‬ ٠,.

W hen a w o rd ending nnm.

2 .1 .8 a}.

gen.

‫ﺟﻲ‬ ‫ذذة‬ ‫ ﺀ‬:‫ﺑﺎ‬

‫ أ‬o r ‫ﺀ‬٠‫ ا‬:‫ ذ‬need s to gen.

accus. ‫ا‬١ ‫أ‬.'‫ﺧﺬ‬

‫ذذ؛ا‬ 1‫ﺑﺬ ؛‬

‫ﻳﺪأ‬

fc

t‫؛‬

‫ﻛﺄ‬ ‫ﺑﻰ؛‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺎ؛‬

‫ﺗ ﺘﺎ؛‬

‫ﻧﺘﺎج‬

beginning

accus.

‫ﺗﺌﻨﺄ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺀ‬

prevention

receive accusative n u n atio n , n o alif is inserted:

‫ﻳﺒﺬأ‬ ‫ﺑﻰ ؛‬

‫أأ ة ؟‬

principle new building evening

F inal H am za + the P ro n o u n Suffixes W hen th e letter preceding final ham za has sukUn an d c a n jo in on to a follow ing letter.

M odem Literary Arabic; A R fcren ce Grammar h am za s i t s i

‫فﺀ‬ ‫ﻗﻲ ؛‬

‫ ى‬before

\‫ة‬

th e p ro n o u n suffixes a re added:

burden thing

nom.

gen,

accus,

‫ﻏﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﻲ‬

‫ث‬ ‫ﻗﺸﻲ‬

‫ﺟﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﺘﻦ‬

h is b u rd en his thing

b ). W ie n th e le tte r preceding final h am za has sukUn an d can n o t join o n to a folloudng letter, there are tw o possibilities w hen attaching the p ro n o u n suffix: H am za may rem ain o n the line w ithout a seat: nom.

gen.

‫ﺛﺰ؛ة‬ ‫آذ؛ذ‬

٠‫ذزﺀ‬ ٠‫ﺑﺊ‬

accus,

‫ﻗﺰﺀه‬ ‫د؛ه‬

its light ite beginning

H am za may sit o n th e le tte r corresponding to its own vowel;

٠).

nom,

gen,

‫ﺷﺆأة‬

٠‫ﺛﺰؤ‬

‫ذأ ئ‬

‫ﻳ ﺬ ؤ؛‬

accus,

‫ﺛﺰﺋﻲ‬

its light

‫ ;ذﻧﻲ‬its beginning

W ie n final ham za is p reced ed by alif, th e p ro n o u n suffixes a re a tta c h e d as follows: nom.

gen,

accus.

٠‫أﺿﺪﻗﺔ‬

٠‫اق‬٠‫أﻟﻘﺐ‬

‫زﺗ ال ﺀ ت‬

‫ز ﺗ ال ؤ ه‬

‫أﺿﻴﺎ‬ ‫ذي‬

‫ ﻧﻲ‬1

‫ادﻣال‬

his friends his colleagues

2.2 Hamzat 1‫ذ‬1“١ ١ ‫ال‬ ‫ؤ‬

٩

Som etim es initial alif + ham zat al- a t' is n o t an essential p a rt o f th e fo rm o f a word, b u t ra th e r

‫أ د‬

only to prev en t th e w ord from beginning w ith a vowelless co n so n an t (n o t possible in Arabic), i e n th e w ord is p re c e d e d by a n o th e r w ord, th e ham za and its vowel b eco n te ham zat al-wasl w hich selves to connect th e pron u n ciatio n o f th e vowelless co n so n an t follow ing it with the last vowel o f th e preceding w ord, th e tw o w ords being read as one.

‫زﻧﺔ‬

‫آ‬

t h i s elision is m ark ed by a sign called a wa?la ( ) w ritten over th e alif ( ). In vow elled texts, h am zat al-wasl a t the beginning o f a sen ten ce is o m itte d leairing only th e a p p ro p ria te vowel sign (i

‫آل إ‬٠

‫عب‬

1. 2

٠

‫'ال‬

H am zat al-wasl occurs on th e following words: T he definite article (:

(‫آف‬ ‫ذي أﻟﺌﺄر‬ ‫ﻫﺬا أﻧﺘائذ‬ ‫ﺋ ﺆ آﻟﺌﺘﻬﺐ‬

in the car this place he is the accused

The H a i a

‫ آل‬o f ‫ آﺋﻨﻲ‬e t c being derived t o m th e . f i n i t e ‫ ﺗ ﻦ أﻟﻨﻲ ﻳ ﺸ ﺪ ﻧ ﻲ ؟‬who is waiting t o me? ‫ أﻧﺌﻨﻴﺘﻮن أﺋﻨﻨﻲ ﺑﻘﻮا‬the Muslims who remained ‫ اﻧﺘﺪﻳﺔ اش ﺗﻨ ﺰﻧ ﻞ ﻳﺒﺎ‬the city we passed by ‫ إ‬an d ‫ أ‬o f im peratives derived from F orm I v erte: ‫ آﺗﻜﺊ‬be quiet! ‫ وأﻧﻜﺶ‬and be quiett ‫ إﻳﺒﺲ‬sit down] ‫ ﺗﺘﺎدزآﺑﺒﺲ‬come and sit down!

b ).

I

relative p ronouns, th e

٠).

T h e initial

d ).

T h e ‫ ؛‬w hich p reced es th e perfect, im perative an d verbal n o u n s o f d erived v erb Form s n IX an d X . A lso th e o f th e passive p erfect o f th ese F o n n s:

١‫ اﻟﺔ‬v

‫أ الالذﻏﺬ‬

‫ﻧﺄﺗﺌﺘﺰ‬ ‫ﺛﺆ آﻗﻨﻨﺬ‬ ‫ا ﺋ ﻨ ﺶ أ إل ت‬

٠).

‫ خ‬١‫ا ذ ؤ‬

so it broke he waited

‫ﻧﻮل أﻧﺒﻨﺘﺎو‬

the girl blushed

'

without exception then it was used

‫ إ‬o f th e follow ing com m on nouns: ‫ إﺑﺔ‬daughter ‫ وﺑﺬ‬son ‫ف‬1‫ إﺋﺔ‬two (fem.) ‫ إﺋﺘﺎق‬two (masc.) ‫ إﺋﺬآة‬woman ‫ إﻧﺈ‬name ‫ إ ﻧ ﺬ‬buttrcks ‫ إﻧﺬؤ‬man ham zat a!-wa?l ‫ ئ‬som etim es om itted from certain words:

A lif + It

‫ئ‬

om itted t o m

‫ا ذﻟ ﻢ‬

(“nam e”) in the formula

‫ﻳ ﻨ ﻢ آي‬ b)

‫ﻧﺰ أﺗﺜﻔ ﺪﻟ ﻢ‬

with gratitude

T h e initial

2 .2 .2 a}.

article:

.

It ‘

In the nam e o f G od

is also omitted from ‫“( إ ﺑ ﻦ‬Son”) when this is part o f a proper noun. T he idafa ‫ ﺑﻦ‬+ the father’s name ‫ ئ ئ‬a p ^ sitio n to the son’s name:

‫ﻟﺤﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺛ ﻐ ﺌ ﺬ ﺑﺊ‬

‫ﻋﻠ ﺐ ﺑ ﺬ ﻏﺎﻟ ﻲ‬

M uham m ad b. Hasan A li b. Khalid

W hen the son’s nam e serves as the subject o f a sentence with the fatheFs nam e as the predicate, alif + hamzat a!-wa?l is not omitted:

‫أ ﺑ ﻦ ﺧﺘﻲ‬

‫ﺗ ﺨﺌﺬ‬

‫أﺑ ﻦ ﻏﺎﻳ ﺪ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺬ‬

M uham m ad is the son o f H asan Ali is th e son o f K hahd

c) . It is also om itted from the definite article when preceded by the p e t i t i o n ‫"( ل‬to”, “for”): ‫ﻳﻠ ﻬ ﺐ‬

‫آألوآى‬

‫ﻳﺌﺘ ﺬآ‬

to th e office for the first tim e

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar \٦

_______________ 2 .3

H elp ing Vowels before H am za، a l . w . s ‫؛‬

W hen a w ord ending w ith sukUn p re c e d e s ham zat al-wasl, a vowel is a d d ed to th e w ord to facilitate elision. 2.3.1 a ).

T h e helping vowel is usually kasra. T liis rc c u rs in th e following cases: T h e subject m ark er suffix fo r th e 3rd person fem . sing, (“ sh e ” ) o f d ie p e rfe c t v erb (: ‫ﺰ أ؛‬

‫ذﻗﻨ ﺖ أﻧﺘ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ؛ ت آ ﺑ ﺌ ﺬ‬ b)

.

P articles ending w ith sukUn ( e .g .

‫ﺗ ﻦ أﻟ ﺮﺑ‬ ‫ائﺗﻮا ﻗ ﺪ أ ﺗﺌ ﻔ ﺆا‬ ‫آ أل ؤﻟﻢ أر آﻟﺜﺌﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺋ ﺰ ث ﻏ ﻲ أﻧﺘ ﺆ ﻋ ﺪ‬

Ih e

‫ﺑ ﺰ آ ﻟ ﺬ ائ ﺀ د دﻟﻲ أ ﻳ ال ئ‬ ‫ﻛ ﺎ ﻗ ﺖ آ أل ﻳ ﺠ ﺈ أال أ ﻧ ﺬا ل آ ﻟ ﺌ ﻘ ﺎ ذ‬ diphthong : ‫ت ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺑ ﻰ ﻧﻨﻲ آ أل ﻳ ﺮ‬ ijiij'k

٠

‫ئ‬

‫ ا‬:‫وﻧﺢ ﺷﻲ‬

‫؟‬ Th_e prep o sitio n ("fro m ") becom es the d efin ite a r tid e w here it is :

‫ز‬

‫ﻳﺐ آﺗﻴ ﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺬ آ ﺑ ﺬ ا ﻧ ﺔ‬

٠>*

let him do the thing don’t look now write the word

he didn’t Jwat the dog she did not open the doOT

;(‫ ﻧﻦ‬, ، قﺀل‬: verb

active participle

‫ﻳ ﺎ؛‬

to come

‫ﺑﺎ ﺀ‬

‫ﻗﺎ ﺀ‬

to want

‫ ﻗﺎﺀ‬wanting

‫ ﺗﺎة‬to return 49.3.6

49.3.7

The Passive Participle ( ‫ ) ﺋﺌﺌﺮ ن‬: passive participle

‫ ﻟﺠﺎة‬to bring

‫ ﺗ ﺠ ﻲ ؛ ب‬brought

The imperative very rarely occurs: jussive

imperative ٢‫أ‬٦ . ‫ ة‬.

‫ﻳ ﻘﺄ‬ 49.4

coming

‫ ;اﺀ‬returning

verb ‫ب‬

shapeliness

he wants

L‫ذ‬

u.

m.pf

and so

‫ﻗﺎش‬

‫ف ؤول‬

want!

Verbs with Middle Hamza and Final ‫ي‬

Verbs of this type are extremely rare but they do include the veiy common verb ‫“( ذأ ى‬to see") which is irregular in that the hamza is omitted in the imperfect. 49.4.1

The Perfect: singular

dual

plural

‫زأى‬

he saw

‫ ذ)؟‬they (m.) saw

‫زأ ث‬

she saw

‫زا'ا‬

‫زأﺋ ﺚ‬

you (m.) saw

they (f.) saw

‫ زأ;ﻗﺬا‬you (m./f.) saw

‫ ت‬:‫ ﺗﺎ‬you (f.) saw ‫ذأ; ث‬

I (m./f.) saw

‫ﺗﺄوا‬

they (m.) saw

‫ ذأس‬they (f.) saw

‫ئﺀ‬:‫ﺗﺄ‬

you (m.) saw

‫زأﺋﺌﺬ‬

you (f.) saw

‫ ذأﻳﺖﺀ‬we

‫ةﺀأ‬١ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ﻫ‬

‫ ؛‬The Imperfect Indicative: singular ‫ز'ﻗﻞ‬٠

dual k

s e ts

‫ ﻧﺬى‬she sees

‫أن‬:‫ز‬

plural they (m.) see

‫ز;ان‬: they (f.) see

‫ﻳﺮؤد‬

they (m.) see

‫زدن‬: they (f.) see

41

2‫ و‬Doubly Weak Verb ‫ ﻗﺬى‬you (m.) see

49.4.3

‫ ﺗﺰﺗﺎل‬you (m.rf (m.T.) ‫ﺗﺰﺗﺎف‬ ٠) see

‫ ﺗﺰؤذ‬you (m.) see

‫ ﻧﺰﻳﻦ‬you (f.) see

‫رن‬

‫ ازى‬I

‫ ﻧﺰى‬we (m./f.) see

see

you (f.) see

The verbal nouns follow the patterns for those of Form I triliteral verbs. .For example: verbal noun

verb ‫ ذأ ى‬to see

‫ث‬:‫رؤ‬

‫ ذأى‬to be remote

‫رأ ؤ‬

opinion

‫ﻧﺄي‬

remoteness

T h e A ctive P articiple (‫ ﺀ ل‬١‫ )ع‬:

active participle

verb

49.4.5

‫ زأى‬to see

«‫ و' ا‬seeing; viewer

‫ ائﺀى‬to be remote

‫ ذا ؛‬remote, distant

T h e Passive P articiple ( ‫ ) ﻧﺌﺜ ﻮ ن‬:

verb

passive participle ‫>ﺋﺚ‬

‫ زأى‬to see 49.4.6 49.5

seen; visible

T h e im perative d o es no t occur.

Verts with Initial Hamza and Middle ‫ و‬or ‫ي‬

V erbs o f this type are very rare. T hey a re co n ju g ated according to th e n tles fo r hollow and ham zated verbs.

49.5.1

T h e p erfect o f ‫“( آ د‬to re tu rn " ) (ro o t

plural

dual

singular

‫ آن‬he returned

‫آك‬

she returned

‫أ ك‬

you (m.) returned

‫ أﻟ ﺖ‬you (f.) returned

‫أ ك‬

‫ )أول‬:

I (m./f.) returned

‫ آال‬they (m.) returned

‫ آوئا‬they (m.) returned

‫ آﻟﻘﺎ‬they (f.) returned

‫أﻟ ﺊ‬

‫أﻟﺜﺘﺎ‬

you (m./f.) returned

they (f.) returned

‫ اﻟﺘﺐ‬you (m.) returned

‫أﻟﺌ ﺬ‬ ‫آﻟﺢ‬

you (f.) returned we (m./f.) returned

Modern Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar 4‫ذآل‬ 4 9 .5 .2

T h e Im perfect Indicative:

singular

‫ﻗﺆوذ‬ ‫ﻗﺆود‬ ‫ﻗﺆوذ‬ ‫ﻗﺆرﻳﻦ‬ ‫أؤوب‬

plural

dual

.‫روالز‬ ‫ﻗﺆوالن‬ ‫ﻗﺆوالق‬

he returns she returns you (m.) return

they (m.) return

‫ ﻗﺆوﺗﻮن‬they (m.) return

‫ﺗﺆﻟﻦ‬

they (f.) return you (m./f٠) return

they (f.) return

‫ ﺗﺆوﻟﻮن‬you (m.) return

‫ﺋﺆﻧﺊ‬ ‫ﺗﺆود‬

you (f.) return I (m./f.) return

you (f.) return we (m./f-) return

4 9 .5 .3

T h e im perative does n o t occur.

4 9 .5 .4

T h e verbal n o u n s follow the p a tte rn s fo r those o f F o rm I triliteral verbs. F o r exam ple:

verbal noun

verb

‫ أزئ‬or ‫ ت‬1‫ت‬1

‫ آ ت‬to return

‫آذ‬ ‫آذ‬

to bend ‫؛‬s.th.1

Jf

bending

to return; to lead fto]

‫ﺗﺂد‬

outcome

The Active Participle

(‫ >ىﺑﺖ‬: active participle

verb

‫آذ‬ ‫آة‬ -‫آق‬ 4 9 .5 .6 4 9 .6

return

to return

‫آﺑﺪ‬

returning

to moan

‫آﻧﺖ‬ ‫آدق‬

moaning

to bring bad luck

bringing bad luck

T h e passive participle does n o t occur.

Verbs w ith In itia l H am za a n d F in al ‫ و‬o r ‫ي‬

T h e re are very few verbs of this type, b u t they do include the com m on verbs ‫“( أش‬to com e”) an d ‫“( أش‬to re fu se ’)). T hey a re conjugated according to th e nrles fo r defective verbs an d h am zated verbs w ith initial ham za. 49.6.1

T h e Perfect:

dual

singular he came

‫ث‬:‫ا‬ ‫أ;ﺑﺶ‬ ‫أي‬

she came you (m.) came you (f.) came

‫أي‬ ‫أى‬ 1‫أﺳﺖ‬

plural they (m.) came they (f.) came you (m./f٠) came

‫أﺋﺆ‬ ‫اﺗﻦ‬ ‫اق‬

you (m.) came

‫أﺗﺌ ﺊ‬

you (f.) came

1

they (m.) came they (f.) came

‫ و‬۵‫ ﺀ‬Doubly Weak Verb

41

‫أﺗﻴ ﻦ‬ 4 9 .6 ,2

‫أﻗﻴﺘﺎ‬

I (m./f.) came

T h e Im p erfect Indicative: dual

plural

‫ ﻳﺄﻳﺎ ق‬they ‫؛‬m.) come

‫اﺋ ﺮ ن‬

‫ ﺗﺄ ق‬she comes

‫ ﻗﺄﻳﻴﺎف‬they ‫؛‬f.) come

‫ ﻳﺄﻳ ﺊ‬they ‫ ؛‬f.) come

‫ ﺗﺄ ق‬you ‫ ؛‬m.) come

‫ ﺗﺎﻳﺎي‬you ‫؛‬m./f.) come

‫ ﻗﺄ وئذ‬you ‫؛‬m.) come

singular

‫ﻳﺄﺑﻰ‬

he comes

‫ ﺗﺄﻳﺊ‬you (f.) come

j 49.6.3

come

‫ آلﻳﻰ‬we ‫؛‬m./f.) come

I (m./f.) come

he refuses

m.s.

Imperative f.s.

‫اﻳﺐ‬

‫إﻳﺒﻲ‬

m.p\. andsoon ‫إﻧﻮا‬

reftrse!

T h e verbal nouns follow th e p a tte rn s fo r th o se o f F o rm I triliteral verbs: verbal noun

verb ‫أﻟ ﻰ‬

to come

‫ ﻳ ﺬ‬٤or ‫ أﻟ ﻰ‬٠‫ﺗﺄﺗﺎ ة م‬

‫أﻟ ﻰ‬

to refuse

‫إﻳﺎة‬

‫أذ ى‬

to be harmed

‫أذ ى‬

harm

‫أﺑ ﺊ‬

to be sad

‫أس‬

sadness

‫ أﻟ ﻰ‬to approach [time]

or ‫إﺑﺎﺀة‬

‫أر‬

coming) arrival refusal, rejection

period [of time]

T h e A ctive P articiple ‫ د ﻗ ﻌ ﻞ ؛‬: active participle

verb

4 9 .6 .6

p

T h e im perative very rarely occurs:

‫ﻳﺄ ب‬

4 9 .6 .5

they ‫؛‬m.) come

‫ﻳ ﺊ‬١ ‫ق‬

jussive

4 9 .6 .4

we (m./f.) came

‫أﻟ ﻰ‬

to reftrse

‫ آﻳﻰ‬unwilling, reluctant

‫أش‬

to come

‫ آ ت‬coming, next

‫أ آل‬

to neglect

‫ آﻟﻲ‬neglecting

T h e Passive P articiple ‫ ( ﺷ ﻮ ن ؛‬: verb

passive participle neglected

‫ أ ال‬to neglect

‫ﺗﺄﺋ ﺆ‬

‫ أﻟﻰ‬to refuse

‫ ﺗﺄﺑﻦ‬refused

Modem Literary Arabic; A Reference Grammar t > 4 9 .7

V erbs w ith In itia l ‫ و‬a n d F in al H am za

T h e s e f o llo w t h e r u l e s f o r a s s im i la t e d v e r b s a n d h a m z a t e d v e r b s w ith f in a l h a m z a , T h e p e r f e c t o f ‫ " ( وﻃﺊ‬t o t r e a d " ) :

49.7.1

‫زﺑﺊ‬

‫وﻃوئا‬

they (m.) trod

they (f.) trod

‫وﻃﺌﻦ‬

they (f.) trod

you ‫ةأا‬.‫؟؛؛‬.٦Xiod

‫ﻧﺒﻖﺀ‬

you (m.) trod

‫ زﻃائ‬they (m.) trod

he trod

١‫ذث‬

.‫ وﻃﻘﺖ‬she trod ‫ذﻃﺌﻎ‬

plural

dual

singular

‫ؤﻃ ﻰ‬

you (m.) trod

‫ ذﻃﺌﺌﻦ‬you

‫ وﻃﺸﺖ‬you (f.) trod ‫ؤﻃﺌﺖ‬ ,2

I

‫ ذﻃﺊ‬we (m./f.) trod

trad

T h e I m p e r f e c t I n d ic a tiv e :

singular

plural

dual

‫ﻳﻄﺄ‬

he treads

‫ ﻳﻄﺎ'ن‬they (m.) tread

‫ﻗﻄﺄ‬ ‫ﺗﻄﺄ‬

she treads

‫ ﺗﻄﺂن‬they (f.) tread

you (m.) tread

‫ﺋﻄﺂق‬

‫ ﻳﻄﺮوى‬they (m.) tread ‫ﻳﻄﺄذ‬

‫أﻃﺄ‬ ‫ا‬

4 9 .7 .4

‫ ﺗﻄﺄذ‬you (f.) tread

‫ﺗﻄﺄ‬

I (m./f.) tread

we (m./f٠) tread

T h e Im p e ra tiv e :

m.s.

f.s.

‫ﻃﺊ‬

‫ﻃﻲ‬

m.pl. and so on 1‫ﻃوئ‬

tread!

T h e v e rb a l, n o u n s f o llo w t h e p a t t e r n s f o r t h o s e o f F o r m 1 t r i l i t e r a l v e r b s . F o r e x a m p le :

verbal noun

verb

\>

‫و‬

‫ﻧﻴﺊ‬ '‫و ا‬

‫ذﻧ ﺆ‬ 4 9 .7 .5

they (f.) tread

‫ ﻗﻄﺆوى‬you (m.) tread

you (m./f٠) tread

‫ ﺋﻄﻴﺬ‬you (f.) tread

3

‫؟ا‬.'١‫ال‬0‫ة‬

\0

‫ﻫﺔةال‬

to be plague-stricken to bruise to be pure) clean

ilj

treading; low ground

iXZj

epidemic

iilj

‫ذﻧ ﺮ ة‬

brnise purity, cleanliness

T h e A c tiv e P a r t i c i p l e (‫ )ﻗﺄ ﻋ ﻞ‬:

active participle

verb ‫ وﻃﺊ‬to tread

‫زﺋ ﺆ‬

to be pure, clean

‫ ؤاﻃﺊ‬treading ‫ واﺿﺊ‬pure, clean

4%

1

Doubly Weak Verb T h e Passive P articiple ( ‫ ) ﺗ ﻨ وئ ذ‬:

4 9 .7 .6

verb

passive participle

‫ و;ئ‬to be plague-stricken

‫ ﺗ ﺆ رة‬contaminated, poison.ed

‫ رﻃﺊ‬to tread fonj

‫ ﻗ ﺆ وئة‬trodden ‫؛‬on]

Doubled Verbs with ‫ ي‬as Middle and Final R adial

4 9 .8

T his type o f verb is extrem ely rare, b u t it does co n tain o n e relatively com m on verb w ith its derived Form s: ‫"( ﺣ ﺊ‬to live"). 49.8.1

T h e Perfect: singular

dual

plural

‫ﺣﻲ‬

be lived

‫ب‬

they (m.) lived

‫ ﺣﻴﻮا‬they (m.) lived

‫ﺣﻨ ﺚ‬

she lived

‫ﺣﻴﺎ‬

they (f.) lived

‫ﺣﻌﺬ‬

they (f.) lived

‫ﺣ ﺖ‬

you (m.) lived

you (m./f.) lived

‫ﻃﻢ‬

you (m.) lived

‫ﻏ ﺖ‬

you (f.) lived

V :

you (f.) lived

‫ﺣﻴ ﺖ‬

I (m./f.) lived

‫أأ‬.;

2‫ا‬

‫ﺣﺌ ﻤﺎ‬

we (m./f.) lived

T he Im perfect Indicative:

singular

‫ﻳﻔﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻨﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎ‬

dual

plural

he lives

‫ف‬١‫ة إل‬

they (m.) live

‫ ﻳﺤﻤﺆد‬they (m.) live

she lives

‫ﺋ ﺨﺘﺎ ن‬

they (f.) live

‫ إل ذ‬٠‫ ي‬they (f.) live

you (m.) live

‫ﺣﺘﺎ ن‬

you (m./f.) live

‫ﺣﻴﺆئ‬

‫ ﻳ ﻦ‬٠‫ ئ‬you (f.) live

you (m.) live

‫ ص‬٠‫ ق‬you (f.) live ‫ ﺣﻴﺎ‬t ( T ‫\ ؛‬. je\\(jl

‫ ﺗ ﺎ‬1 I (m./f.) live

١

١

T he im perfect indicative m ay also be w ritten ‫"( ﺣﺘﻰ‬h e lives” ), ‫"( ﺣﺘ ﻰ‬she lives” ) etc. 4 9 .8 .3

T h e im perative is rare: jussive

‫ﺣﺊ‬

imperative

he lives

m.s.

f.s.

‫اﺧﻲ‬

‫إﻟﺤﻲ‬

m.pl. and so on

‫إ ﺣ ﺆا‬

live!

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar 491 4 9 .8 .4

T h e verbal n o u n is ‫"( ي ؛‬life").

4 9 .8 .5

T h e active participle ىﺀق‬is ‫“( آو‬seeking refuge”).

50.6

The passive participle does not occur.

498

51

The Quadriliteral Verb (‫آﻟﺬاﻋﺊ‬

‫) آﻧﻌﺌﺪ‬

U nlike th e g e a t m ajority o f A rabic verbs w hich a re form ed from roots consisting o f th re e radicals, q uadriliteral verbs a re fo rm ed from ro o ts consisting o f fo u r radicals. F o il ( p )

51.1

T h e conjugation of F orm I quadriliteral verbs co rresp o n d s to th at o f F o rm I t strong triliteral verbs ( ‫ ) ﻓﺌ ﻞ ﻟﻢ ﻣ ﺜ ﻞ‬, th e difference befcveen th e m being th a t F o rm I q u ad riliteral verbs have two different radicals in place o f the tw o identical radicals o f the F o rm II verb. T h e P erfect (e.g. ‫“ ﺗ ﻨ ﺒ ﻢ‬to tra n sla te ” ):

51.1.1

‫ ﺗ ﻨ ﺒ ﻢ‬he translated ‫ﻗﻨﻠﺠﺘﻦ‬

plural

dual

singular

‫ﺗ ﺰﺑﺘﺎ‬

‫ ﺗﺬﺑﺘﻘﺎ‬they (f.(

she

‫ رﺟﺘ ﺶ‬you (m.(

they (m.(

‫ﻗﻨﺒﺌﺌﺘﺎ‬

you (m./f.(

‫ ر ﺻ ﺖ‬you (f.) ‫ز ﺟﻨ ﺖ‬

.2

U ijL ١

\‫ؤ ﺟ ﻤ ﻮ‬

they (m.)

‫ﻗﻨﺒﺌﺊ‬

they (f.)

‫ﻗﺰﺑﻤﺐ‬

‫ال‬0١ ‫اىذ‬٠٦

‫ﻗﻨﺒﺌﺌﺬ‬

you (f.)

‫ ﻗﻨﺒﺌ ﺔ‬t

The Imperfect Indicative:

singular

plural

dual

‫ﻗﺰﺟﺐ‬: he translates

‫ ﺳﺰﺟﺘﺎن‬they (m.(

‫ﺋﺌﻨﺠﺌﺮن‬

‫ ﻛﺰﺟﺐ‬she

‫ ﺋﻘﺬﺟﺘﺎن‬they (f.(

‫ ورﺟﺐ‬you (m.(

‫ ﻳﻨﺠﺘﺎ ق‬you (mi f .(

‫ ص •؟ﻧﻞ‬they (f.) ‫ ﻗﻨﺠ وئذ‬you (m.)

‫ﻳ ﺠﻴ ﻞ‬

you(f-(

‫ﻳﺌ ﻦ‬

‫اﺗﺰﺣﺐ‬

I (m./f.(

‫ﻳ ﻢ‬

5 1 -1 .3

(m.|l١

they (m.)

you (f.) we (m٠ ‫؛‬l١

T h e p erfect an d im perfect passives co rresp o n d to th o se o f th e strong Form II

triliteral verb: Perfect Passive

Imperfect Passive

‫ رﺟﺐ‬it was translated 5 1 .1 .4

‫ ﻳﺐﺟﺐ‬it is translated

T h e Im perative co rresponds to th a t o f th e stro n g F o rm II triliteral verb:

jussive m.s. ‫ ﺗﻨﺰﺟﺐ‬he translates he retreats

imperative f.s.

m.pl. and so on

k§ J

‫ر ﺟﻴ ﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺰﺟﺜﻮا‬

translate!

٠ ‫ﻳﻮ‬

‫ﻗﻨﺒﺮي‬ 499

‫ﻳﻐﺰوا‬

retreat!

1

I

5 1 .1 .5

Quadriliteral Verb T h e v e r b a l n o u n c o m m o n ly h a s t h e p a t t e r n

‫زﻏﺰغ‬

‫ ﻗﻬﻘﻬﻪ‬loud burst of laughter

to laugh loudly

‫ زﻋﺰﻋﻪ‬convulsion

to onvulse

‫ ﻋﻮﺑﻨﻪ‬sieving

‫ ﻋﻮﺑﻞ‬to sieve / /

gargling

to gargle

‫ ذﺧﻮغ‬to roll T h e p a tte rn

‫ﺳالل‬

‫د ﺣﺮ ﺟ ﻦ‬

verbal noun ‫ وﺧﺬ؛ﻟﺞ‬rolling

‫ ذﺧﺬغ‬to roll ‫ ﻗﻨﺘﻦ‬to be a pupil

‫س‬

learning

‫ ﻧﻨﺰل‬to convulse, shake

‫زﻟﺰ'د‬

convulsion; earthquake

‫وﻧ ﺆ س‬ ‫ﺋﺌﺬﻟﻢ‬

‫ وﺷﻮا س‬whispering

to whisper

‫ ﻫﺬﺗﺎم‬orderliness

to put in order

T h e A c tiv e P a r t i c i p l e (

‫) ﺛﻔﻨﻴ ﺰ‬

:

active participle

verb

‫ ﺗ ﻢ‬٠‫ ﻋﻖ‬stuttering

‫ ﺗﺘﺘﻢ‬to stutter

‫ﻣﺮﺟﺐ‬

‫ رﺟﺐ‬to translate

5 1 .1 .7

rolling

‫؛‬s o c c a s i o n a ll y u s e d :

verb

5 1 .1 .6

:

verbal noun

verb

4

‫ﻗﻪ‬

translating: translator

‫ﺋﺆزد‬

to huny

‫ ﻧﻬﺬوت‬hulking

‫ﻫﻨﺒﻢ‬

to mutter

‫ﻳﻴﺘ ﺊ‬

to supetvise

‫ﻣﻬﺒﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻴﻰ‬

T h e P a s s iv e P a r t i c i p l e (

muttering supercising, controlling

‫) ﺋﺜﺌﻨ ﺰ‬ passive participle

verb ‫ﻗﺘﻘ ﺰ‬

to pepper

‫ﺋ ﻐﻨﻨ ﺰ‬

peppered

‫ﻗﻮﺑﻢ‬

to translate

‫ﻣﺮﺟﺐ‬

translated

‫ﻗﻨ ﻘ ﺪ‬

to shake

‫ﺋﺜﻨﻘ ﺰ‬

shaken, unsettled

‫ﺗﺌﺘ ﺰ‬ ‫زﺋ ﺰ ذ‬

chained

to chain up to ornament

‫ﻣ ﺰ ﺣﺮد‬

ornamented

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar ‫\دأل‬ 51.1.8

Meanings of Form I Quadriliteral Verbs

aj. A few .Form I quadriliteral verbs are derived from prominent letters or syllables in familiar phrases:

b).

‫ﺣﺰ د‬

‫ﻳ ﺬر‬

to say ‫ز ال ﺋﺆة إ أل ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻪ‬

‫“( ال‬there is no power and no strength except in God")

‫ﺑﻨﻨ ﻦ‬

to say ‫“( ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﻠﻪ‬in the name of G od’')

‫ﺑﺌ ﺬ ذ‬

to say ‫“( اﻟﺤﻨﻦ ﻧﺜﺐ‬praise be to G od")

Two letters expressing a sound may be repeated to indicate a repetition of that sound:

‫ﺀ‬٠‫ﺋﺌﺚ‬to stammer

‫ ﺑﺜ ﺠ ﻊ‬to roar) clamour

‫ﻧﻨﻬﺐ‬to mumble

‫ ﺋ ﺸ ﺾ‬to clatter, rattle

‫ﺋﺬﻏﺬ‬to gargle

‫ ﺑﻬﻤﻪ‬to laugh boisterously

‫ زﺗﺰ س‬to whisper

‫ ذﻧﺬﻓﺬ‬to flap the wings [bird]

‫ ﻛﺤﻔﺢ‬to cough

‫ ﺗ ﺄ ﺗﺄ‬to bleat fsheep]

‫ زﻟﺰل‬to lament

‫ ﻧﺌﻦ ذ‬to buzz, hum

Further examples of Form ‫ ل‬quadriliteral verbs:

51.1.9

‫ﻏﻨﻜﻦ‬to camp ‫ﻧﻨ ﺼ ﻦ‬

‫ ﻧﻠﻌﺘﺊ‬to establish as ruler

to rattle, clank

‫ﺧﺌﻠﻖ‬

to stare

‫ﺑﻨﺒﺰ‬

to gather, collect

‫ﺋ ﺬﺋ ﺰ‬

51.2

‫ ﻳ ﻠ ﺬ‬to practice veterinaty science

‫ ﺗ ﺌ ﺘ ﺰ‬to make restless ‫ ﺑ ﺌ ﺬ غ‬to rattle in the throat

to shake [s.th.]

The Derived Forms of the Quadriliteral Verb

Forms II, III and IV exist. Form III is extremely rare and can be ignored. Only Form II is used much, but Form IV contains at least one common verb (‫“ اﻃﺘﺄن‬to be calm”). 51.2.1

Form II ( ‫) ﺛ ﻐ ﺌ ﺰ‬

The Form II quadriliteral verb is distinguished by the initial ‫ ت‬. The conjugation corresponds to that of strong Fom i V triliteral verbs ( ‫) ﻗ ﻨ ﺌ ﺰ ا ﻗ ﺜ ﺌ ﺰ‬. 51.2.2

The Perfect (e.g.

‫ﺋﻘﺌﺘﺬ‬

singular

‫ ﺋ ﺜ ﻠ ﺘ ﻦ‬he philosophised ‫ ﻗ ﻘ ﺌ ﺘ ﺜ ﺬ‬she ‫ ﻗﻘﺌﺘﺜ ﺚ‬you (m.)

“to philosophise”):

dual

‫ ﻗﻘﻨﺘﺜﺎ‬they (m.( ‫ ﺋﺜﻨﺘﺜﻘﺎ‬they (f.( ‫ ﻗﻘﺌﺘﺌﺌﻨﺎ‬you (m.،(

plural

‫ ﺋﻘﺌﺘﺌ ﺮا‬they (m.( ‫ ﻗﻘﺌﺘﺌ ﺊ‬they (f.( ‫ ﻣﺌﺘﻤﺌ ﺐ‬you (m.(

‫ادآل‬

I

Quadnliteral Verb

‫ﺗﻨﺘ ﻒ‬

you (f.(

‫ﺋﻘﺌﺘﺌ ﺬ‬

I (m ٠/f٠(

5 1 .2 .3

1

‫ﺗﻔﻠ ﺴﻐﺜﺬ‬

‫ال‬٠١‫رل )ﻟﻢ‬١

1

‫أا‬٢‫ا‬.|‫؟‬,١

T h e Im p erfect Indicative: dual

singular

plural

‫ﺛﻘﺌﺘ ﺬ‬

he philosophises

dlillllj

they (m.)

‫ﻗﺜﻠﺘ ﻐ ﻞ‬

she

‫ﻗ ﻌﻠ ﺘ ﻖ ن‬

they (f.)

‫ﻗﻘﺌﺘﻔ ﻞ‬

you (m .(

‫ة ﻫ ﻔﺜﺎ ن‬

you (m. and f.)

‫ﻗ ﻌﻨ ﻤ ﻦ‬

you ff.(

‫أﺋ ﻘﻠﺘ ﻦ‬

I (m./f.(

they fm.)

‫ﺗﺜﺌﺘﺌ ﺊ‬

they (f.)

‫ﻗ ﻌﻠﺘ ﺜ ﻮ ن‬

you (m.) you ff.)

f

، ‫ذ‬.‫ر‬.‫ اذأ‬:

‫ ا‬٣٢١.‫؟؛‬.١

5 1 .2 .4 Since F .r m II quad riliteral verbs have a reflexive o r passive m eaning, they do not. occur in th e passive voice. 5 1 .2 .5

T h e im perative corresponds to that, o f the stro n g F o rm V triliteral verb: imperative

jussive

‫ ﻳﻘﻘﻴﺜ ﻦ‬he retreats

m.s.

f.s.

٣٢١,p i

and so or

‫ﻣﻬﺺ‬

‫ﻳﻐﺮ ي‬

1‫ﻗﻘ ﺔﻓ ﺬ و‬

retreat!

T h e V erbal N o u n ‫ ) ﺷ ﻲ‬:

5 1 .2 .6

vernal noun

verb ‫ﻗﺘﻨﺘﻦ‬

to be restless

‫إ‬٠‫ ﺛﻠﺌﻖ‬to hesitate ‫ﻗﺬﺋﺆز‬

to fall, decline

‫ﺗﺒ ﻖ‬

to be confused

‫ ﺋﺰﺧﻨﻖ‬to slide, slip 5 1 .2 .7

‫ﻗﺘﻨﺌﺪ‬

r d s ie s s

‫ﻗﺘﺌ إل‬

hesitation

‫ﻫﺮر‬

‫ ﻗﺖ‬fall, decline

‫ ﻗﻠ ﺘ ﻦ‬confusion, muddle ‫وﻇﻦ‬

skating; skiing

T h e A ctive P articiple ‫ﻧﻦ ﺷﺄﻳﻒ آذؤﻗﺎت‬ ‫آﻧﺨﻬﺘﻮﻗﺔ ﻳﺘﻘﺎ زﺑﺘﻰ أذ ﺋ ﻨ ﺦ ﻳﻌﺄﻳﺘﺔ ﻳﻘﻌﻨﺌﻦ ﺟﺰاﺣﻖ‬

that he was not going to resume the t'ight (HR 106-7)

the gap between it and its becoming a melon necessitates

‫ا؟‬١‫ ا آل ة \ا؟ا الأﺀ ةأ ة‬١ 1‫ رﻳﺎﻧ ﺔ‬٥ ‫ ﻳﺎ ة ﻏﺬ‬،‫ آألﻳﻴﺮﻓﻲ أ أل ش‬،‫ ﻫﺬا آﻟﺌﺌﻴﻴﻦ‬This expression, of American origin, came from a brutal American "sport” (IH 100) ‫ﻧ ﺨﺒ ﺞ أﻳﻴ ﺮ ج‬ c).

When the subject is modified by an adjectival relative clause: ‫ﻗﺌ ﺮ ت‬

‫ ذ أ'ﺷال آش ﻗﺨﻨﻠﺢ أﻧﺒﺌﻊ‬١‫ ﺛﺠﻴﺬ‬The Indian fig bushes that hurt our legs are dying (IKh 10)

M o d e m L i t e r a r y A r a b ic : A R e f e r e n c e G r a m m a r

‫ت وئ ر;ﻗﺘ ﺆ ب‬

‫ة \ آل‬

‫ ﻧ ﺤ ﻨ ﺊ‬U ‫ آﺋﻴﻄﻦ آ د ي أ ﺋ ﺌ ﺔ ﻗ ﺪ‬the perfume I smell whenever I go Into Nur's house now ‫آآلن ﻗﺠﺄﺀ‬

suddenly wafts in fH S 42J

‫دﺑﺎ‬٠‫؛ أ أل ﺧﺬة آ ﻓ ﻴ ﺺ‬3^ 1 The last sentence that he uttered revealed that he isn't

‫ ﻓﻲ‬.‫ع أﺋﻦ ﻳ ﺮ‬

‫ﻳ ﺒ ﻊ آ أل ﻧ ﻴ ﺎ ت د ال ذ ا‬

always made of steel (H R 32)

‫ ﺋﺬﻳ ﻦ ﻧ ﻨ ﺘ ﻦ ﺗﺌ ﻊ‬٠ ‫ دس ﻗﻪ ال ﺗﻘﻊ ﻏﻦ‬A distance of not less than two metres separated US (H R 102)

‫أ ذ م آﻟ ﺠ ﺌ ﺜ ﻐ ﺔ‬ ‫آ؛ا ث‬

‫واق‬

‫ئ ار‬

، ‫ ﺧ ﺘﺒ ﻲ‬١‫آ ﻟ ﺜ وئ ذ آﺋﻨ ﻲ ذ‬

‫ ﻧ ﻘ ﻒ‬U ‫ آﻓ ﻲ‬، ‫ ة‬٠‫أ إل ﺣﺎ‬

‫ ذ ا ﺋ ﺘ ﻲ ﺋ ﺚ آ ﺳ ﻲ آ أل و ر‬، ‫آ ﻳ ﺖ ﻳﺼﺌﺆ‬

The feeling that overcame me when I was in front of the copper ashtray which is out of keeping with the rest of the ftrrniture in the house, overcame me from the first night (HS 146)

d). W hen the negative particle ‫ آل‬negates specifically the subject rather than the whole sentence:

‫ذﻓﻴ ﻞ‬:‫الﺗ ﻦ‬ ‫ ذ آل ردﺗﻪ ﺑ ﺌ ﺮ‬، ‫ال ﺑﺄﺑ ﺺ ص؛رش ﺳ ﺊ ﻏ ﺬأﻟ ﺤﺎ ر ك‬ ‫ﺑ ﺆﺑ ﻮد ك‬

‫ال ﻗﻲﺀ ﺋﻴﻦ ﻣﺆ ﺟﻨﺘﻲ‬ ‫ال ﻗﺾ؛ ﺷﺚ ز ﺧائ‬ ‫ال أ ﻳ ﻦ ﻣﺮن ألﺧﻲ ﻗ ﺰ آﻟﺤﻘﺘﻘﺆ‬

‫ال أ ﻳ ﻦ ﻳﻐﺮن‬ ‫ال د وئم آ ﻟ ﻨ ﺜ ﺎ ﺗ ﻴ ﺆ آﺋﻨ ﻲ ﻳ ﻨ ﺰ ﻏﺘﻴﻪ ﻗ ﻞ ﺳ ﻊ‬ j

‫ذ د ﻟﻠﺌﻴﺄ‬

‫ ^ ﻓﻲ‬. ٠

j

(

‫ زال أ ئ أ أل د ؛‬، ‫ﺗﺘ ﺰا ت‬

there is no one to bury them (IKh 44) Paris did not come to give news of you, nor did Rome announce your presence (TW 192)

Nothing incites my anger (TW271( Nothing really changes (GhS 126( No one tells a person all the tnrth (HR 84( No one knows (AM8( Neither the diploma in accountancy which he received s ٠v ٠n years ago , n o r m y reaching th e

‫ ﻓ ﻲ ذ‬:٠‫ﺟﺖ‬ ‫ ل‬/: ‫ل‬school ofarchitecture had any effect (H R ‫ة ﻓ ﻴ ﺞ‬:‫ ذ ﻧﻴ ﻦ ا‬1‫ ئ‬، ‫ﺛﻤﺘﻴﺆ أﻟﻴﺌﻨﺘ ﺆ‬ ‫ال ﺋ ﺰ ﻧ ﻐ ﺰ آﻧﺒﺌﺬة ز ﻧ ﺠ ﺄ‬ ‫ال ﺟﻲ ﺳ ﺒ ﻦ ز ال أائ ﺗﺠﻴ ﻒ‬

‫ ؛‬nal

year in the

> 7 103(

he has not entered the countiy officially (JGh 133( She didn't forget and I didn’t forget (JIJ 143(

M o re com m only, how ever, th e subject p reced es b o th th e negative p article an d th e v erb :

‫اﺋ ﺖ ال د ﻓ ﺬ ب‬

You do not lie (HM 23(

‫ دﺑ ﺢ ال ﻳﺠﻴﺐ‬Badi does not answer (GhS 56) ‫ ﺗ ﻔ ﻦ ال ﺷﺘﺎزن أﻳﻨﺎ‬We never converse (H R 31) ‫ آﻧﺘﻴﺘﻎ ال ﻓ ﻲ‬The amount is not important (H M 126) ‫ آﻟائ ش ال ﺗﻨﻔ ﻲ‬People do not have compassion (H R 217)

s\t>

٠(.

T h e V e rb a l S e n te n c e

W hen th e subject is a relative p ro n o u n :

‫ آﺋﺰي ﺑﺰ ى ﺛ ﺰ أ ش و ﺻ ﻚ ﺗﺌﺰﻟﺖ‬W hat happened is that I arrived at his house (JIJ 121( ‫ أﺋﻨ ﻲ أش ﻳﻰ ﻗ ﺎ ذ ﺋﻨﺎﻳ ﻖ زاﻳﺪ ي‬The one who brought me was my lather's attendant HS( 113( ‫ آﺋﻨﻴ ﺊ ﺑﻲ ﻏﺌﺮﻧﺎ ﻗﻔﺜ ﻮ ن ز ﻳ ﺌ ﺰ ﺑ ﻮ ذ‬Those of our age play and joke (HM 66( ‫ آﻟﺬ ي ﺑ ﺮ ن ﻗﺰارﻳ ﺶ ﺑﻰ ﻧ ﺜ ﺶ آﻟﺌﻌﻴﻚ ﺋ ﺰ أ ش‬The thing that pulled off your moustache in my accursed ‫'„ت‬، ‫ ب‬١‫ ; آ ﻟ ﺜ ﺰ‬, ‫ أ‬story is tha ‫ ؛‬I consider the moustache to be [the sign ofj a ‫ ﻟ ﺰ ﺑ ﻞ‬j 1? ‫ ﻗ ﺎ ; ت ا ﺋ ﻐ ﺎ ﻟ وئ اب ب‬honour (H M 112 ( ‫ئ‬

‫ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒ ﺮ ي إي ﺷ ﻦ‬what is happening to me is not real (HS 61(

‫ ﺗ ﻦ ﻳﺰان أ آل ذ ال ﻗﺌﺮﺋﻠﻒ‬whoever saw you now would not recognize you (AM 34 ( ‫ ز ﻳ ﺼﻴﺒﺎ‬٠‫ ﻗﺎ ﻗﺼﻴﺐ آﻟﺞ‬what afflicts the people afflicts US (AM 118( ٩.

W h en th e subject is an interrogative p ro n o u n : ‫ﺗ ﺬأ ﺧ ﺰ ئ ؟‬ ‫ﻧﺎ د ﺣﺬ ث؟‬

Who told him? (HM 12( What happened? (HR 101(

‫ ائ ﻗﺘﻨﺒﻠ ﻦ ؟‬W hat is tormenting you? (AM 39 ( ‫أ ؤ زﺋ ﺲ ﻳ ﺘ ﺠ ﻦ ﻳﻰ ؟‬

What beast is taking hold of me? (HR 184(

‫ أﺋﺔ ﺗ ﻚ ﻗ ﺎ ك ؟‬Which year was it? (JU 213( ‫ﻗﺐ ﺗﻔﻦ ؟‬ g ).

How-many remained? (JGh 36(

W h en th e subject is in tro d u ced by th e particles ‫ إ ذ‬, ‫ أ ذ‬o r ‫ ﻟ ﺒ ﻦ‬:

‫ أ ﻃﺜﺎ ال ﻧﻲ ﻳﺜﻦ ﻳ ﺶ‬١‫ إﻧﻴﺐ ﻳ ﺌ ﺮ‬They are not children of my age (IKh 12( ‫ إﺋﺬ ﻳﻨﺘ ﺠ ﻦ آ ال ﺧﻴﻨﺎ ؛‬He desenes respect (HM 14(

‫ﻗ ﻚ إ ذ أﻳﻰ ﻗ ﺎ ذ ﻧﺎﺑﺘﺎ ﻧ ﻨ ﺒ ﺄ ﻏ ﺮ ة ﻧﻲ‬

I said that my father was always a loving place of reftige for me (H R 6(

‫أ ﺑ ﻦ ﺑ ﺰ ا د أ ة رار ﺗ ﻨ ﻔ ﻮ ن رﻧﻘﻴﻮ‬

he told Jawad that Nizar would accompany him (JIJ 177(

‫ﻳ ﻨ ﺰ غ أ ة آ ﻟ ﺌ ﺒ ﺰ ﻳﺨﻨﻠﺢ‬

He screams that the bees are coming out (GhS 150(

‫ أل ن آ ﻟ ﺜ ﻘ ﺔ أﻧﻌﻴﺌﻪ‬. , .

because the operarion has been cancelled (IKh 91(

.‫ أ ة ﺗﺎ رﻗﺎ ﺑ ﺜ ﺔ‬. . .

‫ﻟ ﺒ ﺶ آل أذ ى ﻗ ﻪ‬ ‫آ ﻧ ﻔ ﻘﺎ ؛‬

‫ﻗﺘﺎزﻟﺜﺘﺎ ﻃﺘﺎﻟﻢ‬

‫ﻟﺒﺌﺘﺎ‬

‫ﻟ ﺒ ﻦ ﺑ ﺰﻧ ﻲ ﻗﺌﺰ ﻃﻐﻠﻲ‬

that a thief strangled him (GhS 203( But I do not see anjrthing (IKh 30 ( But you have eaten dinner (GhS 183( But my grief killed my child (GhS 187(

A verbal sen ten ce m ay co n tain o n e o r m o re objects o f th e verb. T h e norm al word

5 2 .4 ,3

M o d e m L ite r a l) ' A r a b ic : A R e f e r e n c e G r a m m a r

1\ ‫ا ؟‬

o rd er is verb + subject (if stated ) + object:

‫ اﻟﻠ ﺜ ﻮ ى ز‬٠‫اس‬1‫ﺳ ﺊ آل‬ ‫ﻫ ﺎ‬

‫ﺗ ﺨﺒ ﻞ ﻗ ﺶ‬

The people forgot the thieves (IKh 15) f^yla carries her child (GhS 163)

‫ ﺋﺌﺮف آﻟﺘﻨﺄ ة ﺗﺎ ﺋ ﺜ ﺌ ﺬ ﺑﻪ‬a woman knows what he is thinking about (HS 50) 1‫ ﺋﻘﺄﺗﺬ ت أ'ﻟﺜﺄ رة ﺳﺬ خ‬٠‫ ا‬The car resumed its journey (SI 162)

‫ﻗ ﺮ ت ﻋﻬﻮﻳﻲ‬

‫ﻧﺪ ف آﻧﺤﻴﺬ ص ﺗﺌ ﻦ‬:‫ال‬

‫رزت آﻟ ﻐﻴ ﺬ ﻳﺊ آﻟﺜﺬ ق‬ ‫آل‬

‫ﺸ ﺄ ة أ‬

‫ة ﺋ‬

I drank my coffee (GhS 117) he doesn't know good from evil (HM 209) I have visited many cities (IKh lO ) Sulaytnan continues walking (GhS 38)

This w ord o rd e r m ay b e changed: a).

Subject + verb t object:

‫ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎ ه ﺑﺜ ﻮﺑﺎ ن ﺗﻘﺪه ﺣﺘﻌﺪه‬ ‫ئ;ا ن ﻗ ﺜ ﺎ ﺑ ﺆ‬

Two books opened my eyes (IKh 182)

‫آ ألﻧ ﻮ س ا ذ أل آ ﻳ ﺖ‬

Mosquitoes are filling the house (HM 207)

‫أ ﻟ ﺘ ﺨ ﻦ ﺋﺺ آالﻟﺘﺎﻟﺌﻪ‬

Prison changes a man (AM 60)

‫ ﺋ ﺬ ﻏ ﺰ آ ﻟ ﺘ ﻐ ﺎ ؛ ذ‬٤‫آﻟﺌﺘﺎ‬ b).

His legs betray the rest of his body (GhS 91)

the women are going into the shops (HS 204)

V erb + object + subject:

‫ﻃﺘﺜﺎ ن‬

‫ﻳﻠﻤﺶ ﻧ ﻈﻴ ﻲ ﺗﺌﺮالق‬

d ‫؛‬j j ‫ﻗﺘﺢ ﺗ ﺎ ﺑﺎﺑﻬﺎ أ ﻟ ﺘ ﻘ ﺊ أﺗ ﻨﺎﺑ ﺊ أ ﺣ ﺬ ﺧﺬا س‬ ‫ج‬

Two mud houses catch my attention (HS 28) one of the guards of the site opened its primitive wooden door for US (JIJ 69)

52.4.4

W hen a p rep o sitio n introduces th e object o f a verb, th e p rep o sitio n al p h rase usually occupies th e sam e position as an accusative object, th a t is, a fte r th e verb:

‫ﻧ ﺬ أ ذ ﻗﻘﻬﻦ آﻧﺘﺌﻨ ﺊ‬: ‫ﻗ ائ ذ ﻳ ﻦ آ ﻧ ﻐ ﺬ ب‬

We are afraid of the war after the battle is over (IKh 91)

‫ ﻗﻘﺌﻬﺬﺋﻠﻢ ﺑ ﻦ آﻟﺒﺜﺖ‬you have disposed of the body (GhS 97)

‫ة ﻳﺌﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺎذﻧ ﻒ ﻏﺮن ﻏﺘ ﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺬا ئ ﻏﺮن ﻣﺴﻲ‬

he went up to her (IKh 116) I have renounced my right (HR 11) he defends himself (GhS 98)

a).

T h e p rep o sitio n al ph rase very often p reced es an expressed subject. T his occurs particularly w hen th e prepositional p h rase contains a p erso n al p ro n o u n o r w h en th e subject is indefinite: ‫ﺛ ﻬ ﺬا‬

‫ﻟﺐ ﻳ ﻐ ﺬ ذ إي ﻗ ﺊ ؛‬

nothing like this has happened to me (GhS 69)

‫

‫ ﻧﺘﺄﺣﺪه‬.‫ﺋﻨﻘﺎﻏﺎ ﻗﺎرﻣﻦ ﻳ ﺆا د زﻗﻔﻴﻨﻴﺎ ﻏ ﺰ ﻗﺬﻳﻪ‬ ،‫ زئﺀك ﻗﻴﺪت ﺗ ﻨ ﻨ ﺔ ﻧ ﻨ ﻲ‬. ‫ آﻧﺠﺶ‬g ‫إ'ﻟﻰ‬ ‫ ﻗﻬﻨﻬﺬئ‬. ‫ ب أذإ ع‬.‫ذﺋﺌﻴﻦ ﻏﻴﻴﺎ آﻧﻔﺰﻳﺎزﻧ ﻲ ئ‬ £‫ ﺛﺰ ﻳﻐﺘﺐ ﺑﻤﺘﻮك ذأﺗﺬا‬١‫ زإد‬،‫ﻏﺶ ﻳﺄﻏﺬة آﻧﺌﺰﻟﻢ‬

A wandering knight comes across her and lifts her onto his home. She takes .himto her enchanted cave, and here she sighs in grief and weeps. He closes her restless eyes with four kisses, and she rocks him until sleep takes him. He dreams of kings, princes and knights ... (JU 51)

- ٠- ‫ﻧﺌﻦ ﺗﺎي‬

53.2.3 The Future

٥(. The imperfect verb refers to the future when the sentence contains an adverbial indicating a ftiture time: ‫ﺑ ﺪﻳ ﺬ ؛‬

‫ ﻏﻨﺎ ﻛﻘﺬﻟﻢ إ ر ﺗﺆاﻧﻲ‬Tomorcowwe will advance to new positions (IKh 31(

‫ أﻏﺎﻟﻢ‬،‫ أ ﻧ ﻘ ﻔ ﺈ‬،‫ أﻧﻘ ﺮﻳ ﺦ ﻫﺬا آ ﻧ ﺘ ﺘﺎ ة ﻓﻲ آﻟﻤﻨﺰو‬I will relax at home tonight, have a bath and sleep a little ‫) ﺀﻳ ﻲ‬1 1 1 5 (

1

/

A s p e c ts ‫ آ ه‬th e A r a b ic Verb

un

‫ ﻧﻌﻠﻦ‬،‫ وﺗﺘﺤﻨﻦ‬،‫ وﺗﻨﻐﺊ‬،‫ﺋ ﻘ ﺬ ذ آﺗﻤﻬﻮﺀ‬

١ ‫دﺋﺜﺪؤ‬

‫؛‬

‫ﻲ ] رﺗ ﺐ‬ ‫ﺑ ﻐ ﺪ ﻧ ﻴ ﻦ ﻧ ﺬ ب ( ز أﻓ‬ ‫ﻳﺌ ﻦ ئ أﻗ ﺰ ؤ ج‬

W e a r e d rin k in g c o ffe e , sm o k in g a n d ta lk in g , a n d at m id d a y w e w ill h a v e lu n c h ( H M 69)

A f te r t h a t we'11 g o to an y h o te l ( H M 139) a f te r th a t I w ill g e t m a r r ie d ( H R 4 9 )

‫ئ؛ ﺑ ﺪ أ ﺳ ﻴ ﺮ ﻧ ﻨ ﺬ ج‬

T o m o rr o w , b e f o r e n o o n , y o u 'll g e t o u t (A M 1.0)

‫رﺋﺘﺎ أﻣﻮث ﻳﺌﻦ ﻟﺜﻈﺖ‬

P e r h a p s I w ill d ie in a m o m e n t ( J I J 14)

‫ﻧﺠﻴﻦ ﻳﺌﻨﺒﻒ أ ﺳ ﻦ وﺗﺜﻬﻲ آﻟﺤﻨ ﺶ وﻳﻔﺪ‬

W h e n th e b o m b in g s to p s a n d th e w a r e n d s - a n d ev ery

‫ﻟﻲ‬:‫ﺣﻨ ﺐ ﻳ ﻔﺎ ن أﻏﻮن إﻟﻰ ﻳﻨﻮش ذأﻏﺎوذ ﺳﺒﺬ‬

w a r h a s a n e n d - 1 w ill r e tu r n to B e ir u t a n d w ill re s u m e my f o r m e r life (G h S 3 7 )

‫آأل؛ﻟﻰ‬

‫ ﺋ ﻰ‬١‫ أﺿﻌﻦ ﺑﻲ زرع أﻧﺘ ﻲ ش‬:‫ﺑﻠﻦ ﺑﻲ ﺗ ﺒ ﻲ‬ ‫ و ﺟ ﻴ ﻦ ﻳ ﺄ ﺗ ﻲ أ ش' ﺀ آﺋ ﺜ ﺪ ر ﺑ ﻲ‬. ‫ﻗﺪﻣﻲ ﻫﺬه آﺋﺘﺬة‬

I s a id to m y self, “ I will g o u p d a b a l S tr e e t o n f o o t this tim e , a n d w h e n t.he e v e n in g c o m e s I w ill g o d o w n J a b a : S tr e e t” ( I H 104)

‫ﻗﺎ ﺑ ﻊ آﻟﺠﺘﻲ‬ b). ‫ﻏﺒﺎ ؛؛‬

It also refers to the future where a future time is clearly intended: ‫ ﺗﺄ ﻏﺬة ذ ﺋ ﺜ ﺌ ﺔ ﻧﺎﺑ ﺰ‬. ‫ ر ﻧﻘﺘﻞ أالﺀﺑﻴﺬ‬،‫ ال‬No, wewon't kill the prisoner. We'11take himand put him ‫ ﺳ ﻞ ا ﻗ ﻲ‬. ‫ آ أل ب ﺀ‬inside the brown cloak of Father Marcel (IKh 47(

‫أش ﺗﻐﻐﺘﻠﺬ ﺗﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻳﻠﺰ ﻫﺘﺎة‬

‫آﺗﻨ ﺴﺎﺑﺰ‬

‫ﻧﺪي االذ‬

I h a v e th o u s a n d s o f w ays w h ic h w ill m a k e y o u talk like

‫ا؛‬

p a rro t (A M 94(

‫ ﻧﺄﺗﺎ آﺋﺪي أذﻗ ﺆ آ ﻧ ﺠ ﺘ ﺎ ذ‬،‫أﺗﺎ ﺿﺎ ﺟ ﻦ آﻟﺪﻏﺰة‬

a m th e h o s t, a n d I a m t h e o n e w h o w ill p a y th e bill 1

HM( 126( ‫ذ ال أﻃﺌﻘﻠﻦ‬

‫أذ ﻗﺘﺌ ﻖ ؟ ﺛﺘﻘﺠﺘﻲ! أﻳﺠﻦ‬

‫رﻳ ﻦ‬

Y o u w a n t US to g e t d iv o rc e d ? Im p o s s ib le ! I will com m it s u ic id e ‫؛‬b e fo re ] I d iv o rc e y o u ( H R 1 3 6 (

c). The imperfect verb may have a future meaning after imperatives when it is used to

indicate the reason for the command: ‫ﺗﺒﻴﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺘﺌﻴﺒﻆ‬

‫ ﺣﺶ‬، ‫ﻧﺎﻏﺶ‬

، ‫ﺗﺎئ‬

‫ﻗﺬ‬

S l e e p a n h o u r , tw o h o u r s , so th a t y o u w ill w a k e u p fit an d s tr o n g (A M 38)

، ‫آﻟﻠﺬﻗﺰ‬

‫إر‬

‫أ ذ ﻳﻐﺎﺑﺆ‬ ‫\ﺑ ﻎ‬

‫اذﻗﺬ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮح‬ ‫\ا‬.-; < g i ‫ﻟﻔﻲ‬

، ‫وﺋﺘﺬة‬

‫ ﻗﺬ ﺗﺘائال ﺑ ﻲ‬1‫ﺶ‬ ‫أﻧﺒﻦ ﺗﻦ ﻧﺠﺎئ ﻳﻔﻲ ﺗﺸ‬ ‫ ة‬٠‫ ائ ﺣ ﺆ آﻟﺬي‬1‫أ‬

‫ ﻳﻐﻤﻮل‬٠‫آ ﻧ ﺜ ﻦ رﺟﺎت‬

‫ﺑﻲ‬

.

‫ﻳﺎ أﺧﺒﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻔﺎ ﺑ ﻲ‬

‫ال‬

G o o n F a r a h a n d ta k e a w alk . Y o u n e e d a w alk . T h e ct.ld a ir will d o y o u g o o d a n d will c h a n g e y o u r m o o d (H M 9 6 (

A m ja d , b e b ra v e , so th e y will e r e c t a s ta tu e fo r y o u in tile m a in s q u a re (A M 16) D o n 't b e f rig h te n e d siste r, th e r e a r e m e n in th e q u e u e w h o w ilt p r o te c t y o u (G h S 30)

M o d e m L itera ry A ra b ic : A R e fe re n c e G r a m m a r

‫أﺋﺒﺎ؛ؤﻟﻢ‬

‫ ﻓ ﺄ ﺗ ﺌ ﺬ ﻏﻨﻐﺐ‬، ‫إﻧﻲ أﺋﻬﺎ آﻟﺌﺌﺘوئذ‬

‫ﺗﺘﺎﻗﺰا‬

C o m e t o m e y o u w h o a re w e a ry a n d

$4 1

I w ill lig h te n y o u r

b u r d e n s fo r y o u ( J I J 4 9 ( d ).

The

imperfect verb often h a s a future meaning in questions: ‫ﺋﺼﺰ ؟‬ ‫األﺳﺮ ؟‬

‫ﺗﺶ‬

‫ ﻧﺎدل ﺗﻨﻞ‬، ‫زآألﺳﻦ‬

W h e n w ill w e a rriv e ? (IK h 3 5 ( ?A n d th e p r is o n e r, w h a t sh a ll w e d o w ith th e p r is o n e r IK h ( 4 6 (

‫؟‬

‫ﺗﺶ دﻓﻲ ؟ ﺗﺶ ﺋﻌﻬﻢ ؟ ش ﺗﻌﻴﻦ زﺧأل‬

W h e n w ill y o u g ro w u p ? W h e n w ill y o u u n d e r s ta n d ? W h e n w ill y o u b e c o m e a m a n ? ( H M 37)

‫ﻧﺤﺪ ؟‬

‫ﺋﺰﺋوئذ ؟ ﻏﻦ ﻳﺰﺋﻊ‬

‫ﻗﻦ‬

‫ة آﻗﻘﻘﺒﺎ ق؟‬,‫إ ر ﻧﺶ ﺗﺎ زﺑ ﺐ ﻗﻈﻦ زز‬

W ill y o u sig n ? W ill s o m e o n e sig n ? (A M 15) H o w lo n g w ill y o u r e m a in b e h in d b a rs R a ja b ? (A M 3 0 )

The Future Particles ،> and

54

‫ﺗﺰن‬

The future tense may be expressed by using the particle ‫ ﺗ ﺆ ن‬or, more commonly, its abbreviated form ‫ >؛‬, before the imperfect indicative. 54.1 ،> is prefixed directly onto the imperfect indicative and is used only in affirmative statements:

‫ آﻟﻘﺘﻢ ﻧ ﻬ ﺪ؛ آألؤراق أ ذ أﻏﻲ ﻏ ﺰ‬١‫ ﺳ ﺄ ﺗ ﺎا ذ ﺗ ﻊ ﻣﺚ‬With this pen and these sheets of paper I will try to discover some of the answers (HR 6) ‫ ﺗﺄﻧﻮن ﺑ ﺬ اس‬،‫ أى ﺳﺄ ش'ﻗﺎ ﻧﺌﺺ آﻧﺰز‬I will stay here for a while. I will visit my mother's grave

(AM42) ،١‫ ﺋ ﺄ ا ر ﺗ ﺶ ﺗﺎب‬٠‫ ﺗ ﺄ ﺗ ﺒ ﻲ ﻧ ﻚ آﻧ ﻔﺜ ﺔ ة ﻳ ﺎ‬1*11tell you the whole stoty, let's go to the Saba cafe and ‫ ﻳﺬة‬1‫ ت ذآألت‬1‫ ﻗﺜﺘﺌﺔ أﻟﺤﺰات‬U ‫ زﺗﺘﺌﺘ ﺬ‬we'11 do as the gentlemen and sirs do (HM 107) ‫ ﻧﺄﺑ ﻦ؟‬١‫ ﻗﺰ ﺗﻴ ﻨ ﺪ ﻋ ﻲ ﺀﺋﺬﺗﺎ أذوي ﻏﺊ‬Who will believe me when I tell what I have seen? (JIJ 51) ‫ ﻫﺘﻘﺘﺎم دوذ أ ذ ﻗﻈﻢ‬،‫ ﺗ ﻴ ﻬ ﺈ آﻟ ﺬ ﺋ ﺬ ﻳﺜﺮﻏﻦ‬The time will pass quickly. You will sleep without really sleeping (GhS 32) 54.1.1

The negative of the future is formed with ‫ ﻟﺰ‬+ subjunctive: ‫ ﻧﺰ أ ش‬I will not forget (JIJ 83(

‫ر ﺛﺌﺒﻐﻐﺬ‬ ‫ﻗﺬ ﻛ ﻄ ﻢ أﻧ آل ﻏﻠ ﻒ‬ ‫دي‬:‫ر ﺋﺆﻳﺊ أﺗ ﻦ ﻃﺒﺎذ‬ ‫أﻗﺰ ﻛﻐﺌﺆ؟‬

You will not wake up (GhS 32( Your ribs won't get broken (GhS 33( no one will believe in my chastity (HR 1.33( Won't you speak? (HM. 77(

54.2 ‫ ﺗ ﺆ ن‬immediately precedes the imperfect indicative and is generally used for affirmative statements: ٠‫ ﺗ ﺰ ن ﻧﺎﻟﻢ ﻃ ﻮة‬We shall sleep for a long time (AM 18) ‫ ﻏﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﻤﺎ ﻛ ﻲ ﺗ ﺰ ن ﺗﺬى آﻟﺜائﻧﺎت ﺗ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ ﺟﻨﺎ‬In the future, when you grow up, you will consider the cars to be vety small (IKh 12) ‫ ﻋﺮت ﺗ ﺆ ن ﻛﺬؤﻟﺞ‬،‫ ﻟﺐ ﻛﺬؤﻟﺞ ﺛ ﺬ‬She is not married yet; she will get married soon (AM24) ‫ ﺷﺬ ﻏ ﺰ زﺑﺒ ﻲ‬٠‫ أﻗﺜ ﻦ ﻗﺎ و آﻟﻴﺎﺋﻌﻞ ﺗ ﺰ ن ب‬I feel as if the wall will fall in my face (IKh 100) A construction using ‫ ﺗ ﺆ ذ‬can be made negative with the negative particle ‫ ال‬placed between the particle and the verb: 54.2.1

‫ ﺗ ﺰ ن أال ﻛﺬؤﻟﺢ‬She will not marty 54

M o d e m L itera ry A ra b ic : A R e fe re n c e G r a m m a r

‫ ة‬4 ‫لآ‬

B ut this is ra re in m o d e m literary A rabic. As with ‫ ﻧﻲ‬, th e negative is usually fo rm ed w ith ‫ ﻟﻦ‬+ subjunctive. 5 4 .2 .2 ‫ ﺗ ﺆ ن‬may b e co n sid ered as m ore fo rm al th a n ‫ ﻧﻲ‬, alth o u g h the tw o are often interchangeable:

‫ زﺗﺆﻧﻰ ﻗ ﺤ ﺬ ذ ﺛ ﻴ ﻨﺎ‬. ‫ﺗﺄ ﺷ ﻦ اﻟ ﺴﻨ ﺔ ﻧﺎﻟﺰان أﻟﺒﺰﻟﻢ‬ >٠. ٠;

I will inform Mrs. Mallowan today, and we will speak much about Nimrod (JIJ 58)

‫ ﺗ ﺰ ن‬m ay be p re c ed e d by th e em p h atic particle ‫ د‬:

5 4 .2 .3

‫ذﺋﻨﺰاﻗﺔ ﻧﺘﺘ ﺰ ذ ﻗﻨﺌﻦ‬

‫إﺗﺰ'ﺑﺘﺆ‬

‫ﻗﺎذ اوي أ ﺳ ﺮ ح‬

‫ ﻧﺘﺎ ﺻ ﻲ ﻗﻬﻨﺔ‬، ‫ﻓﻴﺘﺎ ﺑﻨﺪه زﺑﺤﻨﺎرخ‬ ‫ﻳ ﺰ ف ﻗﺬﺋ ﻖ ﺑ الﻳ ﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑ ﺠﻴﺘﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺘ ﺰ ف أﻟﻘﺎه ﻧﻲ روﺗﺎ‬

1‫ﺗ ﺘ ﺆ ﻓ ﺌ ﺘ ﺎ ﺀ ذ ل‬

He was clearly ambitious with his talents and abilities and would subsequently, and dese^edly, occupy important posts (JIJ 123) My relationship with them all would come very strong (JIJ 183) I will meet him in Rome (JIJ 188) It will help us (JIJ 237)

54.3 W hen tw o o r m ore im perfect verbs are m odified w ith ‫ ﺗ ﺰ ن‬o r ‫ ﺀ ﻧﻲ‬th e p article n eed not be rep eated :

‫ ﺗ ﻐﺈﻟ ﺢ ﺗﺘﺎ أﻧﺘﺎﻧﻤﺈ زﺗﺜﻠﻌﺰ ﻧﻲ‬. ‫ال ﻗﻔﻠﻖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪح‬ ‫ﺋﺰور آ' ﻟﺬﺗﺎ ؛‬

١‫ذأﺋﺌ ﺬإ ﻳ ﺌ ﺨ ﺌ ﺴ ﺎ وﺀﺗﺎﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻛﻨ ﻮ ز ي‬

،‫ﺗ ﺄ ﺣﻘﻨﻲ‬

‫ؤ ﺛ ﺜ ﺎ ﺑ ﺘ ﻴ ﻘ ﺎ ﻳﺂﻟﺘﺒﺐ ﺗ ﺶ أﻏﺎﻟﻢ‬

Don't worty Bad‫ ؛؛‬together we will put the world to rights and will free ourselves of the evils of women (GhS 43) I will be alone with my treasures, will relish touching them, hugging and making love to them with my eyes until I sleep (GhS 87)

‫ ل‬1‫ﺗ ﺆ ف ﺛﺬﻣﺮﻗﺎ ﻏﺲ آ ﺑ ﺮ ﻧ ﺎ زﺗﻄﻨﻦ آ ﻧ ﺜ ﻨ ﺎ ة ﻧﻲ ﻳﺬ‬

We will completely destroy it and will drive the foreigners out of Lebanon (IKh 20)

‫ ذأ ﺧﺘﺜﻘﺎ ئﺀﺋﻘﺎ آﻧﺘﺰوﻧﻲ‬، ‫ﺗ ﺄ ز ﺗ ﺌ ﻲ‬

I will paint her, and will make her as if she is the bride (JIJ 118)

‫ﻃﻐﺌﺚ ﺷﺘﺄ ن ﺻﻨﻮي‬١‫ﺗﺄﻟﺘ ﻐ ﻂ ﻗ ﻴ ﻦ و‬

I will pluck out your heart and smother it with the love in my breast, then I will return it to your breast (IH 183)

j \

‫أﺟﻴﻨﺔ‬

p

‫ﻧﻨ ﻮ ر‬

‫ ﻏﺒﻦ آﻳ ﻌﺌﺘ ﺪ آ د ي ﺗﺒﺌﻨ ﺬﻧ ﻲ و ﺋ ﺘ ﺘ ﻲ ز ﻳ ﺌ ﺘ ﻔ ﻲ ي‬Abd al-Samad who will protect me, turn me into a lady,

‫ذﻗﺨﺘﺶ ﻧ ﻨﺒ ﺬ‬

give me a home and make me a wife (HR 21)

B ut it m ay be re p e a te d fo r em phasis:

١‫آ ﻟ ﺜ ﺘ ﺆ زﺳ ﺼﻴﺬ آﻧﺒﻴﻒ ﺑﺌﺖ‬ .‫ذ‬

. ‫ ﻳ ﺌ ﺬ‬٠‫'ت‬

‫ﻓﻲ ض‬

‫ئ‬٠ ‫أع‬ ‫ات‬

‫ﺗ ﻴ ﺨ ﻨ ﺰ ﻏﺒﻦ‬ j \

‫ ﻳﺌﻦ ذﻗﺎﻳﻖ‬In a few minutes Abd al-Samad will come and the house

‫ إأ‬٠‫ت‬

/ ‫\ا‬

٠ ‫ز ر ﻓﻲ ءر‬ ‫زﻗ وئذ ﻗﺰ ﺛﺊ؛‬

w‫ ؛؛‬became another house. He will come to w‫ ؛‬ec lam, will look in my face andwill know eveothmg (HR 204(

‫ ة‬5 ‫ذأ‬

T h e F u tu re P articles

‫ و ﺗ ﺆ ن‬، ‫ﺋﺈ ﺋ ﺘﺎ ؤ‬

‫ﺛﻴﺰ؛‬

‫ﺗﺆن‬

،‫ﺗﻬﺰم ذﺋﺘﻬ ﻲ‬

‫ ﺗ ﺆ ن‬you will be defeated and will be finished. You will be ‫ئ‬ will be finished as an issue ‫ش ﺛ ﻌﻔﻴ ﺔ‬ ‫ ؛ﻗﺘ ﺪ‬defeated as a man, and you y : :

‫ؤوة\ﺳﺂ ص‬

5 4 .4 W hen p reced ed by a v erb in th e perfect, ‫ ﺗ ﺆ ن‬o r ‫ ض‬+ im p erfect indicative expresses a tim e w hich is in the fliture w hen seen from th e view point o f th e p ast (“w o u ld ", "was going to ”, “was ab o u t to ” ):

‫ ﺟﺬة‬1‫ث آ ﺗ ﺌ ﺜ ﺬ ﺗ ﻈ ﺠ ﺬ ذﺋﺘﺔ ز‬١ ‫ﻳ ﺌ ﻦ وﻗﻀﺆرث‬

I was afraid and thought that the anger would explode all at once (AM 67)

‫ﻗ ﺘ ﻨ ﻦ ﺑ ﺄ ر أﺀﻟ ﻲ ا وﻏﻨﺌ ﺖ أ ر ا ﺗ ﻜ ﻲ ﺑﻔﻦ ﻗ ﻴ ﺪ‬

I felt that I was boiling, and I knew that I would cry in a little while (HS 29)

‫ﺗ ﻈﺘ ﺰ ﻳ ﺜ ﺘ ﺌ ﺘ ﻦ‬

In the commune we didn't know what we would do with our firture (HS 38)

‫ﺗﺎذا‬

‫ﻧﺐ ﻧﻜﺰ ﻓﻲ آﺗ ﺔ و; ي ﺛ ﺮ د‬

‫ائ ﻳ ﻨﻨﺈ أﺋﻦ ﺗ ﺒ ﻬ ﺮ ذ‬٠‫ ف‬He knew he was about to die (IKh 51) ‫ زﻓﻨ ﻦ‬. ‫ﻗﺎﺗ ﻦ ﻳﻠ ﻚ آ ﻟ ﺌ ﻔ ﺎ ﻳ ﻲ ﻏﻀﺎ ﻏ ﺮ إﺑﻨﺎﻣ ﺐ‬ ٥‫أزﻳﻠﻢ ﺛ ﺒ ﻲ ﺑﺄئ ﺗﻨ ﺆﻧ ﻔ ﻲ أي‬

This stick was m.y uncle Ibrahim’s stick, and I used to convince myself that he was going to leave it to me (IH 109-10)

‫ﺋﻀﺆزش ﺗﺄﻓ ﻮ ن ﻓ ﻲ ﻏﺶ ﻏﺬ ﺣﺮﻳﺶ‬

I imagined that I would not need a map of the area (JfJ 41)

‫ﻓﺌ ﺚ ﻗ ﺪ ﺿﺬ ح أ رأ ﺗﻌﺶ آﻧﺘﻨ ﺰ ﺟﺜ ﺆ أ ش‬

Every morning I used to read the text of the play that I was going to see that evening (JIJ 33)

‫ﻓﻨ ﻄﻘ ﺖ‬

‫ ﻗ ﺎ ﻳ ﺬ ائ ﻧﻲ ﻧ ﻴ ﻦ أ ﻧ ﺘ ﻚ ؛‬, ‫ﺗ ﺎ‬ M .4 .1

T h e negative is fo rm ed with ‫ ﻟﻦ‬+ subjunctive:

‫ ذ‬١‫ﻲ أﺋﻦ ﻟﺬ ﺋﺰﺟﻘﻨﻲ ﺋﺖ‬ ‫ ﻗﺬ ﺗﻄﻦ ﻓ‬It had occurced to me that he would not bother me there (H R 114)

‫ﻫﺘ ﺖ أﻟﻰ ﻗﺬ أﻋﻴﺜﻦ‬ ‫ ﻧﻲ آﺳﻰﻋﺞ ض آألﻇﻮ اﻟﻲ ﺑﺘﺌﻨ ﻲ ﺋﺌﺄﻗﺬة أﺋﻦ‬٧‫ﻗﻲﺀ ؛‬

‫ د‬1‫ر ﺳ ائ ف آﻗﻘﺊ‬

I thought I would not live (AM 104) Something in his refusal to look at me made me certain that he was not going to resume the fight (HR 106-7)I

‫ ﺑﺄ ش ﻟﻦ أﻓﻮن أﻓﻨﻦ ث‬، ‫ ﺋﺌﺬ آ ﻧ ﻨ ﺮ‬، ‫ ﻗﺌﻒ ﻏﻴﻨ ﻦ‬I had known since childhood that I would not be more

‫ئ‬

than I was (IH 86)

55

The Particle ‫ﻗذ‬

+ a perfect verb is used to indicate an earlier past time when the context already refers to the past. It gives the meaning of the English past perfecfrpluperfect ("had done”): ‫ أ ﺧ ﻆ أة ﻃﻌﻮﻟﻲ أﻟائﻳﺬ ﻗﻲ أﻧ ﺼﺰﻗﻎ اﻟﻰ أألد‬I felt that my second childhood had gone for ever ‫ﻗﺬ‬

55.1

(H R 86)

‫ﺣﻤﻞ‬

‫ﻗﺬ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺛﻮا ﻳﺠﺜﻮذ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﺎ أذ ﺳﻰ‬

They sensed in some way that something had happened (AM 18)

‫ﻛﺎ ذ ﻓﻲ آﻟﻌﺌﻨﺐ أل ﺋ ﻐ ﺦ‬

It was difficult for US to become friends, for I had put a

‫ ﻗﺄﺗﺎ ﻗﺬ‬. ‫ﻧﺪﻳﻘﺘ ﻞ‬

‫ب ؛ ﻳﻰ‬٠' ‫ض ﻗ ﻠ ﺘ ﺄ ﺛ ﺰ‬

;

‫ل ﻫﺮ م(ﺟﻮﻟﺊ‬٠ ‫ج‬4‫م ﻏﻠﻰ‬

٠‫آأل‬

‫م‬

. %li I S ‫ﺛﺪ‬

‫ث‬٠‫ﺧﺖ‬

seal of red wax over all the people here (HS 37)

‫ﺟﻞ إﺋﺘﺎ ق‬

‫ﻗﺬ‬

‫ ﻗﺪ أﻧﺘﺬﻗﺎ ﻳﺘﺜﻮﻗﺎ ﺷﻔﻴﺘﻪ‬We had chosen a Japanese ship for our Journey (JIJ 13) ‫ ﺑﻞ أ ذ ﻳ ﻨ ﺰ آﻧﺎ ب‬1‫ ﻗ ﺚ ﺳﺄﺋﺬ‬I wasn't sure that the door bell had rang (GhS 10)

‫ﻗﺬ‬

+ perfect may correspond to the present perfect (“have/has done"):

‫ﺗﺎﺗﺎﺛﻪ‬

‫ﻧﻞ‬ 55.1.1

‫ﻓﻲ ﺗ ﻄ ﺮ زﻗﺬ ﺧ ﺜ ﺬ ث‬

‫أﺋﻦ‬

‫دخ‬

‫أ ك ﻗ ﺘ ﺮ ذ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ ك‬٠‫ﺷ ﺎ ﻏ ﺖ‬

!‫ ذ ﺗ ﻆ‬،‫ﺛال غ ﺗﺘ ﺰا ب‬

‫ﺛ ﺘ ﺎ دﻗﺎﻳﻠﻬﺐ آﻟﻨﻔﺘﺎوئذ‬

‫ﺗ ﺆﻳﻘﺎ‬

‫ﻏﺶ‬

to help you (GhS 42)

‫أﺋﻦ ﻧ ﺜ ﻰ‬

Three years have passed since her death, and you've forgotten! (AM43)

‫ﻟﻘﻦ‬

Some of the men of our country have treated us like the dictator treats them (GhS 30)

‫ﻫﺊ ﺋﺪذﻧ ﻲ ﻳﺄل‬

She warns me that the time has airfved for her to return to her family's tents (IH 49)

‫ﻏﺎﻃﺘﺎ ﺑﻔﺸﻞ ﻟﺘﻮر ﺑﻠﺪﺗﺎ‬

‫ﻗﺬ ﺧﺎل ﺗﺰﻋﻦ ﻏﺆﻧﻴﻘﺎ إ ر ﺗ ﺘﺎ و ب‬

You know Badi that you are in danger, and I have come

‫أ ي‬

Occasionally ‫ ﻗﺬ‬is used simply to stress that the action expressed by the perfect verb has occurred. It is often best left untranslated, but may sometimes be rendered as "certainly", "indeed" etc. The perfect verb may have any of its temporal meanings depending on the context:I

55 .1 .2

‫وﻗﺬ أﺧﻴﻚ ﺗﻨﺒﻲ وﺛﺌﻨﻴﻰ‬

، ‫ﻗﺘﺘﻨﺒ ﺚ‬

‫ دﻧ ﺖ‬I revetted and was punished. But I loved my regret and

my punishment (HM58) I met her more than three years ago in Jerusalem, and she me that she was teaching sculpture in Baghdad ‫ ذ س آﺷﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺌﺬ؛ذ‬١ ‫اﻟﺖ ﻓﻲ أذﻫﺎ ﻣﻮم‬٠‫ ﻧﺌﻦ‬told (JIJ 59) ١‫ال ﻳﻌﻔﺲ آذﺗﺎل‬1 ‫ ﻳ ﻞ ز؛‬1‫ﺀ ز‬1‫ ﻗﺬ ج‬Wa'il and Bashshar brought some money (HR 27) ‫ ﻗﺬ ﺷ ﻲ ﺑﺌ آل ﻓﻲ أالذ؛زؤ‬Indeed, I ordered it from the bureau (JGh 11) ،‫ب ﻓﻲ آﻧﻘﻨ ﺲ‬,‫ ث ﺗﺘﺆ‬٠‫اﻟﺘﻘﺜﻬﺎ ﻗ ﻞ أﻛﺜﺬ ﺑﺊ ﺋﺔ‬

551

551

I

P a n ic le ٠‫ع د‬

‫دﻫﺎ‬٠‫ﻧﻘﻒ أ ﻧ ﻨ ﻘ ﻪ أ ة ﺑﻦ آ ال ي؛ آﻧﻘﻴﻨﻲ آ ش ﺟﻨ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺠﻲ ﻳﺊ آﺗﺌﻨﺺ أﻟﻠﻮى ﻳﻦ آألﺷﻄﺆ؛ﺗﺎت آﻧﻘﺪﻳﺘﺆ‬

It surprised her that among the few things I brought with me from Jerusalem was a collection of old records (Y V n T )

55.1.3 For greater emphasis, the emphatic particle ‫ ذ‬may be prefixed to ‫ ﻋﻦ‬: ‫زؤ‬1‫ ﺋﻌﺮر ؛ ﻟﺘﺰ‬١‫ﻟﻘﺪ آﺋﺘ ﺰ ن ذﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻦ أ ع ﺋﺐ‬

‫ذاﻟﻄﻪ ؛ﻟﺌﻐﺎ;ث ص ﻗﺘﺌﺪ ي آالذﻏﺰاق‬٩‫ﻗﻘﺬ ﻗﺎت> ﻗﺈى ل‬ ‫ﻊ‬

‫ﻧﻘﺬ ﻧ ﺰ ؤﺑ ﺬ‬

: ‫ ﺗ ﺎﻟ ﻢ‬٠‫ا أ ﺣ ﺎ و ذ آ ال ي‬1 ‫و‬

‫ﺋ‬

‫ة ة‬

‫إل أ ﺧﻨ ﻦ‬

We silenced them (IKh 31) He said something half-joking about my intention to be alone with Umm Bashir (HR 5) they had asked him to come (HR 80) Then I added, ttying to smile, “She has got mareied” (AM 24)

. ‫ أﺋ ﻦ ﻗﻨﻦ ﺋﺘﺄ‬٠‫ﻟﺐ أﻏﻲ د‬ ‫دﻳﻴﻘﺔ ز ﺗﺄ ﻧ ﺬ ﻏﺌﺬ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺬ أ ﻧ ﺒ ﺨ ﻦ إﺋﺘﺎﺗﺎ ﻳ ﺪ ﻳ ﺬا‬

I didn't know you were here. Indeed, I rang Nadin a minute ago and asked about you (GhS 22)

‫ ﻟﻘﺪ آ ﻛﻨ ﻦ‬. . ‫أزﻳﻮ أ أل ﻗﻨﺄ ﻟﻮﻧﻲ ﻋ ﻪ ﺗﻨﺄ أﺋﻴﺬى‬ ‫ﺑﺂ ص ﻧﻲ‬ ‫ ذﺑﺎ م و ز ﺟﻨ ﺬ ﻣﻨ وئﻗﺔ‬١‫ﻟﻘﻦ ﻧ ﻴ ﺌ ﺬ ﺟﻴﻦ ذ ﻧﺮث آل‬

Please don't ask me about her again. She is finished [for goodj as far as I’m concerned (AM 24)

‫ﻟﻘﻦ أ ﻏ ﻴ ﺬ ﻳﺌﻔﺎﻟﻢ آﺑﺘﺌﻨﻲ ﺑﺬآل‬

I gave the world two daughters instead of one (H R 152)

.‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﺑ‬

‫ﻈ ﺬىدﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻫ ﺎ ﺛ‬

We left with a feeling of bitterness (JIJ 21)

‫ﺋﻘﺬ‬

‫س آﻧﻲ ﻧﺎ ﺟﺪة‬

I have become a new person (AM 31)

I was [absolutely] astounded when I came out of the bathroom and found her strangled (GhS 51)

55.1.4 When two or more perfect verbs are modified by ‫ ﻗﺬ‬, the particle is not usually repeated: ، ‫ألﺷﺠﺎر اﻟﻴﻮائﻫ وئ س آﻟﺰارﺋﺬ‬

‫ﺋﻐﺌ ﺰ‬

‫ ﻧﻨﻈﻦ ذ ﺻﻤﻲ‬most of its pavements are shaded by verdant eucalyptus ' ‫ آ آل‬٠٠٠٠ tii'js ' ٠‫ﻏﺸﺊ‬ trees, and thejf have grown tall and got bigger over time

‫أﻟﺬذب‬٤‫س) ذ أ ذ ﺋ ﺸ ﺬ ؛ ﻳ ﺸ ﺖ‬

‫أﻧﻲ ﻗﺬ زﺑﺜ ﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺬ و ﻏﻴ ﻲ ﻳﺴﻨﺎ ﻧﻲ زآ ﺋ ﺘ ﺬ ذ إﻧﻰ‬ ‫زﺗ ﻜﺘ ﻦ‬

‫ﻏﺘﻴﺆ‬

‫آ ألﻧﺎ ذ‬ 55.2 ‫ﻗﺬ‬

‫ث‬

‫زﻗﺎ‬

‫آﺋﺤﻄﺄ‬

‫ﻟﻘﻦ زﺑﻎ‬

‫ال ذ‬

my mother had lied down and become still (HR 43( he had simply said goodbye to me and had left for work H R ( 11( The mistake had happened and it was too late (HR 113(

+ im p erfect indicative e g r e s s e s u n certain ty ( " m i g t ” , "m ay ” (:

‫أ ﻗ ﺰ ﺛ ﺬ إ ر ﺣ ﺰ ﻫﺰﺀ‬

‫ﺋﺌﻘﺎ زال‬

‫ ﻗﺬ أ ﺋ ﺒ ﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﻓﻲ‬I m ig t spend mywhole life and not arrive at a solution to ٠‫ آﻗﺜ ﺖ‬this complexity (HM 10(

M o d e r n L ite ra ry A ra b ic: A R e fe re n c e G r a m m a r

‫ ﺳ ﺔ وﻟﺒﺌﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺬ ﻏﺘﺮف‬١‫ﻗﺬ ﺋﻐﻮث ﺑﻲ آﻟﺊ‬

‫ آ أل ئ؛ ﺑ ﺖ؛‬1‫ﻫﺬ‬ !‫أى‬

‫ﻫﺎ‬٠‫أﺧﻎ‬

‫ث‬

‫ى‬

‫ﺛ ﺼﻴ ﻆ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺔ ﻛ ﻞ‬

‫ﻗﺊ‬ ٠‫ﻗﺬ أﺑﻴﺒ ﺆ ﺣﺌﺮﻳﻖ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ أﻏﺜ ﻰ‬1‫ﻗﻘﺬ ﺗﻜﻮث ﺳﺆ‬

‫ﻧﺬﺗﺄﺗ ﻲ آذﻗﺆﻟﻢ آﻗﺬ ي أﺗ ﺨ ﺰ‬

‫ آب ال‬. ‫ ﺳﺄﺑ ﻲ‬. ‫ﻗﺬ ﺗﺄﺗﺐ‬ ‫ﻗﻘﺎ‬ 55.2.1 not"):

‫ﺑ ﺪﻳﻨ ﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻜ ﻮد‬

‫ﺧﺪﻳﻘﺔ‬

٠‫ذﻗﻘﻘﺎ ت‬

5 5 ٦١

He might come (TO 252) She might be twentyTive years old (JIJ 45) this thing might be useful (AM 136) I might be away for a long time (GhS 18) There maybe someone other than me who has hidden his misfortune as I hide mine! (IH 48) The day might come when I record all of this (TO 29)

. ‫ ﺗﺜﺮ ذﺑﺘﻔﺔ‬A minute passes. Two minutes. He might come. He will ‫ ﻗﺤﺎ ﺗﺔ‬come. He is definitely on his way (TO 252)

‫ ﻓﺮرت أﺗﺨﺎ ﻗﺬ ﻗﻔ ﺮذ‬I guessed that she might be an old friend of hers (GhS 9)

‫ ﻗﺬ ال‬+ imperfect indicative is used as a negative egression of uncertainty ("might ‫ ﻗﺬ ال أذ؛ذ‬I might not see you (AM31)

‫ ﻳﻔﺎ‬٠‫ﻗﺬ آل ﻳ ﺮﺛ ﻰ ﺳﺬ و‬ ‫ا ﺋﻦ ال ﻳﺌﻌﻠﻮن‬٠‫ﺀة‬١‫ آﻛﺊ‬٢‫ﻳﻨﺮﻛﺮن ﻓﻲ ﺋﺘﺎﺋﻘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫ذﻗﻲ رﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﺪرن ﺑﻲ ﺣﺠﺮاﺗﻬﻢ‬ ‫وﻗﺘﻬﺎ (ال ﻳﺄألﻏﻮو‬٠‫ﻟﻰ‬1 ‫ﻟﺬة ﻏﻮث‬

how can that not be? (TW 30) One day you'll be exposed and it will be the end, or I'll get pregnant by you and it will be a tragedy (H R 227)

56.3 The perfect of ‫ ﻧﻤﺎن‬is used to give nominal sentences a past tense meaning. The subject, when expressed, is in the nominative case, while the predicate, if it can be inflected, is in the accusative case (as a circumstantial adverbial accusative). 56.3.1 Normal word order is 4 ‫ ﺛﻤﺎن‬subject 4 predicate: 1‫ﺧﺰت‬

‫ﻗﺎذ زﺑﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺋﺔ‬١‫ﻧﻨ ﻲ آألﻧﺠﺌﺊ خ‬

‫ﻳﺔ‬1‫ﻧ ﻤﺎ ن ﻫ ﺰ ﺀ آ ﺑ ﺬ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎن آﻧﻲ ﻧﻲ آ أل ﺑ ﺜ ﺰ ﺷ ﻮﻳﺎ‬ ‫ ﺧﺌﺰاﻧﻴﺮ‬: ‫ﻧﻤﺎن ﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺛ ﻤ ﺪ ائﻳﻴﺔ ﻧﻲ ﻗﺎ ع آالﺀﺋﺬﻧﺲ‬

His face was sad (AM 37) The night was hot (JIJ 139) That was the beginning (AM 161) The green door was open (SI 184) His eyes were red (AM. 44) I was walking on al-Andulus street (HR 9)

554

M o d e m L ite ra ry A ra b ic : A R e fe re n c e G r a m m a r

55‫ة‬

56.3,2 Word order may be subject ‫ ﻗﺎ ذ ب‬+ predicate:

‫ ﻫﺪ؛ آﻟﺪﻏﺰه ﻟﺐ ﺗ ﻔ ﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺴﻖ‬this invitation was not expected (TW43( ‫ أﻟﺜﺎ خ ﻗﺎﻗﻒ ﺗﻨﺘﺄﺑﻘ ﺔ‬The results were conflicting (SI 208( The heat was intense (HS 18( ‫ ﻗﺎﻧﻦ ﺛﺬﻳﺘﺔ‬،_‫ ﻗﻨﺰﺋﺬ ﻏﻠﻰ آأﻛﻴ ﻞ‬Your capacity for lying was amazing (GhS 92( ‫ آﻧﺒﻴﺎذ ﻗﺎﺗﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺟﻨﺎ‬The water was very hot (HS 72( ‫ ﻧﻴﻦ آﻟﺬﺗﺎئ ﻗﺎذ أﺋﻘﺎ ﻧﺘﺎﺗﺎ ﻳﺘﻐﻦ‬That time was also a time of love (HR 37( ‫ أﻟﻠﻘﺔ آ ﻧﺌﺌﺘﻔﺘﻠ ﺔ ﻗﺎﺗﻦ اﻧﻘﻠﺰﻳﻪ‬The language used was English (TW158( ‫ ﻳﺘﻦ ﻗﺎﺗﻦ ﺳ ﻜ ﺘ ﻪ ﺻﺒﻴﺬة‬That was a small problem (HR 141( ‫أﻧﺤﻦ ﻗﺎذ ﺗ ﺰ ﻳ ﻨ ﺎ‬

Word order may be 56.3.3 ‫ ﻗﺎذ‬predicate + subject 4:

‫ﻗﺎﺗﻦ ة رﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﻗﺎذ ززاﺀﺗﺎ ﺑائذ‬ ‫ﻗﺎة س ﺟﺆ ﻫﺆال؛ ﺗﺘﺌﺪ آﻧﻔﻴﻨ ﺮ ي‬ ‫ﻗﺎذ ﻧﺌﺔ آﺧﺬون‬ ‫ﻗﺎذ ﺛﺘﺎﻟﻦ ﺧﻨ ﻦ ﻳ ﻨ ﻊ ﻗﺆاد‬ ‫ ﺧﺎآلذ آﺗﺒﺜﺘﺎﻳ ﺆ ﻗﺨﺬوذة‬، ‫ ﻳﺂﻟﺌﻊ‬، ‫ﻗﺎﺗﻦ ﺛﺎن‬ ‫ﻳﺂ الﺗﺘﺎ ق‬

‫ﻗﺎﺗﺚ ائ ذ ﺋﻘﺔ‬

We had a relative (IH 68( Bashshar was behind US (HR 30( Among those people was Buland al-Haydari (JIJ 99( There were others (JIJ 84( there was silence for a fewseconds (JIJ 132( There were, of course, certain extenuating circumstances SI( 56( There was trust in people (HR 180(

The subject may be implicit in the form of the verb 56.3.4:

‫ﺛﻌﺊ‬1‫ ﻓﺘﻦ و‬1was certain (HR 90) ‫ ﻗﺘ ﻦ ﺑﻲ دذﻫﻘﺎر‬I was in an airport (IH 126) ‫ﺀ‬،‫ﻗ ﺄ ذ ﻣﻦ آألﺀث‬ ‫ آ ﺷ ﺐ‬1‫ا ﻧ ﻴ ﻨ ﺮ ﻫﺬ‬

‫ﺑﻲ‬

‫ ذ‬1‫ق‬

‫ﻗﺊﺀ ﻓﻲ آ ﺑ ﺖ‬٠‫ق‬ ‫ائﺗﺎ ﻳﺬ ﻏﺎﻗﻢ ﺗﺤﺘﻒ‬

‫ ﺗﺰا ش‬٠‫ىت‬ ‫ ﺋﻬﺐ ﻓﻲ آﻟﺌﻨﺰو‬1‫ﻗﺎذو‬ ‫ي‬١‫غ‬

. . .

١‫ائﺗﻮ‬

‫ ﻳﻨﺒﺬ‬4 ‫ئ ﻟﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ئ ﺋﺬاﺑﻘﻘﻴﺘﻲ‬

he was one of the rich (HS 96) he was waiting for this request (TW166) she was in the house (AM49) they were from a different world (HR 28) The.ywere twins (IH 88) They were all in the house (TW233) They were ... young men (HR 12) We were face to face (IKh 111) We were constant travelling companions (JIJ 108)

T h e Verb ‫ ى‬١‫ق‬

5 6 .3 .5

T h e n e g a tiv e is u su a lly r e n d e r e d w ith

‫ﻟﺰ أﺋﻦ زﺀت‬ ‫ﻟﺐ أﺋﺮن ﻗﺘﺎك‬ ‫ﻟﺰ ﺗ ﺌ ﻦ ﻟﺤﻴﺎة ﺧﻨﺰة‬ ‫ﻟﺐ أﺋﻦ ﺗﻄﻴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻗﺰ ﻗﺌﻦ ﻳﺌﻨﺘﺎ ﺋﺆﻧﺔ‬ o c a s i o n a l l y b e n e g a te d w ith ‫ ﺗﺎ‬: ‫ﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﻲ آﻟﺌ ﺤﻨﺎ ؛ ﻗﺘﺎﺗﺎ‬ 1

It m ay

‫ﺑﺪﻧ ﻮ‬ T h e im p e r f e c t o f

‫ ﻟﺰ‬+

ju ssiv e :

I w asn't a scoundrel (G hS 92) I was not th e re (IK h 24) It w asn't a p leasant life (AM 55) I was n o t at ease (H R 80) we did n o t have a balcony (H R 111)

I was n o t com pletely in the desert (H S 30 (

‫ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎذ ﺛﺘﺎذ‬

T h e re was no video (H S 87 (

5 6 .4 ‫ ﻗ ﺎ ذ‬m a y e x p re s s th e ftrtu re in n o m in a l s e n te n c e s . I t m a y o r m a y n o t b e

p r e c e d e d b y th e p a rtic le s

‫ﺗﺆﻧ ﻰ‬

or

٠
ال ل‬rather solely in architecture (HR 39) ‫ﺑ ﺤﺔ‬ ‫أﺛ ﺚ‬ y

‫ﻧﻲ ﺛﺌﺬﺗﺔ‬

(

)

C). ‫“( اﺋﺒ ﺔ‬definitely not”, "absolutely not’') is used in negative statements: ‫ال ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻳﺌﻄﺎﻏﻨﺆ ﺳﺎﺳﻦ أﺋﻌﺔ‬

‫آألﻧﺬ‬

‫أ ﺧ ﺘ ﻨ ﻦ أ ﻓ ﻲ ﻳ ﺠ ﻒ أ أل أ ﻗ ﺤ ﻨ ﺬ آﻟ ﻴ ﺔ‬

d).

The affair has absolutely nothing to do with a political rally (TW 154) I felt that I must make absolutely no move (HR 201)

‫“( ﺳ أل‬really”, “indeed", "actually”): ‫ﻧ ﺰ ﻗ ﺬ ﻳ ﻠ ﺬ ﺑﻐ أل‬

‫أﻧ ﺴ ﻒ ﻏﺜﻰ ﺧﻌﺔ ﻧﺠﻪ‬

‫ﺋ ﺌ ﺬ ﺑﺌ آل‬

‫ﻟ ﻚ إﻳﻰ ﻓﻐ أل د ﻧ ﻦ‬

‫ﻟﻠ ﻦ آ ﻟ ائ ﻏ ﺦ‬: ‫ﻧ ﺠ ﺌ ﺬ ﺑﺌ آل ﻓﻲ‬ ٠(.

‫ “ ( ﺧﺌﺘﺎ‬d e f i n i t e l y ” , ‫ﻳ ائ ة ؛‬

it is really like that (HM 116) I had indeed become addicted to his charm (HS I said that I had indeed regretted it (HR

110)

11)

I really laughed then (IH 54)

" in e v ita b ly ” , " c e rta in ly " ):

‫ ﻗوئة ﺧ ﺌ ﺂ ﻓ ﻲ ﺀﺑﺄذؤ آ الﺋﺘﺎﻧ ﻲ‬It inevitably leads to man worshipping material things

(IKh 43)

‫ﻏﺔ‬1‫ﺑﻔﻦ ت‬

‫ﺗﻴﺌﺘ ﻰ‬

‫ وﺣﺜﺎ‬، ‫ﺑﺚ أﺋﺔ ﻧﺘﻲ آ ﺗ ﺠ ﻲ‬٠‫ ال‬He has undoubtedly forgotten my name, and after an

hour he will certainly forget what I look like (HS 108) This girl is certainly mad (HR 59)

،

٠

‫ا‬

:

‫ﺀ‬

‫ د ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺘﻦ أد ﺗﻔﻦ ﺿﺪﻳﻘﻨﻲ‬15 We certainty had to remain friends (HR 191.) 9).

‫“) ﻃﺒﺘﺎ‬naturally", “of course"(: ‫آﻟﻌﻄﺎر ﻗﻘﺬ ذﻗﺌ ﺔ ﻃﺒﺄ ﻳ ﻦ ﺟﺒﻌﻲ‬ ‫أل ﻳ ﺪ‬

‫آﻟﺌﺬﻧﻲ ؟‬

‫ ت‬1‫ﻏﻨﻲ ﺗﻈﺬ‬

‫أث‬

as for the train, I naturally paid for. it out of my pocket (JGh 56)

1

‫ ﻃﺒﺂ ﻟﺐ ﻳﻨﻌﺒﻦ‬Of course it did not occur to anyone (HR 22) ‫ ذ ؛‬1‫ ﻃﺒﻒ أ ذ ذﻏﺖ‬Of course, I am accustomed to the stares of strangers (HR 116)

h ).

‫أﺿآل‬

( “ o r i g i n a l l y ” , “ b a s i c a l l y ” ‫'؛ ؛‬a c t u a l l y ” , “ r e a l l y ” ):

‫أﺛﺎ ن ال ا ﺿ ﻨ ﺬ أ ذ ﻧ ﻴ ﻠ ﺬ ﺋ ﺌ ﺬ ﻳ ﻨ ﻒ أ ﺿ أل‬

‫أﺋ أل‬

I can hardly believe that all this really happened (GhS 130)

is m o r e c o m m o n l y f o u n d i n n e g a t i v e s t a t e m e n t s , w i t h t h e m e a n i n g “ n o t a t a l l ” , " n o t i n t h e

le a s t” , "b y n o m e a n s " :

‫ ﻟﺐ أ ﺋ ﻦ أ ﺿ آل أﻗﺘ ﺮ ف ﻳﻘﻨ ﻲ؛‬I didn't pay any attention at all to anything (HR 139( ‫ال أ ﻏ ﺮﻟﻴﺎ أ ﺗ أل‬ ‫ﺋ ﻨ ﺌ ﺄ ﻗﺒ ﻦ آﻟﻴﺰ ؛ آ ﺿ أل‬

I don't know it. at all (TW 138(

‫ ﻧﺐ‬she hasn't smelled it at all before today (TW 265(

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

‫ﺑﺘﺊﺀ ﻣﻦ ذ؛ك‬

‫آألزع‬

HR(

‫ﻟﺐ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻧﻲ‬

٠‫أ ﺧ ﺔ‬

''[ %

151

‫ ﺗﺨﻦ‬We paid absolutely no attention to anything of that kind ' 42(

'>

‫“) ﺣائ‬truly", “really", “actually”, "indeed”(:

i (.

‫ؤ ﻛﺎ ذ ﺣﻖ أ ﺑ ﻜ ﻞ آﻟ ﻐ ﻐ ﺮ ل‬

‫آألﻫﺌﺌﺬ‬

‫آ ﺳ ﺔ‬

‫آل أ ﻏ ﺮ ن ﺧ ﻰ اذا ﺛﺎﺗ ش ب ﻫد؛‬

‫ﻗﻘﺬ أ ذ ذ ذ ﺣائ ا ذ أ ﺗ ﺎ ﻳ ﺬ ﻏﺒﻦ آ ﻟ ﺜ ﻤ ﺰ‬ ‫'ال ﺑ ﺌ ﻲ ﺣائ ﻛﺘ ﻒ ﺋ ﺘ وئ ش‬ ‫ ﻗﺘﺎ ذ ﻧﺠﻲ‬، ‫إذا ﻛ ﻨ ﻎ ﺗﺠﺰﻧﻲ ﺣﻘﺎ‬ ‫( ا‬.

It was truly the most beautiful season (HR 33( don’t really know if she had this great importance HR( 16(

I

I really wanted to help Abd al'Samad (HR 137( I really don't care what they call me (GhS 27( If you really hold me in esteem then come with me HM( 247(

‫'؛) ﻏ ﺎ ﺛ ﺔ‬especially”, “particularly"): ‫أﺋ ﺮ ة آﻧ ﻐ ﺬ وﻧ ﻲ زﺣﺎﺛﺔ آﻟ ﻐ ﺬ و ب آ ﻟ ﺘ ﺎ ؤ ة‬

‫ ة‬١‫ ﺣﺎﺛ ﺔ آﻟﺌ ﺰذ‬، ‫ﻗﺊ ﻋﺎد إث ﺟﺘﻲ آﺋﻘﺸﺪ‬

،

‫ وا ح ؟‬3‫ﺳﻮ ى ﺛ ﻘ ﺘ ﻨ ﺎ ت ﻟ أل‬

‫ذﻣﺎ‬1‫ﺀ‬

٤‫ذ ﻏﺎ ث‬

‫ﺟﻲ آﺋﺌﺠﺪ‬

‫ ﺀ ﺟﺎ ب‬٠‫إ‬

‫آﻟﺠﻴﺎذ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻮ أ ﺑ ﺊ آﻟﻐﺌﺆ ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺎ أﻧﺮﻳﺤﺒﺎ‬ ٠١‫ﻳﺪﺑ ﺮد ﺀق‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺛﺔ‬

‫ ﻏ ﺎ ﺛ ﺔ‬، ‫ﻗﺠﻮز‬

I hate wars, especially just ones (lIGi 64) Who said that the eyes of cats, particularly black cats, are nothing but concentrations of souls? (TW 33)

The gadget earned the admiration of Abd al-Majid, especially when his cousin put an American tape in it ‫ﻧ ﻀﻎ‬ (SI 159) ‫ﻗﺎ د‬

‫ ال‬، ‫ ﺋﺘﺎ‬، ‫ﻫﻞ ؛ آﻟﺌﺜﻐﺌﺔ‬

m a y b e fo llo w e d b y a n o u n c la u s e

that word is not permissible here, particularly in the presence of a young woman (HM 149) introduced by the conjunction ‫ أ ذ‬with the meaning

e s p e c ia lly s in c e " ” :

‫ﻧ ﻐﺎﺋ ﺔ أة‬ ‫ﺟﺊ‬

‫آألﺛﺎؤﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻫﻞ ؛ ﺳﻠﻪ ﺋﺒﺌﺔ ﺟﻨﺎ ﻗﺒﻔﺖ ض‬

this is a very important point which induces optimism, especially since most scholars belong to a new generation ‫ ﻋﻐﻈﻢ‬of Arabists (JGh 181)

‫أ أل ﺑ ﻴ ﻴ ﻦ ;ﺛﻨﻮن اﻟﻰ ﺟﺊ ﺟﺪﻳﻲ‬ ‫آﻟﻢ*ذﻗﺜﺮﺋﻴﺊ‬

‫ أ ذ ﺷﻐﺮي آ آلذ‬٤‫ ﻏﺎئ‬، ‫ ﺗ ﻲ‬١ ‫ﺷﺘ ﺺ‬

‫ﻓﺌ ﺚ‬ ‫ﻳ ﺒ ﺰ إﻟﻰ ﻇﻬﺮي‬

k).

-

‫ﺑﻨﻴ ﺖ‬

‫أﺗﺈ‬

I used to delight in my mother's tailes, especially since my own hair now reached my back (HS 200)

and ‫"( ﻏﻘﺮائ‬especially”, “specifically”, "particularly”): ‫ﻏﺆى ﻳﻦ ﺑ ﺒ ﻴ ﺪ‬

‫ ﻟ ﺌ ﺘ ﺸ ﺖ‬1 ‫إ ﺋ ﺬ آل ﺋﺄﻗﺪ‬

You don't eat canned food for fear that it has been {(\‫ } ا‬poisoned specifically to kill you (GhS 47)

1

‫ ﻧﺔ‬1‫ ﺑ ﻐ ﺜ ﺔ ﺛ ال ﺗﺎ ﺛ ﺠ ﺔ أى ﺑﺸﺺ‬b \s

some of it was a speech I had written especially for him

(JIJ 116) The desolation of Mount Camiel used to constrict our breathing, we children, particularly on the return journey ‫ ﻏ ﺜ ﻮ ت ﺋﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ آﺋﺘﺆﻧﺆ‬،‫آألزالذ‬ (IH 103)

‫ ا‬. ‫ﻗ ﺒ ﻔ ﺰ أ ﻗ ﺜ ﺎ ﺗ ﺬا‬

‫آﻧﻘﺰص‬

‫ذ ﺧﻘ ﺔ‬

٠‫ائﺗﺖ‬

1‫ «؟ ة‬Adverbs

‫ز‬١‫ﻓﻲ آﺟﻲ‬

‫أأل أﺗﻨﺬة ﺧﺜﺮ ت‬

‫أﻧﻔﻲ‬

‫ﻲ‬ ‫ ﻳﺒﺮ ﻏﻴﻰ ﻓ‬My uncle whispered in my ear that I should not hesitate,

especially in crossing the last inch (IH 151) ‫(؛‬.

‫“( ﻏﺜﻮ ت‬in general”, “genetally”):

‫ﻧﻴ ﻦ‬

‫آﻟﺌﺜﻮك‬

‫ﻳ ﺬ ﻫﺬا‬

‫ ﻟﺬث ﻗﺜ ﻲ ﻓﻲ آﺋﺒﺌﺬ ر‬she curled her lip with disgust at this behaviour and at the

‫ ل‬1‫ ض آﻟﺬج‬٢ ‫ﻏ وئﺗﺎ آﻟﺜﺜ ﻮ ر آﻟ ﻔ ﻨ ﻔ ﻲ‬ ‫ﻏ وئ ى‬

‫ﺛﺘﺎ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬

‫ ﻏﺎﻧ ﺚ إ ر ﺧ ﺎ ﻓ ﻴ ﺎ‬، ‫ ﻓﻲ آﻟ ﺴ ﻌﻨﻘ ﺔ‬، ‫; خ‬

،‫ا ﻟ ﺘ ﺄ ة‬

‫آﻟﻴ ﻐ ﺔ‬

species of men in general (SI 180)# In general, the Arab presence here is negligible (JGh 146) In general, life in the region returned to its normal state (TW 157)

m). ‫"( ﺑ ﺎ ﻗ ﺮ ة‬immediately", “directly”): ‫ ر‬١ ‫ﺗ ﻮﺑ ﺬ ض أ أل أ ر ق‬: ‫ ﻳﻜﻨﺶ أﺋﻦ ﻧﻔﻲ‬I thought that perhaps I ought not to touch on the subject directly (HS 23) ‫آﺋﺘ ﺆ ﻏﺒ ﻊ ب ﻗ ﺮه‬ ‫ ﻏﺔ آ أل ﺛ ﺪ‬1‫ق ﺀ‬

‫ ﻓ ﻴ ﺔ‬1‫ﺋ ﺬ ب‬

٠7‫ﺋ ﻐ ﺶ رأ س آ! ﻛ ﺮﺗ ﻞ ﺗﺒﺎئ‬

8S.2.1

a)

.

T h e y m a y m o d if y a fo llo w in g s ta te m e n t:

‫ﺷﺎ ﻋﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻗ ﻄﺘﺎ ﺗﻨﺠﻲئ‬ ‫ ﻳﺘﺎذا ال اﺻﻨﻔﻲ ؟‬، ‫ﻓ ﻴ ﺘ ﺎ ﻧ ﻨ ﻔ ﻲ‬ ‫ ا ﺛﺜﺎ رﻗﺔ آ ﺋ ﺘ ﻜ ﺎ د‬٣‫ ﺛﺎ ن ﻳﻦ آذ ﻋﺌﺬ‬، ‫ﺧائ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻴﻘ ﺔ‬ .

‫ﻓﻲ‬

directly beneath the summit of Mount Carmel (IH 91)

Some nouns in the adverbial accusative may have an exclamatory ftmction.

‫ﻃﻪ‬٠‫ﺑﺌآل ﺛ ﺎ ﺋ ﺬ ﻓﻲ‬

b)

he went straight to the dining room (TW 169)

‫ آﺗ ﻬ ﻰ آألﺋﺬ ﻳﺤﺺ ﻧﺌآلس‬٠‫ﺣﻖ ش‬

It was in d eed sim ple (IK h 114) Certainly, I said it to m yself (IH 96) She will definitely c o m e (JG h 190) O f course I believed her. W hy sh ou ld n ’t I? (H M 159) It was in d eed difficult to leave th e place (JGh 76) In fact, it was all over in thirty-five m inutes (H R 212)

T h e fo llo w in g s t a t e m e n t m a y b e i n tr o d u c e d w ith

‫ﺋ ﺤ ﺜ ﺘ ﺎ ﻧﻠ ﺜ ﻮ ﻇ ﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻴﺘﺎ أﺋﺔ ﻧﻨﻔﻲ آﺋﺤﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﻏائ إة ﻫﺬا آﻟﺌﺒﺎخ ﻗﺠﺬ‬ ٠‫آﻛﺆش‬

‫آﻟ ﺜ ﺎ ﺟ ﺆ ﻗﻘﺎﺑ ﺬ‬

‫ﻧﺂﻟﺜﺬذ‬

‫آ أل ﺗ ﺎ ﺛ ﺬ‬

‫إذ‬

‫ﺧائ‬

‫آذ‬

or :

‫إذ‬

Certainly, he has studied th e plan (T W 37) Indeed, that m orning w itnessed a noticeable im provem en t in the situation (SI 218) Indeed, the coastal places and cities arc m uch alike (JG h 155)

c)

.

T h e y m a y o c c a s io n a lly m o d if y a p r e c e d in g s ta te m e n t:

‫ ﺧائ‬، ‫ﻓﻴﺮﻧﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻘﻦ ﻗﺮﺛﻦ آﻧﺘﺮاﻳﻦ‬

In truth, I left “th e brides" and turned to som ething else (JIJ 118)

‫ﻓﻴﺘﺎ‬

‫ ﺑﺎالﻛﻠﺮي‬- ‫ﻓﻴ ﻦ ﻟﻪ آﻟﺌﺌﺒﻴﻖ‬

I w rote the com m en taiy for it - in English o f course (JIJ 217)

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

٦

S9

٠٥.2.2 Many adverbial expressions consist of a verbal noun in the indefinite accusative + a preposition. Common examples include the following:

aj.

‫ﻏﻦ‬

‫ﻗﻐﺔ‬

(‘'aside from

‫ﺋﻴﻲ أﻧﺒﺌﺬ ؤ‬،‫ﻓ ﻨ آل ﻏﻦ ز‬

"not to mention

‫رواﻳﻬﺎ‬

‫آﻟ ﻜﻴ ﻦ‬

‫ﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺋﺒ ﻤﻨﺂﻟﺜ ﻈ ﺬ‬، ‫آ ﻛﻴﻴﻴﻴ ﻦ‬ ^ ‫دﺋﺔ ذ ﻳ ﺘ ﺎ‬

‫ﻏﻦ‬

‫ ﻳ ﺜ ال‬،‫ﺣﺎ إل ﺋﻨﻘﺎ رة‬

“to say nothing of ٠٠.”):

many of its visitors, not to mention the many visitors to the town, are actors (JIJ 33)

‫ ﻟ ﻜ ﻲ‬hut it was in excellent condition) not to mention the

‫ي‬

precision and beauty of its engraving (JIJ 68) ‫ ب ﺋ ﺘ ﻘ ﻴ ﺰ ﻏ ﻠ ﺌ ﻠ ﻤ ﺄ ﻓ ﻲ آ أل ز ض و ﻓ ﻲ‬- ‫? آل ﻗ ﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ﺣ ﻲ‬

‫زآﻗﻘﻨﺲ‬

‫ﺳ ﻦ‬

‫ﻏﻦ‬

‫ﻗ ﻨ آل‬

،?

‫آ ت‬

the two of us talked continuously about eveiything on earth and in the sky, not to mention Palestine and Jerusalem (JIJ 146)

،uluUji )‫ ش‬١‫ ال ﻏ ﻞ ذ‬٠‫ ﻧ ﻢ ﻳ ﺌ ﺘ ﺰ ق ﻏ ﺒ ﻦ آ ﻟ ﺘ ﺠ ﻴ ﺪ ( س‬Abd al-Majid (to say nothing of Dhat) could not understand the complicated mathematical process (SI 62) ‫ ﺿ ﺜ ﻪ آ ﻟ ﺌ ﺜ ﺌ ﺬ ة‬1‫آﻟ ﺬ ي‬ ‫ ﺀ‬. ‫ ر ﻗ ﺜ آل ﻏﻦ ﻏ ﻘ ﺎ‬١‫ ب آ ال ﺋ ﻂ‬1‫ ﺗ ﺎ ﺑ ﻔ ﻘ ﻠ ﻊ‬٠‫ى ئ ﺛ ﻜ ﺬ‬ ‫آألﺗ ﺲ‬

b). ‫إ ﻗﺎﻓ ﺔ إ ز‬

(“in addition to", "as well as"):

‫ر آﻟﻨﻔﺌﺠﻴﺊ آﻟﻐﺎاﻳﺆ‬١‫ذ أﻳﻒ ﺑﻲ ذ‬٠‫ﻏﻴﺘ ﺊ أش اﺣﺎب‬ ‫زآﻧﻈﻮ ؛‬

It was piled up with leftovers from breakfast, not to mention yesterday's dinner (SI 351)

‫ ر ﻏﺘﻴﻲ ﺑﻲ ﺋﺌﺆ أال“ﻗﺎب‬١‫ق‬٠‫) ) إ ﺛ ﺎ‬ ‫ آ ﻧ ﻨ ﻨ ﻢ‬j l ‫ ة‬1‫ب آﻧﻘ ﻀ ﺺ إث‬٠‫ﺑﻔﺖ‬

she learnt that I. was also giving lectures in the High College of Teachers in addition to my work in the College of Arts and Sciences (JIJ 107) he writes stories as well as doing drawings (JIJ 175)

‫ إﺛﺎﻗ ﺔ‬، ‫ ﺑ ﺌ ﺖ ﺑﺜﻞ ﺟﻠﻲ ﻏﺘﻨﺆ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻨ ﺲ آﻧﺜﺒﻨ ﺐ‬she dried up like a goat skin in the summer sun, in addition to finishing as a woman (HM 132) ‫ا ر أ ه أ ﻧ ﺒ ﺖ ﻛﺂﻧﺰأج‬

‫ن‬١‫ﻏوئﺣﺪ أﻟﺌﺰ‬ C ).

j l

‫ده‬1‫ آل JT \ * ’J C\ ‫ا ال !ن‬ '■[ % ‫ ﻟﺚ_ﺛﻮﻳﻲ‬the Khedive for his illustrious guests (JIJ 16)

‫ آﻟﻐﺮذ آألﺋﺤﺎخ ﻳﻨ ﺼﻮن آﻟﻤﻦ ه زال ﻳﺜﺘﺎ آﻟﺌﺨﻒ‬Pure Arabs will have nothing to do with art, especially sculpture (JIJ 188) ‫ﺻ ﺬ؛‬

‫ ز ال ر!;ا‬. . . ‫آ الﻧ ﻜﻠ ﺰ ي‬

‫أﻟﺌﺘ ﺮ‬

‫آ ﻟ ﺜ ﻴ ﺬ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﻗﻮ;ذج‬

much of English poetry ... especially Coleridge's poem )‫ ل‬٧ 2‫) ﻫ ﻪ‬

91.4 ‫‘؛) ﻃﺎﺗﺘﺎ‬often”, “frequently”) is a compound of the verb ‫“( ﻇﺎن‬to be/become long") in the 3rd person masculine singular of the perfect verb + ‫ ﺗﺎ‬. It immediately precedes a verb in the perfect with a past tense meaning: ‫ ﺗﻔ ﻦ أﺋﻨ ﺊ ﻇﺎﻧﺘﺎ رﺋﺒﺘﺎ ﺗﺘﺎ ﻓﻲ آ الﺑﺎﻧﺎ ت آﻟﺌﻘﺎﻳﺌﺆ‬we who have often skated together in the winter holidays (GhS 110) ‫ ﺑ ﻲ آ ش ﻃﺎﺗﺘﺎ ﻃﺎﻧﻨﻔ ﻲ ﻏﻘﺬا ق أﻧﺘﺬا ق ﻓﻲ آﻟﻴﺆم‬she is the one who has often assaulted me over the ‫ﻏﺎﺗ ﻲ‬ telephone dozens of times in a day (GhS 202)

‫ ﻃﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﺣﺪ ث ذﻳﻒ‬This has frequently happened (TW253) ‫ ال ﺗﻘﺮﻓﻲ آﺋﺌﻴﺘﺎ ت أ ش ﻃﺎﻟﺘﺎ زذﻧﻴﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻨﻦ‬don't say the words you have often repeated before 91.4.1

91.4.2

(AM 134) ‫ ﻃﺎﺗﺘﺎ‬is often preceded by the emphatic particle : ‫ذ‬ ‫ ﻧﻄﺎ'ن ﻗﺄﺋﺘﺜﻬﺎ‬I have frequently thought about them (JGh 1.44) ‫ ﻧﻄﺎﻛﺎ ﺗﺘﺒﺌﺊ أ ذ ﻳﺒﻴ ﺮ‬I have often Wshed that he would disappear (HR 186) ‫ زﺗﻄﺎﻧﺘﺎ أﻗﺰﻗﺎ إ ز ﺳﻲ آﻧ ﻐ ﺮ ﻫﺪه‬we frequently alluded to this first growth o.flove (JIJ 145)

‫ ﻃﺎﻟﺘﺎ‬may be followed by a noun clause .introduced with ‫ أط‬. The meaning is “as”,

"since”, “the more so as”: ،‫ ﻟﺜﺎ ﻏﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺋ ﺰ ﻗ ﺪ‬1‫ زﻃﺌﺚ ﺗ ﻨ ﻰ أ ذ أ ﺋ ﺘ ﺌ ﺰ ﻳﺌ ﻦ‬I prepared myself to endure that hour eve^ night as it ‫ﺑﺬ آﻧ ﺬﺑﻴ ﺬة آ ش أﻧﻘﺜ ﺐ‬٠‫ ا أﺋ ﺰ آﻟﺌ ﺮ‬٠‫ ﻃﺎق‬was often the only dues that I paid (HR 134)

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

‫ آﻟﺘوئذ‬،‫آﻧﺖ‬

‫ ﻗﺘﺎ أئ‬1‫ﻗﻨﻦ آ ذ ﻳﺼﻴﻒ ﻃ ﻊ آﺧﺰ ط‬

‫ﻳﺬذﻓﻰ ﻛ ﺪ ت'ي‬

‫ﻏﺐ آﻟﺘﺠﺘﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺌﻔﺎ ﻃﺎﻗﺘﺎ أ ة‬

‫آﻗﺬي‬

٠‫آﻟﺮﺟﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻫﺰ أﺋ ﻒ‬

‫آﻟﺜﺬ ص‬

‫ﺗﺜﺎ ر ﺑﻲ ﺗﻐﺮﻗﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻠ ﻚ ﺗﺎﻳﻨﺎ‬:

f ‫؛‬

be decided to add another request, since God, the Forgiving the Merciful, is also the One who provides every animal with sustenance (SI 217) she is at a loss to understand the purpose of it, since Abd al-Majid possesses a screen (SI 11)

9 1 .5 ‫"( ﻗﺌﺘﺎ‬rarely'), “seldom ” ) is a com p o u n d o f th e verb ‫ “( ﻗ ﺬ‬to b e/becom e rare, scarce") always in the 3rd person m asculine singular o f th e p erfect verb + ‫ ﺗﺎ‬. It im m ediately preced es a verb in the p e rfe ct o r th e im perfect indicative:

‫ﺷ ﺎ ﻳﻬﺠﻞ ﻏﺰ ﻗﻬﻨﺎ ﻏﻨﻰ ﺑﺎرﻳﺲ زﺛ ﺰا ﺟﻴ ﻔﺎ‬

‫ ﻗ ﺖ ﻣﻜﻦ‬، ‫ ل ي‬

‫ﻟ ﺰ ﺑ ﺪأ ث‬

‫ﻗ‬

‫ وﻧﺒﺬ ت ﻏﺪﺗﻬﺎ‬، ‫ ﺗ ﺘ ﻘ ﻒ‬She fell silent and stared with her green eyes into mine . ‫ ﻗ ﻚ " أ ﻛ ﺬ ذ ﺋ ﺘ ﺎ ؟‬Then she asked, “Are you a foreigner here?" (JIJ 46( ‫ ﻟ ﻎ اﻧ ﻦ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺗ ﻊ ؟‬1‫ق‬

‫إز‬

‫ دﺗ ﻲ‬:‫ﺟﺎ‬

‫ز و ﺧ ﻲ‬

‫ذ ﺗ ﺬ‬

٠ . ‫ت‬٠‫؛‬،‫ أ‬٠‫ئ‬

::

‫ذا‬

‫ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺒ ﻐ ﻀﻠ ﻐﺌﻴﺜﺒﺎﻗﺘ ﻮﺗﺒ ﻪ‬- ‫ﺗ ﺸﺒ ﻖ‬

My wife was by my side breathing regularly. Then she s ta ‫ ؟‬e ‫ ؛‬s o t ٥‫ ؛‬T h e n sh e c a m e up to m e Cluing a n d I w e n t u p to h e r (IK h 107 (

‫ إل‬c o n n e c t s a s e r i e s o f n o u n s o r p r e p o s i t i o n a l p h r a s e s im p ly in g

9 6 .3 .2

‫وئ ؛‬

‫ﻧﻌ‬

; ،‫ﺆة‬

51 --- ‫ﻧ ﺸﻴ ﻊ أئ‬

this is the wisdom I have concluded. Furthermore, there are things which we cannot grasp (IKh 103)

-‫ ﻧﻬﻢ‬1‫ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺐ آل ﻗ وئﺗ ﻮ ن ﻣﺊ ﻏﺎﻃﺎئ‬ ،‫ ﺋﺐ ائ آﺋﺪﻳﺊ ﻗﻌﻠﻬﺐ ﻫﺪ؛ آا! ﻗﺮا ت‬. ‫اﻧﻲ‬1‫ئ آل‬٣‫آﻟﺚ‬ ‫ﺋﺐ آﺋﺜﻰ د آﻟﺘﺆوئﺑﻴﺊ‬

but they do not say who gave them to them. This is a secret, the second secret. Furthermore, those who receive these leaflets are the workers who can be trusted (HM 89)

‫ﺋﺐ‬

Moreover, in the last two months we have said all that can be said (GhS 105)

‫وﻧﺰ‬

،‫ﻣ ﻨ ﺎ ﺳ ﺮ‬

‫ﺗﻦ‬:‫ﻲ آﻟﺌﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺊ أذ ى و ﻓ‬:‫ﺗﺎ ﺗﺌﻦ ﺋﺬ ت‬١

‫أألﺑﺘﻨﺲ‬

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

‫آلآلة‬

‫ و ﻟ ﺰ أﺋ ﻦ ﺗ ﺘ ﺠ ﻦ ﻧﻠﺶ‬، ‫ ﻧ ﻘ ﻠ ﺐ ﺑ ﺄ ﻟ ﻔ ﺰ ﻧ ﺴ ﻲ ﻓﺌﺘﺎ آزذ ث‬Speak in French whenever you like, even though you will ‫ ﻟ ﻖ‬٥٠ j ‫الﺀ‬١ ٠‫ ا‬٠‫ ا ت ; آآلت‬٠‫ ئ‬find this difficult in the first few weeks. Furthermore.you

‫ ' ﺀ ﻓﻲ ب"س‬p ‫دﺀ ور‬ ‫ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ ذﻗﺎ ﻧﺎﺋﺖ آ ﻟ ﺜ ﻴ ﺔ ﻟﻘﺔ ا و س‬، ‫ﻏﺰﻳﺰي‬

are in Paris my dear, and French is still the language of Paris ) ‫ل‬1‫ ل‬150(

b). With the same general meaning, ‫ ﺋﺐ‬is also used to introduce questions, adding some emphasis to these: ‫ ﻳﺘﺎذا أﻧ ﺞ ﺗﺜﺒ ﺮ ن إ ز ﻫﺬا آ ﻧ ﻐ ﺬ ؟‬p ،

‫ﺋﺈ‬

‫ﻗﺆﺋﺌﺘﺎﻧﺘ ﺨ ﺊ ﺑﻲ آﺋﻔﻮﺛﻮﺗﺆﺛﺒائ ﺑﻠ ﺰ ﻧ ﻴ ﻦ‬

Furthermore, why are you so negative'? (TW 227( While we were in the commune we expected something

‫؟‬1 £ ‫اﻟ ﻐ ﺐ‬ ‫ أ;ب‬like t‫ ؛ ؛‬t ... Then again, where is the commune now ? ‫; أ ﻋ ﺒ ﺘ ﻠ ﺺ ; ة أ آل ذ ؟‬ 85( ‫م ﻧﺎذا ﺗﻘﻔ ﺰ ؟‬ 9 6 .3 .6

W hat shall we do? (IKh 75(

‫ ﺋﺐ‬is used betw een tw o instances o f a re p e ate d verb to em phasise an event o r

circum stance:

،‫وص إذ'دﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺋﻢ ﻳﻌﺺ‬

‫إذ'ؤﻓﻲ‬

،‫ﺋﺘﺎﻟﻦ ﻗﻨﻴ ﺐ ﺗﺎ ﻳﺌﺨﺎؤ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻄﻬﺎ ﺳﻐﻲ ﺋﻢ ﺳﻤﻲ‬

‫ ﻳﺌﻘﻔﻦ‬، ١‫ ﺋﺬﻏﺮة‬، ‫آ ﺧﺬ‬

There is a certain order to life, both intentional and unintentional, which makes it advance and advance (H R 109)

‫ ﻗﺄﻓﻲ ﺑﺜﻨﺔ‬after it another flock comes, screeching c o o p in g and

‫ﺑﺮ ب‬

swooping (IH 36-7) 9 6 .4 ‫“ ) أؤ‬o r" ) is th e m ost com m on disjunctive conjunction, th a t is, one w hich expresses a c o n tra st o r exclusion. It is only used in affirm ative or interrogative clauses : .‫ أز ﻳﻨ وئؤ ﻛﻴﺰﺗﺎ ئ‬، ‫آﺿﻄﺬﻟﻢ ﻳﻘﺠﺰج‬

‫د ﻗﺪ‬

‫ آل‬no doubt he had crashed into a tree or an electricity pole HS( 129(

‫ ﻛﺌﺬ ؟‬:

‫أؤ‬

‫ﻧ ﺰ ﻳﻘﻨﺄ ؟‬

can he read or write? (HS 17(

When more than two elements of before each one apart from the first:

9 6 .4 .1

a sen ten ce a re co n n ected w ith ‫ أ ذ‬, it is re p e a te d

‫ أ ذ‬، ‫ ﻛ ﺬ ﺻﻴﻴﻬﺎ أل ي‬٠‫ و‬، ‫ ﺋﺘﻠ ﺚ ﻣﺊ آﻟﺘﻨ ﺆ و و‬٠ I asked the official, who was one of my father's friends, to

‫ﻳﺌﻌﻠﻴﻲ ﺗﺎﺗﻪ أؤ ﺟﺬا؛ة أذ أﻓﻲ ﻗ ﻲ؛‬ ‫ﺑ ﺶ ﻏﺊ ﺧﺮﻃﻲ ﻟﺌﺠﺌﻌﻠﺜﺔ إ ذ أﺗﺎ أ ذ ذ ذ‬ ‫ ﻳﺪ أز‬1‫أو ﻫ ﺰﻗﺌﺒﻴﺪ أو أ ﻳ ﺖ‬

‫وﺗﺪرﻳﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻧﺪﻳﺌ ﺖ ﻧﻬﺮ‬ ‫ أ و‬، ‫ال ﻧ ﺌ ﻤ ﺘ ﻄ ﻊ آﻧﺌ ﺆ م‬

‫ﺑﻲ‬

‫ﺗﺄ ﻓ ﺮ ذ‬

‫ﻟﻰ‬١ ‫آﻟﺌﻠﻬﺎب‬ ‫أز‬

give me his clothes, his shoes or an^rthing ( I K 64) I would not need a map of the area if I wanted to go to Windermere, Hawkeshead, Ambleside, Grasmere or D em ent W ater (JU 41)

‫ﻗﺬاﺗ ﺠﻴ ﺮ‬

، ‫ﺑ ﺒ ﺐ ﻫﺪ؟ آﻟ ﺜ ﻴ ﺆ ه ﻗ ﺌ ﺬ ب‬

‫ ﻳ ﺔ‬١‫ أ و آ إل‬، ‫آ ﻟ ﺌ ﻐ ﺰ‬ -‫ ﻣﺊ ﺗﻨﻊ ﻳ ﺪ ﻳ ﺪ‬، ‫ ن ﺗﺬﻗﻔﻲ‬١‫ﻳﺒﻴﺮون إﻟﻰ آﻟﺤﻴﺘﺎرب ﺀﺻﻲ‬ ‫ ﻗ ﺎ ; ة ﻧ ﻴ ﻦ‬U ‫ أ ز ﺛﻖ ئ آ ذ‬، ‫ﻳ ﻐ ﺮ ي ﺀذ ﺧ ﺜ ﺘ ﻦ‬

because of this longing you are suffering, you cannot sleep, work or relax (HM 176) they point to the likelihood of a civil disobedience of a new kind: intellectual, moral, cultural or the like

٢٢Nh’ \‫ةة‬١

%(& Conjunctions

‫ ﻧﻲ أﻟﺘﺎ ؛ ذإﻟﺬ ﺋ ﺬ اﻧﺎ ﺻﺰ ﻗﻨﻦ ﺗﺎ أ ﺋ ﺐ ﻧﻲ ﻗﺼﺔ‬During this time I continued to publish the stories, - ‫ل‬

٠‫أ‬

٠‫أ ﺀ ﺋ ﻘ ﺎ ل‬

articles or poems I was writing fJIJ 98)

An alternative construction with ‫ أز‬may be understood as "whether ... or ...". This typically occurs with the verb ‫ ﻗﺎ ذ‬which is ttsed only once following its predicate, the first alternative: 9 6 .4 .2

‫ﻏﻨﻰ‬

‫ أز‬٠‫ﺗ ﻴ ﺮ دﻳﻨﻲ د ﺳ ﺤ ﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺊ‬

‫ئ‬

‫ ا أ زأ زاﻧ ﻲ‬١‫أ ز أ ﻗ ﺬ‬

‫ أز‬٠‫ﺑﻌﺆا ﻛﺎر‬٠‫ ﻏﺎ‬، ‫أﻓﻲ أ ر ر د‬

‫ﺑﻲ‬

‫ا‬5‫ ﻗﺰ ﻳ ﻌ ﻢ ﻳ ﺎ‬he did not force a man to change his religion, whether

‫ﻟﺐ؛ط‬٠‫ق‬ ‫ ت ئ ت‬0‫; ة ا‬ ‫ﺗ ﻨ ﺠ ﻲ آ أل ﺋ ﺈ‬

‫ﻋﻲ ﻏﺎﻃﻌﻲ‬

‫ﺋ ﺬ ال ﻗﺌﺜﺮﻧﻲ ﻏﻨﻰ‬ ‫ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻗ ﺎ ث‬، ‫ﻗﺌﺒﺘﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﺑ ﺠﺎر‬

‫أﻓﻲ ﺻﺰت أز ﻧ ﺰ ﺛ ﺎ ؛ ﻧﻲ‬ ‫أز ﺑ ﺬ ال ﺧ ﺎ ﺑﺎ أز ﺻﺰاﻏﺎ‬

9 6 .4 .3

Christian or Jew (JGh 155) w hether they were tiles, cups or metal containers (JGh 176) her most important source for any subject she wants, to do with emotions or not (JIJ 117) he did not object to any sound or noise from O U T flat, whether music, heated debate or a shout during an argument (JIJ 244)

‫ أز‬is used with the adverbial accusative ‫“) ﺗ ﺰا ؛‬no matter whether

“regardless of

whether ...”(: ‫ أز ﻗﺰ‬1‫ﺀ ﻗﺌ ﺖ ﺗ ﺰﺑ ﻮذ‬1‫ ﺗ ﺰ‬، ‫ﺛﻬﺮ‬

‫ﺑﻲ آﻟﺘﺰﻳﺘﺆ أو‬ ‫ﻳﺌﺌﻨﺪ ﺧﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺰا ؛‬

‫ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺬ‬1‫ﻳﺨﺰن ﻟﺔ س‬

he will change a sum for him every month, whether I am here or not (AM 132)

‫ ﺗﻐﻘﺎت آﻟﻜﺎيﺧﺖ‬١ ‫ﻧ ﺰ ﻧﻲ‬ ‫آﻟﺌ ﺤﺎﺋ ﻈﺎ ت‬ ، ‫ ﻧﻴﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺋﺌﺪم ﺗﻐﺎة‬, , . ‫ﻗﻨﻨﺢ ﻳﻴﻨﺎ‬

They were from the working classes, whether in the city or the provinces (JIJ 111)

‫ ة‬1‫ﺗ ﺬ‬

‫ﻟﺒﻬﺎ‬1‫ح‬- ‫أز ﺑﺼﺌﺘﺔ آﺋﺘﺆ‬ ‫ﺧ ﻔ ﻴ ﻦ أز ﻣﻮﺧﺌﻔﺪ‬

‫آألﺟﻨﻰ ﻛ ﺮ د‬

‫ﺷﺰ'ة‬

، ‫ﻛﺌ ﺚ أ ﻧ ﺄ د آ ال ﻧ ﺪ ق ؛‬

I would ask my friends, no matter whether reporters or officials (JGh 9)

‫ ا ال ﺧﺘﺎﻧ ﻲ ﻳﺎ'إلذداع ﻳﺂ ﺷ ﺦ ألﺗﺎﻓ ﻲ‬The feeling of height with the slender buildings is acute,

‫ أؤ ﺑ آلﻗﺬ‬، ‫إﻳﻪ ﻳﺊ آﻟﻐﺎب‬

‫ ة ﻧ ﻴ ﺪ آألﻧﺮ‬1‫ ﺗ ﺆ‬، ‫ﺧﺎ؛ا‬

‫ﻧﻴﺂﻟ ﺬ ؛ﺑﻠ ﻲ‬ ،‫ ﻏائ ئ‬،‫إ ﻳ ﺎ ﺛ ﺨﺎﻧﻨﺔ اﺑﻨ ﺶ ﻏﻦ اﻧﻨﺜ ﻮ ﺻ ﺐ‬ ‫ أذ ﺑﻄائ ﻳﺊ آﻧﺨﺌﺰى‬،‫ﺗﺰا؛ ﻗﺎﻧ ﺖ ﻃ ﺰاﺑﻴﺬ ﻧﺰا؛‬ 9 6 .5

She is very happy ... when Najat comes, whether alone or accompanied by her cousin (TW 283)

whether viewed from the outside or looking out from the inside (JGh 101) It was an attempt to study what was characteristic, what could be set apart, whether this be windmills or pieces of confectioncty (JGh 177)

‫“( أز‬or") is a disjunctive conjunction typically employed before the second of' two

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

1

alternative questions ("cither ... or . It may precede a noun clause introduced with ‫ ال‬: ‫ أﻟﻢ أﺋﻦ أﺧﺐ أذ ﻳﻨﻘﺬص‬، ‫ ﻗﺰ ﻗﺎذ رﻳﻦ ﺣﻨﺎ ذﻟ ﻚ‬D id he really w a n t th a t, o r d id lie w an t to rem in d m e who ‫؟‬

‫أﻟﻢ أش ﺑﺪﻟﻰ‬

‫ا‬٩

am ? (G h S 1 139(

‫ ؛‬,

‫ﻟﻬﺰ ﻳﺬى ﺷﻨﻮق ﻧ ﻮﻗﺎ ﻧﺎ‬ ‫اؤث ذ ؟‬ ‫ ﻗ ﺬ‬٠ ; ‫ ؛‬w alk a lo n e ‫أزا ؛ ؟‬

‫اﺧﻄﻮ ﻧ ﺠﻴﺪة ﻓﻲ ﻛ ﺆﺑ ﻲ اﻟ ﺨﺎ ﻫ ﺰ؟‬

‫آﻧﻒ ﺗ ﻀ ﻴ ﻲ أﻟﻢ‬ ‫؛‬-‫ ﻗﺎدا ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺊ ؟ اﺧﻔﻔﺊ أﻧﺎ أﻟﻢ ﻓﻴﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬، ‫وأﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺛ ﺌ ﺨ ﺬ ﻳﺶ ؟‬

D o S ad u q a n d R id a sec w hat I see, o r have 1 sta rte d to o n my p riv ate planet'? (G h S

.A re

you advising m e o r m o ck in g m e?

(HM 174(

?A n d you, w h a t d o you believe.'? A m I g e n u in e o r n o t

JIJ( 142( 9 6 .5 .1

A s w ith

‫ل‬.;‫ل‬٠T h e

‫أؤ‬

, a n a lte r n a tiv e c o n s tr u c tio n w ith

v e r b is in t h e p e r f e c t ( o r

‫ﻲ‬ ‫ﻓ‬+

f f m a y b e u n d e r s t o o d a s “ w h e t h e r ... o r

j u s s i v e ) , t h e a c t u a l t e n s e b e i n g d e t e r m i n e d b y c o n te x t :

‫ئ ﻏﻨﻦ ﻧﻨﺶ ﻳﻒ آﻟﻢ أﻧﻒ‬1‫ﺳﻌﻴﻨﺎد ﺗﺘﺎ ﻛﺄن ﻳﺰ‬

h ap p y to g e th e r, as if o u r s e p a ra tio n w as im possible w h e th e r we w a n te d it o r n ot (G h S 13())

‫ا س ت‬,

، ‫أﻓﻲ‬

‫ﻗ ﺎ ؛ ذ أﻟﻢ‬

، ‫ﺗﺎ‬

‫ئ‬

‫ﻳﺘﺠﻨﺎوئ‬

‫ﻲ دﻣﺌﺰ ذﺑﺌﺬ؛ذ‬ ‫آﻟﺘﻨﻜﺰﻳﺪ ﻓ‬ ‫ﻗﺎذ ﻫ ﺬ؛ آﻟﺜﻌﺆ ﺗﻮ خ آزﺋﻴﻘﺎو ﺑﻲ أذاﻳﻂ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻳ ﺌ ﻘ ﺬ‬1 ‫ ﻏﻐﺐ‬٠ ١‫ ﻓﻴﺰ ﺑ ﻲ آ‬، ‫آﻟﺌﺌﺌﺒﻴ ﺊ‬ ، ‫أ ؛ي ؛الذﻳﺒﻲ‬

‫إآذﻏﺰ;ة ﻗﻐﺬﺋﺬ‬

،

‫*ت‬

‫; ج‬ ‫ﻳﺂألئﺀ‬

‫ ض‬١‫ﻲ ﻗﺆﺿﺰ‬ ‫ ﻧﻀﻮ؛ أﻟﻢ ﻓ‬، ‫س‬١‫آألﻣﺮ آﺋﻨﻲ ﻳ ﺘ ﺰ آأل‬ ‫دﺛﺎﻳﺐ ﻗﺠﺄه‬3‫ﻳﻦ آ‬٠‫ﺖﺑﻖ ائﻟﺆ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺰﺋﺜﻮن ﻗ‬

، ‫آالﺗﻘﺄﻗﺜﺔ‬

A lgeria h a s a c e rta in rela tio n sh ip , w h e th e r it w an ts it o r not, w ith th e p o w e r conflicts in D am ascu s and B ag h d ad (T W 218) T h is p o e t‫؟‬

quickly sp re a d in c u ltu re d circles, w h e th e r it

w as p u b lish e d in th e n ew sp ap ers o r n ot (JIJ 112) w h e th e r sh e sp o k e in A ra b ic o r English, h e r w ords re v e a le d in tellig en ce (JIJ 141) so m e th in g w hich m a d e th e p e o p le , w h e th e r they liked the a g re e m e n t o r n o t, ex p ect m illions o f d in a rs su d d en ly to p o u r d ow n on th em (JIJ 192)

‫ﻏﺒ ﺔ‬ a ).

‫ ﻛﺎ ذ‬is u s e d , i t o c c u r s ‫ ﻗ ﻴ ﺬ ا ﻗﺎو آﻟﻢ ﺻﺒﻴﺬا‬، ‫آ ﻟ ﻴ ﻊ أل ﺗﺶ‬

W h e n th e v e rb

‫ﻗ ﺼﻴﺬة ﻗﺎﻧ ﻦ أﻟﻢ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺑﺬة ﻗﺎﻓﻲ أﻟﻢ ﻏﺒﻴﺜﺔ‬

، ‫ﺛﺌﺒﺦ‬

‫آألﺧآلﻟﻢ‬

o n ly o n c e fo llo w in g its p r e d ic a te , t h e firs t a lte rn a tiv e :

T h e a m o u n t is n o t im p o rta n t, larg e o r sm all (H M 126) w h e th e r sh o rt o r long (JIJ 86) D ream s

a re

tire s o m e , w h e th e r in d e c e n t o r c h a ste

( H M 137.)

‫ل‬u 4 ‫؛‬L ;

‫ﻏ ﺰ‬

‫ﺷ ﺪﻳﻨ ﺔ آﻟ ﻐ ﻐ ﺶ‬

‫ دﺑﺄآل ﻗ ﺎ ر ا أﻟﻢ‬٧

9 6 .5 .2

‫ أﻟﻢ‬is

‫ى غ ﺋ ﺆ'ﺋ ﻌﺒﺎ أ ذ دﻛﻮ ى‬

‫ز أﻓ ﻲ أذ أﻗﺎ‬

‫ ﻳ ﻴ ﻔﺎ‬٠‫ر‬

u s e d in th e s a m e w a y a s

she c o u ld b e very angry a b o u t th in g s a n d p e o p le w h o did n o t p lease h e r, w h e th e r m en o r w o m en (JIJ 253)

‫أز‬

w ith

‫ “ ( ﺗ ﺰا ة‬n o m a t t e r w h e t h e r

“ re g a rd le s s o f

N t f k x k T ...” ‫ ( )ا‬s e e 9 6 . 4 3 ) . .

‫ﻲ‬ ‫أﺗﺎ أﻋﺰك ﺗ ﺰا ة ﻧﺨﺒﻦ ﺗﻔ ﻚ إﻟﻰ آﻟﺜﻴﺒﺘﺎ أﻟﻢ ﻓ‬

I v alu e you w h e th e r I go to th e cin e m a w ith you o r n o t

‫ ذ‬٠‫( ائ‬HM 247)

n

Conjunctions

‫ﺗﺨﺰج‬

‫ﺗﻔﺎ أي‬

‫ﻗﻔ ﻦ‬

‫ﻟﺐ‬

L!‫ﻗﻬﺖ‬

‫ﻫﻨﺄ ت أﻟﻢ ال‬

‫ﺗ ﺰاة‬

' 9 6 .6

whether she calmed down or not, she had no way out (HR 86‫) إ‬

‫"( زال‬nor", "either”) is a disjunctive conjunction that is employed only after a negative

statement. It links all the elements apart from the first: ‫ زال ﻗﺎﻧ ﺚ‬،‫ ﻳﻠﺘ ﻄ ﻰ ﻧﺐ ﻗﻔ ﺐ ﻏﺮن ﻧﻠ ﻲ ﻗﺨﻐﺔ و ﺟﻨﺔ‬Palestine was never absent from my mind for one moment, nor were the concerns of my family in that ‫ ﺳ ﺐ ﻓﻲ ؟ﻓﻲ ﺋﻨﻮﻟﻢ أﺗﺮﻓﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ آﻟﻘﺌﺰ؛ آﻧﺘﺼﻨﺆ‬tense period (JIJ 31) ‫ ال‬، ‫ ﻏﻒ آﺛﺬ ﻏﻒ ﻣ ﺾ‬، ‫ ﻳﻪ ﺑ ﺪﻳﻨ ﺔ‬1‫ ر ت أن ﺑ ﺬ آ ﻳ ﺪ‬we want to start a newbeginning, let bygones be bygones, ‫ أﺑ ﻘﺎ د زال ﻏﺬاو ب‬no hard feelings or animosities (AM 10)

‫ﻰ ﻟﻬﺠﻪ‬ ‫ﻲال ؤﺑﺪ ؤ'ال ﺛﻤﻦو'الﺗﺪﻧ‬ ‫ﻫ‬١‫ ة'اﺗﺬ‬Mymotlier would neither add to nor take away fromnor

\

change her way of speaking even when she was ill (HS 211) ‫ ؛‬i d i ‫ ﻧﺐ أ ﺋ ﻌ ﺬ ﻳﺄﻧﺸﻦ زال ﻳﺂﻟﺘﻨ ﻖ زال ﺑﻄﻮد‬I did not feel the heat nor the perspiration nor the long distance (HS 187) ‫ ال ﻓ ﻴ ﺂ ﻟ ﺌ ﻀ ﺰ ال ﻓﻲ‬١‫ ذ ﺑ ﺬ ﺛ ﺄ ﻧ ﻴ ﻦ الﺗ ﺨﺘﻴ ﻐﻨ ﺊ‬She found that they were no different from us: not in ‫ﻲ‬ ‫ي وال ﻓ‬٠‫ﻲ ﻃﻮوآالف زال ﻓﻴﺂألآ‬ ‫ آ ب ؛ زال ﻓ‬build nor in character, not in the length of nose nor in their clothes nor in their little secrets (IH 143) ‫ﻏﺶ ﻧﻴﻲ ﻗﺮﻳﻨﺔ‬

‫ ﺀ‬٠‫ ع‬, ‫ ه‬٧

‫ﻞ‬

She no longer sawthe roads she had seen in her dream, ‫ذ زال آﻟﺒﻮث‬1‫ آألذج‬nor the trees nor the houses (HS 249) ‫ﺳ‬

‫ﺔ‬

‫ﺗ ﻴ‬

‫“( إائ‬either ... (or ...]") is a disjunctive conjunction used before the first element of a disjunctive construction, the subsequent element or elements being introduced by : ‫آ ؤ‬ "'‫ ' ﻛﺀ 'ﺖ 'ذا ؛‬Phe more one approaches the end, the nearer one comes ‫ ا ﻣﻦ‬١‫ ذ أةﻗﺰ‬1‫؛ﻟ ﻈ ﻢ آﻟ ﺬ‬1 ‫؛ ﻓﻲ‬٠‫آﻟﺘﺰ‬ the earth., to the place of rest, byeither bending over or ‫ الآﺟﺘﺎ؛ أو آاذﻗﺎد‬١ ‫ اى‬،‫ ز آﻟﻈﺰى‬،‫ آألﻧﺺ‬to lying down (JGh 46)

9 6 .7

‫أزى‬

‫أﻳﺘ ﻆ ز ي زﻳﻬ ﻲ‬ ‫ أ و آ ي؛‬،‫و‬1‫ ت اائ ﺛﺌﺘﺮﻧﺊ ﻳﺂ ألﺋ ﺐ‬1‫آذﺗ ﺆﺑ ﻮذ‬ ‫اﻳﻲ آﺋﻨﻨ وئو ﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ أوذوا‬.‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻔﺎ ﺻﻘﺎ ﻳﺌﻘﺰ‬ 1‫ ﻳﺄ ﺗ ﻢ وﻳﺪو آﻧﻐﻔﻴﻘﻨﻲ (إذ‬٩ ‫آآلذ أو ﺋﺘ ﺨ ﺰ آ ﺳ ﻮ‬ ‫ أز ﺑﺄي آ ﻧ ﻢ ﺋﻔﺎة‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺑ ﻲ‬:‫وش ) أز ﺑﺂ ﺗ ﻢ أﺗ ﺰ‬ ‫ﻫﺒﺜﻪ آﻟﺒﻨﻮؤة أو‬1‫ ت آل‬1‫ﻣﺎ آﻟﺠﺶ‬1 ‫ﺗﻬﺊ ﺑﻨﻲ‬1‫ﻣ ﺠﺆ ز‬ ‫ ة‬٠‫آﺋﺘﻀﺮﺋﺔ أﻋﻞ‬ ‫ آﻟﺘﺎةﺋﺔ ﺣ ﺮ‬٠‫ أزوح أألﺧﺰﻳﺎت‬٠‫ﻗﺌﺌﺌﻴﺠﺊ أﺣﺰاز‬ ‫ﻳﺌ ﻌ ﺬ ذ |ةا ﻧ ﻨ ﻘ ﻲ آؤ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺜﻮه‬ ‫ﻛﻨ ﺖ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻨﻘﻨ ﻦ‬

‫ﻧﻲ‬

Wherever I turned my t'ace in Samarkand I would see things there either next to trees or water (JGh 109) it is her right, according t the laws in effect in Europe now, to register the child either with his real father’s name (if he agrees), or with her family's name, or with any name she wishes (JGh 123) Their jewels is either the engraved gold of the Bedouins or the modern kind seen all over the world (HS 38) .0

they draw conclusions about the material circumstances of other women's husbands until they feel either pride or jealousy (HS 52)

Modem Literary Arabic; A Reference Grammar

‫ إﺛﺎ‬m a y

9 6 .7 .1

l>

b e u s e d b e f o r e a ll t h e e l e m e n t s o f a d i s j u n c tiv e c o n s t r u c t i o n , e a c h s u b s e q u e n t

‫ز‬ ‫إذا ﺛﺎﺑﺬئ ض ذق ﻳﺴﺘﺎر ﻓﻲ ﻳﻨﺰاق أ ي ﻗﺈﺛﺎ‬ >; u , ٠‫ﺋ ﻖ أ ﻟ ﻴ ائ ات د ىت‬ ‫ ﻟ ﺠ ﺘ ﺘ ﺎ ذ‬١ ‫ د ﺣﻨ ﻰ‬١ ‫ ن زإت‬١‫ﻳﻐﻠﻖ اﻟ ﺠﺬذ‬

o c c u r r e n c e b e in g i n t r o d u c e d w ith :

‫ ب ﺳﻢ اائ ﻓﻲ أالالﺣﺄي آﻟﺌ ﺮﻳﺎ؛ ي‬١‫أﻏﻠﺰ أ ذ ﻣﻠﺘﺌﺮي‬

‫دا‬:‫ذإ ىﻓﻴﻜ ﻮ‬

‫إى أ ﺑ ﺘ ﻲ زﻓﻲ وﻣﻐﻴﺐ ب‬٠‫'ﻧﻘﺪ آﻧﻘﺌ ﺖ آألﻧﺺ‬ ‫ب أ ي‬٠‫أﻟ ﺤﺪ أﺗﺰات‬

If I p e rse v e re d in k nocking a nail in to a solid wall, the w all w ould e ith e r c ra c k o r th e nail w o u ld b e n d (H R 128) I know th a t th e tra in in g will be c o m p le te d e ith e r in the S oviet U n io n o r in C u b a (T W 145) T h e e a rth split o p e n a n d e ith e r sw allow ed th em , spit th e m o u t o r b ro u g h t th e ir d e a d back to life as ghosts (IH 123)

،‫ﺛ ﻤ ﺖ أﺋﺪﻳﻜﺐ‬

‫زإائ ﻳ ﺘﺎ‬

،‫ إائ ﻳﺈدف أﻟﻠﻪ‬،‫ﻓﺰ ﻳ ﺦ‬ ‫ﻧ ﻬﻢ‬

،

‫ زﻋﻌﺠﺰة ﻏﺪد أﻳﺎﻣﻬﺎ‬، ‫آﻟﻐﺪﻳﺬ ﻋﻦ آﻟﻨﻴﺢ آﻟﺌﺬؤ‬ ‫ق و]ائ ﻳﺘﺘ ﺔ‬

‫ ذ؛ى‬، ‫آ ش ﺗﻜﻮت اﺛﺎ ﻗال'ﺋﺔ‬

‫ رى ﻗﻨﻦ أ ﻳ ﺖ‬. ، ‫ ﻧ ﺘ ﻴ ﺮ‬1‫ ﻳ ﺬ‬١‫ﺛﻘﺬذ آﻟﺒﺸﺔ ﻗﺬاذ‬

‫دا آﻟﻘﻨﻮ آ ﺷ ﺲ‬٠‫ زإ ائآ آلﻟ ﻮ ذ آﻫﻔﻲي‬٠..

every m isfo rtu n e , w h e th e r by th e will o f G o d o r becau se o f w hat you yourselves have d o n e , is a d e lu sio n (T W 231) talk in g a b o u t th e e a st w ind a n d th e m arc el o f th e n u m b er o f its days w h ich is e ith e r th re e , six o r n in e (T W 261) th e h e ro in e m ak es an im p o rta n t a n d crucial decision: e ith e r to leave th e h o u se ... o r tearfu lly to a c ce p t this m ise ra b le fa te (H R 109)

‫ ﻟﺘﺎﻧﻢ‬١ ‫د ﺑ ﻐ ﺪ‬

: ‫ ﻓ ﺘ ﻞ ﺛ ﺖ ﻳﻦ آﺛ ﺶ‬١‫ؤ ى ﺛﻤﺒﺶ‬

A t this, I w ould do o n e o f tw o things: e ith e r let th e w orld

‫ص‬

‫ﻏﺌﻰ‬

tu rn up sid e dow n in my h e a d ... o r tu rn it u p sid e dow n o n

‫د‬

‫ذأس‬

‫أ د‬

‫د‬

.. .

‫ﻧﺎﻳ ﻲ‬

‫ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﻓﺄﻟﻤﻨﺪه ﻓﻲ آ ﻟ ﺒ ﻰ‬

‫وى ﺛﺌﺌﺌ ﻌ ﺬ' آﺳﺖ‬

‫ دﺑﺎ‬1‫ إائ ﺑﺎئ ل‬- ‫ﻗﺎت ﻳﻨﺪع ززاﻧﻲ‬ ‫آﻧﺘﻲﺀ‬

‫ﺑﺎ‬1‫ل‬:‫ى ذ ﺑﺌﺺ آﻟﻬﻘﺮ ﺋﺌﻘﻲ أﻧﺜﺪﻛﺔ آﺋﻨﻲ أأ‬ ‫ إائ ﺧﺆﻗﺎ ﻓﻲ أئ ﻗﻴﺒﻪ ﺿﻨﺒﻪ ﻓﻲ‬،‫ﻳﻴﺘﺎ رﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳ ﺨ ﺬ ا ﻓ ﻲ ﻧﺈى أﺗﻨﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﺘﺮ ﺣ ﺠ ﻤ ﻬﺎ‬ 9 6 .7 .2

‫إﺛﺎ‬

A b d a l-S a m ad 's h e a d a n d th ro w h im o u t o f th e house (H R 142) h e u se d to ru n b e h in d m e, e ith e r crying a n d w ailing, or saying " G o d A lm ighty forgive m e ” (H R 143) S o m e o f th e b ird s w o u ld th ro w away th e fish th ey had cau g h t in tfieir beaks, w h e th e r o u t o f f e a r o f b ein g stm ck by m y o a r, o r o u t o f d isd a in at its sm all size (IK h 37)

m a y p r e c e d e a n o u n c la u s e in tr o d u c e d w ith

‫ ﻧ ﻴ ﺎ‬١‫ﻗﺈائ أذ ﺗﻨﺄ ﻓﻲ أ ي ﻓﻲ آﻟائدﺗ ﺆ ﺑ ﻠ ﺢ‬ ‫ﻲ آﻟﺌﺄذﺗﺔ‬ ‫أذ ﺑﺖ!ذا ﻓ‬

١‫ زإئ‬،

‫ﻓﻲ آﻟﺜﺄﺛﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻐﺰ أﻧﻔﻴﺮ‬

‫أذ‬

or

‫أة‬

:

e ith e r w e 'begin th e shift at six in th e m o rn in g a n d finish at tw o in th e a fte rn o o n , o r w e begin it at' tw o a n d finish at te n a t night (IH 186)

٠‫ذ؛ ي ﻓﻲ آﻟﻐﺎﻳﺘﻪ ي‬ ‫ أذ أﺋﻦ ﻧ ﺘ ﻘ ﻴ ﻦ‬، ‫ أة أ أل ﻧ ﻲ ﻧ ﻴ ﻲ ﺋ ﻘ ﺜ ﺪ‬٩

te a c h e r S ubhi is e ith e r a sim p le to n o r irresponsible (H M 230)

‫ وائ أذ ﻳﺘﻘﻴﻦ‬،‫ ذﺳﺬذﻳﻨﻲ‬،‫إﺛﺎ آذ ﻗﺌﻘﺮف ﺑﺄﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺬ؛ﺑﺒﻴ ﻪ‬

H e e ith e r acknow ledges his son a n d m arrie s m e, o r is p re p a re d to d e stro y his h o m e (T W 163)

1

Conjunctions

‫ﺷﺴﺆﻟائ‬:‫ إﺋﺄ ان‬. ‫ آ ذ زا ﺋ ال ؛ ﺀ ذأ ذ ة ﺷ ﻰ ﺛ ﺰ‬the situation cannot continue as it is: it must, either get

‫ أ ذ ﻳﻮﻳﺪ‬better or get worse (HR 219) ‫ أﺛﺎ أ ذ ﻗﻴﺜﻦ ﻟﻤﻲ ذإائ أن ﻳﻨﻮث ﻧﻲ‬either to live as a fool or to die as a prophet (IH 105) !‫ زﻧﺒﻠ ﻮ‬: ‫ آ ذ‬L‫[؛؛‬j ‫ أ ذ ﻳﺘﺬﻳ ﻤﻨ ﻮ؛‬٩ they either become Marcists or capitalists (TW105) 96.8

‫“( ﺧ ﺮ‬in order that", “so that"‫" ؛‬until", "up to the point that") is both a preposition and

a conjunctive adverb. Functioning as a conjunction, it is commonly followed immediately by a verb in either the perfect or the subjunctive. Its meaning is usually temporal. 96.8.1 ‫ ﺣﺶ‬+ a perfect verb occurs in statements in which a. preceding circumstance has continued "until" something else occurred:

‫ ﺋ ﺠ ﻎ‬٠‫ ﺋ ﻐ ﺬ ئ إﻟ ﺠﺎﻳﺘ ﺆ ﻏﺎﺗﺎ ائ ﻣ أل ﺣﺶ ﺋﺢ‬I devoted myself to the university for a ftrll year until I ‫رﻛﺼﺶ ﻏ ﺮ وﺻﺌﺐ آﻳ ﺨ ﺬ‬ ‫ذ ﻗ ﻎ ﺋﺬﺗﻪ ﻏ ﺰ رﺑﺔ إﺑﻨﺎﺟﺶ ﻳﻦ ﺗﺸ ﺐ زﻧﺎس ﺑﻐﺰ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻠﻪ ﻏﺶ وﻗﻒ ﻗﺆﻗﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺌﻰرة‬1‫ﻟﻄﺮﻳﻰ ﺣﺶ وﻧﺌ ﺐ‬1‫ ت آدئ ﺗ ﺠﻴﺪ ﻏﺶ ا‬.‫آﺣﺚ‬ ‫زس ﺗﻨ ﺶ‬٠‫إ ر‬

graduated (HR 6) She ran until she reached the sea (HS 211) He put his foot on Ibrahim's neck from behind and pressed down with all his weight until he was standing on him (AM 16) I gave Sa'id directions until the car arrived in a cul-de-sac (HS 193)

‫ال ﻣ ﺶ ﻧﺠﻲ ﺣﺶ ﺋﺪ ش‬3‫ئ ﺑﺸ ﺐ آﺋﻖ‬

the words "musk of the gazelle” remained with me until 1 grew up (HS 216) ‫ ﻗﺖ‬U ‫ش ﺑﺠﻴﺄﺑﺈ ﺣ ﺮ‬٠‫ ﻳ ﻢ‬She remained beautiftrl until she died (IKh 139) ‫ ﻳ ﻴ ﺨ ﺮ آ ﺋ ﺜ ﺬ‬١‫ ﻟ ﺲ أﺋﺬ ﻇﺪ ؤاﻗ ﻌﺎ ﻗﺬ‬he claimed that he remained standing watching me until she disappeared (IH 74) 96.8.2 ‫ ﻏ ﺮ‬+ perfect may express the idea “to the extent that”, “to the point ‫ ا م‬: 0

‫ ﺧ ﺰ ﻇﺜ ﺖ ﺀﺑ ﻢ ﺗ ﺬ ﻳ ﺮ ﺷ ﻲ ﻏ ﺰ‬،‫ﺳﺄ ﻛ ﻲ أﻟﺌ ﺆ ف‬ ‫ ﻟ ﺘ ﺎ ة‬1‫ﻗ ﺪ‬ ‫ا ﺧ ﺮ آﻧﻘﺌﺜﺬ ث‬.‫ﺋﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺶ ﻗﺬو آﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ‬,‫رﺣﻤﺶ أذ‬ ‫آﻟ ﻴ ﺒ ﺎ ﺑ ﺔ ﻗﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫آﻃﺘﺌ ﺖ ﺣ ﺮ ﻳﺌ ﺐ آﺗﻨﺪﻧﺜﺊ‬ ‫ﺻﺶ ﻧ ﺸ ﻲ‬٠‫ﻏ ﺠ ﻚ ﺧﺶ أغ‬

I was so overcome with fear that. I thought tlieywouldn't spare me (AM 18)I I started to sprinkle it on the fur of the hat until I had completely emptied the bottle (JGh 21)

I fired until the rifle was empty (IKfi 36) I was so embarcassed that my bald head went red (IKh 102) ‫ ﺗﺨﻦ‬٧‫ﻳﻚ أ ﺳ ﺔ ﺧ ﺮ ﻛﺊ‬- ‫ ﻏﺰي‬That night we were so sad that we almost lost our sanity (AM 105)

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

1 ‫؛‬

‫ ﻋﺎب ﻃﻮﻳال ﺧﺮ أﺑﻘﺘ ﻦ أﺋﻦ ﻟﻦ ﻳوئذ‬He was away so long that she was convinced he would never return (SI 247) With the meaning "until.', ‫ ﻏﺶ‬+ subjunctive may introduce an event which is in the future vis-^-vis what precedes it:

9 6 .8 ,3

.‫و ﻋﺘﺎﺛ ﻪ‬

‫وأﺛﺘﻨﺈ ﻳﺜﺤﺜﺴﺴﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺄ ﻏ ﺜ ﺒ ﻲ دﻛ ﺮ ز ي‬

‫ام‬:‫ﻳﺄﻟ ﺶ ﺣﺶ أ‬

‫ذ ﺗ ﺜﺎ ﺑ ﻐ ﻨ ﻴﺎ‬

I will he alone with my treasures, will relish touching them, hugging and making love to them with my eyes until I sleep (GhS 87)

،‫ ﻋ ﻢ أؤ آﺋ ﺮ‬1 ‫ أز أﻗ ﺪ ﺑﻦ‬، ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1‫ ائ ذ ﻳﻔﻴﻦ ﻏﺞ غ‬He would he away from US for a year, or more or less than ‫ ﻏ ﺮ ﺗﺬاه ﺗﻔﻦ أألزألن‬a year, until we children would forget him (IH 156) ‫ ﺗﺄﻟﺤﻘﻴﻆ ﻧﻬﺎ ﻟﺤﺮ ﻗوئذ‬I will look after them until you return (AM 77) ‫ ؤ ج‬٠‫ﻗﺎ ﻛﺈ )ﺗ ﻤﺎ ﺗ ﺌ ﺘ ﻈ ﺰ ﻳ ﺨ ﺮ أ ذ‬ 9 6 .8 .4

She said she would wait for me until I get married (HS 245)

‫ ﻏﺮ‬+ subjunctive may have the meaning "in order to”, "so that" etc.:

‫ ﺗﻬﺰئ ﻧﺰات رﻓﻌﺔ ﺧ ﺮ ﺗﺆﻗﻔﻠﻪ‬he would shake him gently so as to rouse him (AM 17) ‫ ﻏﺎذة أزخ آﻟﺜﺘﺎﻳﺮ ﺧ ﺮ أزى دآﻳﺎ ب اﻟﻲر‬I usually throw the curtains back so that I can see the beginnings of the day (JGh 41) ‫أﺋﻦ ﻧﺮوس ﻧﻲ آال؛ﻛﻠﺰﻳﺖ ﺧﺮ‬ ‫ص أﻧﺄ ن‬

-\ ‫ ﻗﺮوش‬I also decided to take lessons in English so that I could

‫أﻧﺘ ﻌﻴ ﺦ أ ذ أذة‬

‫ج‬١‫أﻗﺎﻧﺚ إﺧﻨﺎﺋﺬ إ ر ﺗﻄﻞ ﺗﺎ ؛ ذأﻗﺎزث إ رت‬ ‫آﻧﺘﻨﻮس ﺧﺮ ﺗﻨﺒﺘﺔ‬ ‫ﻗ ﺌ ﻚ آ أل ﻧ ﺒ ﺔ ب ﻗ ﺰ ة ﻗﺒ ﻦ ﺣ ﺘ ﺮ د آﻟ ﻬ ﺐ ﻏ ﺮ ر ى‬

‫ﻧﺨﺶ ﺗﺒﺰغ ﺗﺶ إﻗﺎﺗﻴﺘﺎ ﻓﻲ‬

،‫ﻓﻲ آﻟﻌﺌﺮﻓﻲ‬

‫أﺋﺒﺬ ﺳﺎال‬

reply when asked a question (HS 203)

One of them pointed to a bucket of water and motioned to Taj al-Arus to pick it up (HS 243) I preferred to set off immediately, before nightfall, in order to cover most of the distance and reach our accommodation in good time (JGh 1.80)

‫وﺋﺐ ﺛﺒﻠﻢ‬

‫ ﻳﻘﻨﻢ آﻟﺒ ﺠ ﺦ غ*ﻏﺰاب ﺧﺶ ﻳﺰو ' ﻏﺬ ﻫﻘﺐ آﻟﺘﻨﺄة‬They all moved a few paces forward so they could see at ‫ ﻧﻐﺶت ﻳﺘﻦ آﻧ ﻲ‬1‫ أ ش رؤﺑﻲ‬close quarters the woman whom the sultan of that counter had married (HS 249)

‫ ﺣ ﺮ ﻳﺄوئا ﺑﻐﺎ رة ﺋﺰﻃﺆ ﺗﺜﻔ ﻮ ﺧ ﺆ‬£‫إ ﻳ ﻢ ﻳﺜ ﺮا آﻏﺘﻴﺎ‬

٠‫ﻳﺘﺰ ﻫﺬ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﻨﻦ ﺧﺮ ﻳﺌﻜﺘﺖ! أذ ﺗﺠﻦ ﻏأل ألي ﺋﺌﻴﺘﺆ ؟‬ ‫ﻟﺬ أﺋﺬﻗﻴﺰ ﺧﺶ ﻳﺜﺜوئ؛ ﺧﺎﻳﺪ‬

They are not stupid enough to come in a marked police car like this (TW 252) Who are we to find a solution to any problem? (HR 216) I will not let them kill Hamid (AM 165)

The negative is expressed by ‫ ﺧ ﺮ أل‬+ subjunctive:

‫ﺗﺬ أﺋ ﻦ ﺧﺶ آل ﺋﺠﻴﺐ؟‬

Who are you not to answer? (AM 158(

1)

Conjunctions

‫ ﺣﺶ ال ﺑﻨﺎﻫﺎ‬، ‫ﻧ ﺎ ﺑ ﻦ ﻛﺆم أﻧﺠﺠﺎزؤ‬

‫ﺗ ﻘ ﻊ آﻟائذ‬

‫ﺗﻔ ﻦ‬

We put ttie fire inside a piie of stones so no one would see ‫ أﺧﺬ‬it (IKh 79)

‫ ر أ ﺳ ﺆ ﺣﺮ ال ﺗﺰرق‬1‫ ﺗﺌﻨﻮذة‬١‫ أﺿﺎﻳﺜﺔ‬٠‫ ةاﻗﺊ‬Our fingers were gripping the tahle so that the spirits and ‫ أألرزاح وآﻋﺎرﻳائ‬demons could not shake it (IH 153) ‫ ﺧ ﺮ ال ﻳﺆ ﻳﻨﻠﻬﺎ‬، ‫ ﺋﺐ ﻗﻘﺬﻟﻢ ﺧ ﻄ ﻨﺎ ت زﻳﻨﺞ‬then he approached with slow steps so as not to wake her

(TW 272) ‫ال‬

‫ رأﻳﻎ ﺗ ﺒ ﻲ رﻳ ﻊ ﻓﺌﻄﺚ ذ ﻗ ﻖ ﻏﻦ‬I saw myself lifting her headscarf away from her forehead § ‫ ﺋآل س أﻟﺘﻨﻦ ذاﻟﻐﺬﻗﺎت اﻟﺪﻏﺘﺜﺊ‬so that the pearls and golden rings would not touch her eyes (HS 247) ‫ ﺧ ﺮ ال أ ﺑ ﺰ ﺑﻘﺘﺔ‬،‫ ز ﺧﺌ ﺬ ﺛﺌﻲ ﻏﺮ ض‬I put my palm across my mouth so that I wouldn’t utter a word (HS 151)

‫ﺧﺮ‬

‫ﺟﺒﻴﻴﻬﺎ‬

S 6 .8 .5 In a negative sentence, ‫ ﺧﺶ‬expresses the idea "[he] had n o t ... w hen", “no so o n er ... th a n ” , som etim es tra n slated as “(he] h ad hardly ... w hen":

‫ ﻟﺐ ﺋﺌﻐﻲ أﺑﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﺶ دش ﻏﻨﻰ أﻧﺌﺘﺌآلت ﻏ آلائذ‬No sooner had a few days passed than signs of ripeness ‫ اﻟﺬﻏﺄل‬appeared on the pickles (SI 67)

‫ ﺣﺶ آﺗﺘﻨ ﺮ ن‬، ‫ﻏﺮ ﺛ ﻖ ق أﻳﺘ ﺔ‬

‫ ﻧﻢ ﻗﺌﺸﺐ ﻧﻴﻘ ﺔ‬Anisa had heen speaking for less than a minute when

‫زﺛﻨﺖ )ز آﻟﺘﺠﺮ‬

1

turned and went hack to the cell (AM 31)

‫ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺬ ﺋﻘﺬ ﺣﺮ ﺗﺤﻮل آﺋﺜﺮﻟﺢ ﻧﺮ ﺗﺄﻗﻢ‬less than a month later the celebration had become a funeral ceremony (AM 34) ‫ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺬ ﻗﻴﻦ ذاﻳﺬ ﺗﺌﻦ ﻧﺰاﺑﺘﺎ ﺧﺶ ﺑﺬأذ أﺋﺘﻨﺘﺰ‬Hardly a month passed after our wedding when I began to get bored (HS 98)

a).

T h e sam e, but m ore em phatic, m eaning is o b tain ed by using the negative o f ‫ ﺛﺎن‬to modify the verb in th e m ain clause: ‫ﻳ ﺊ آ ﺋ ﻴ ﻨ ﻴ ﻮ و ﻛﺎ' ﺗﻐﺎذ؛ أ ذ‬

‫ي وﻟﻤﻨ ﻖ‬

‫ ﺗﺎ ذ‬U

‫ ﺣ ﺮ أﺋﻨﻴ ﻊ ﻗﺤﺰ آﺗﺒﺘﺸﻒ ﺷﻴﺢ‬٠‫ ﺑﺄﻧﺌﺘﻴﻬﺐ‬١‫ﺗﻮ‬٠‫ﺑﺔﺑﺄ‬

No sooner had he finished, and I had asked the audience as usual to ask their questions, than an old man with a turban rushed towards tfie podium (JIJ 114)

‫ ذث و ﺑ ﻘ ﺎ ﻏﺮ‬١‫ دذش ﺳﻴﻐﻨﻲ ﺣ ﺮ ي ذأة‬١‫ ئ‬No sooner had she informed me than she frowned and turned her face away from me (JIJ 120) ‫ ب‬, ‫ ا'أﺗﺎ ﻧ ﺠ ﻖ ﺗ ﺎ‬: ‫ آ ' ا و ر‬٠‫ أﻟ ﺔﺑﺘﺎ ج‬١‫ ذ ﺛ ﺰ‬1‫ ى ق‬He had hardly read the first few words “1, Najeeb Salim, of my own free will and volition, put my signature to ‫ ﻏﺶ ﻗﺌﺌﺬ ﺋﺆﺛﺬ‬، "‫ أوﻳﻊ ﺑ ﺘ ﻬ ﻰ آﺋﻐﺬﺋﺔ رآال ش‬when his voice changed (AM 14) ‫ ﻟﺐ ﻗﻬﻦ ﺑﺌﺒﻲ ﺛ ﻘ ﺔ ﺧ ﺮ آ ﺗ ﺘ ﺒ ﻘ ﻈ ﺬ و ﺷ ﻴ ﺖ ﻏﺒﺮ‬He had scarcely finished what he was saying when I woke up and opened my eyes (GhS 196) ‫ ﻟﺐ ﻳﻐﺬ ﻳ ﻐﻨ ﻢ ذ ﺛﺶ ﻃﻨﻖ أﺗﺒﺎب ﻧﺎن ﺑﺒﻴﻦ‬No sooner had he gone than a new visitor knocked on the door (SI 63)

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

I I

b).

With the same emphatic meaning, the main clause may be introduced with ‫ إذ‬u : ‫ﺀ ﻏﺒﺔ آﻟﻨﺎر ﺣﺶ‬١‫ ﻧﺎ ان أ ﻃ ﻚ ﻏﻀﺎ آﻟﺰاﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ؤت‬Scarcely did father's stick appear from behiad the p i ‫ئ‬٠‫ ﺋ ﺞ‬threshold of the ‫ ؛؛‬use that she forestalled him with the . , . ‫ﻏﺎﺟﻠﺘﻪ اﻟﺌ ﺆا ل‬ ' ' question „^(lH 145)

‫ ﺣ ﺮ ﺛﺬغ‬،‫ ﺗﺎ إئ ﺑﻨﺄت أﻟائ ئ آﻟائؤ ﺋﻌﺘﺮب‬No sooner did three o'clock approach than the children ‫ﻃﺜﺎز ﻧﻲ ئ‬١‫ آإل‬began to slip away )™ 157( ‫ذﻫﺖ أﻟﻔﻠﺴﺪن إﻟﻰ رﻗﺔ أﻧﺒﻴﺎﻃﺆ ﻳ ﺮ ﻗﺎ ك‬

‫ ﺗﺎ‬No sooner had the Philippine woman gone to the seWng j u room than my aunt said ... (HS 228-9( ‫إن‬

1‫ﺗﻠﻊ‬، ‫ ﺧ ﺮ ﻳﻨﺒ ﺰ‬٠‫ ﺗﺎ إذ ز خ ﻧﺄﺗﺔ ﻏﺶ آﻟﺮﺗﺎق‬No sooner does he rest his head on the pillow than he begins to snore and to sleep (HS 244( ‫ ﺗﺎ إذ ﺻﻨﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺰ ق آﻟﺒائ؛ ﻏﺶ ﺗﻨﺘﻠﺶ آﻗﻔﺂﺑﺈ‬No sooner had I gone inside the building than I was overcome with gloom (HR 37( 96.9 ‫“( ل‬in order to/that”, “so that", “so”) is both a preposition and a conjunction. Functioning as a conjunction it is prefixed directly on to a verb in the subjunctive mood. It is generally used to introduce the reason why something is done or the aim behind it. ‫ ل‬+ subjunctive may often be translated as “to 4 infinitive" (e .g. “to buy”, “to eat”): ‫ ﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻏ ﺰ ؤﺑﻮﻫﺬ‬، ‫ أ ﺗ ﻨ ﻐ ﺎ ﻗ آلﻗﺎ ﻳﻘﻰﺗﺰه اذﻋﺜﻖ‬The three ‫ﺗﺒﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺬا ع ﻳﻮر‬

to le av e the h o te l wander in the streets of Port Said (JIJ 14) o f US h u r r ie d

in o r d e r

to

‫ ﻗﻞ'ﻏﺌﺬغ ر ض ﻧ ﻴ ﺪ أ ﻏﺬ ﻏﺪذج آ ﺿ ﺤ ﻪ‬Did a lame man invent dancing so as to cripple eveiyone else like him? (GhS 181) ‫ غ أﻧﺮوس‬١‫ ﻗﺪ أﻗﺮﻳﻪ آ ﺋ ﻄ ﻚ ﺗﻒﻫﺖ ﻧ ﺠﻴ ﺰ ت‬The whole village lined up to see Taj al-Arus' departure ‫ ﻳﺘﻀﺦ ﺗﻠﻜﺊ‬to become a queen (HS 250) ‫ري ﻳﻔﻮن أؤد ﻓﻲ‬:‫ أ ﺋﻨ ﺚ أذ ﺗﻔﻦ ﻓﻲ؛أالﻳﺖ آائ‬she insisted on standing at the head of the queue so as to be the first one to step down onto French soil (AM 140) ‫ﻳﻴ ﻞ ﻏﺰ أﻧﺺ ﻗﺬﺋﺘﺎ‬ ‫ ﻧﻨﻔﺬ آﻧﺘﻐﺬذ زأﻗﻴﻦ أﻟﻰ ر ﻓ ﻲ ألﺑﻨﺄ ﻓﻲ آدﺛ ﺮ‬I left the shop and came to Paris to start from scratch (IKh 150) ‫ ﻳ ﺴ ﻎ أ ذ آ ﻧ ﺜ ﺮ ﻳ ﻐ ﺬ ذ آﻟﺒ ﺠ ﺦ‬١‫ رس‬، ١‫ ﺗﺎ ق‬He died, perhaps to prove that love abandons eve^one ‫ ذأﺋﺘﺆث ال ﻳ ﻔﻨ ﺪ أﺧﺪ؛‬but death abandons no one! (GhS 186) 96.9.1 When ‫ ر‬governs more than one verb it need not be attached to each one:

‫ ور آﻧﺘ ﻘﺎ؛ ﻧﺎﺋﺘﺘ ﺔ‬٠‫ﺟﺶ ﻏﺬذ ﻧﺂﻟﺘﻴ ﻮ ز ألﻣﻨﻐﻮ‬

when I returned with the old woman to invite him to ‫ ذأﻓ ﺆا‬٠ dinner, to speak to him and to thank him, he had already

.‫أ‬: ‫ة‬ I‫ىةةذذ ض‬،‫ذاذةذ؛‬

، ، ،

٠٠

“

‫ ألﺋﺘﺊ آﻧﺒ آلذ ﻳﺜ ﺮ ن ذأﺋﺘﻨﺮغ‬،‫ ﺋﻨﺚ ﻣﺌﺪ ﺑﻤﻠﺔ‬I sprang up like a cat to rip out the false lining and bring ‫ ;ألن ؛ ;ﻧﻲ ﺋﺖ‬out the counterfeit treasure (AM 168(

Conjunctions

‫ ﻗ ﻌ ﺬﻧ ﺖ أل ر ﻧ ﺢ ﻟﺖ ذأﻏﺌﺬذ‬I went up to explain to him and to apologise (AM 37) ‫ ﻳﺪا آﺋﺒﻠﻮس إﺋ ﻰ ﺗﺨﺒﻲ ﻟﺒ ﻌﻨﺄ وﻧ ﻜﺜ ﺐ‬he begins to sit at his desk to read and write (JGh 26)

It may, however, be attached to each, verb to achieve an emphatic effect: ‫ ﻳﺌﺨﺎرب ﺑﻲ‬، ‫ﻲ ه آﻟﻔﻴﻨﺎب ﻟﺘﺤﺎرب ﻏﺆﺑﻲ‬ ‫ ﻗﺎﻧﺌﻦ ﻫ‬She said those words to fight off my fear, to fight in the

‫ ﺗﺤﻔﺎب آﻟﺌﻨﻐﺐ آﻟﻘﻨﻦ؛‬squalid moments of weakness (AM 32) ‫ ﻳﺨﺮج آﻟ ﺌ ﺌ ﺌ ﻘﻠ ﻮ ن ﻣﻦ ﻗ ﺤ ﺖ آ ال رﺷﻲ ﻳ ﺬ وا آ ﻟ ﺜ ﻨ ﺎ ة‬the prisoners come out from beneath the earth to see the sky above the mountains of Hajjah, to be able to walk, ، ‫ وﻟﺜﻨ ﻜﺜ ﻬﺪإ آ ﻧ ﺘ ﺌ ﻲ ﻳ ال ﻏﺎﻳﻲ‬، ‫ﻧﺆ ق ﺟﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﺣ ﺠﺔ‬ without impediment and to know freedom (JGh 68)

‫زﻳﻴﺌﺮﻧﻲ آﻧﻐﺬﺋﺔ‬

‫ ألﻋﺮﻧﺬ‬، ‫ زﺑﺬﻟﻴﺎ ﺋ ﺬ ئ الﻳﻬﻢ‬1 found it an opportunity to understand, to know (JGh 122) ‫ﺟ ﺬ أل ﻧ ﺘ ﻎ ال أل ﻗ ﻔ ﺌ ﻢ‬

‫ أﻟﻲ‬I have come to listen, not to speak (HM 159)

96.9.2 ‫ ﻧﻲ‬+ subjunctive may also introduce the result of an event or the situation which ensues from it: ‫آ؛ائﺑﺌﻢ زآ ﺋ ﻴ ﻴ ﻐ ﺔ أل ي‬

‫ة‬3 ‫ﺷ ﻄﻨ ﻂ آﻟ ﺠ ﺨﺎ‬

‫ ه ﻳ ﺒ ﺄ ذ ة آ أل ﺗ ﺘ ﺌ ﺒ ﺬ آﻧﺌﺒ ﺆﻗ ﺔ ذآﺑﺄرﺛﺔ‬٠‫ﺗﻜﺎ‬

the thick warm sandy bricks were collapsing to be replaced by hollow cold bricks of cement (IKh 16)

‫ آ ألﻧﻨ ﻖ أل ﺟ ﺬ‬٠‫ أﺋﻦ ﻳﺪ ي أ ﻗ ﺨ ﺌ ﻦ ﻗﻨﺌ ﻦ آﻟﺌﺜﺎت‬I stretch out my hand and touch the blue car blanket to ‫ﺗﻨ ﺠ ﻲ أﻗﻔﺮ ﻳﻔﺰﻧﻲ ﺣﺒ ﻴ ﺐ‬

‫إﺑﺎ؛ا ﻗﻨﺌ ﺖ أ ﻳ ﺘ ﺔ آﻧﺜ ﻌﻴﺜ ﺔ ﻳﻐﺮن ا ﺑﻨﻴ ﻲ ﻏﺶ ﻫﺬا‬ ‫ ﻳ ﻨ ﺒ ﺬ ﺋ ﺊ ﺗ ﻒ؛‬. ‫آﻟ ﻐ ﺦ ' ﻗ ﻘ ﺘﺎ ظ‬

‫ﺑﻴ ﺊ ﻗﻴﺜﺠﺬ‬ ‫آ ﻟ ﺜ ﺜ ﺎ؛ ﻟﺘﻌﻮد‬ 9 6 .9 .3

‫واﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﺳ ﻄﻊ ﻳﻴﻦ ئ اﻳ ﺔ‬ ‫ وﻗﻨﻘﻴﻊ‬،‫آﻟﻨ ﻀ آل ث ﻏﻦ ﻏﻨﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺌﻨﺌﻔﺬ ﻏ ﺰ‬

‫ﻧﺄﻟﺤﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ‬

‫ ﻧﻲ‬m ay in tro d u ce an unexpected

find myself thinking with a slight sadness (HS 186) Why did you leave weak Anisa to be my window on this world? (AM 30) the snow is falling to buty eve^hing (AM 150) sometimes her face would be revealed when the locks of hair left her cheeks and rose in the air to return and come to rest on her shoulders (JIJ 45)

event or circumstance:

‫ ﺀﻳﻘﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﻦ أ ة آﺋ ﺨﻴ ﺦ ﻳﺮﻳﻨﻮن‬١‫ إ ر ﻣﻊ‬١‫ةﺋﺖ‬٠ ‫ ﺋﻢ‬Then we returned to our seats to find that eveiyone ‫ ذا ت‬1 ‫ آ‬wanted to leave (IKh 116) ‫ ﺑﻘﺠﺬ ﺗ ﻨ ﺘﻠ ﺬ ﻳﺊ ﺑ ﺪ ﻳ ﺪ ﺑ ﻰ أﺑ ﺮ‬،‫ ﻗﺌﻨﺮ ف آﻧﻐﺎﺑﺘﺔ‬the bus goes and you find yourself once again at the back

‫ﺳﺊ‬of the queue (TW 149) ‫إﺑﻦ ﻏﺎﻟﻲ ﻗ ﺢ ﻏﺒﻲ دات ﺿﺒﺎح ﻟﺘﺠﺪ ﺗﻨﺘ ﻪ ﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻲ ﺳ ﻨ ﺎ م‬

My cousin opened his eyes one morning to find himself in his house in the desert (HS 112)

Modem Literary Arabic; A Reference Grammar

D

‫ ﻳﺘﻜ ﺊ أ ذ ﺗﻀﺆر ﻧ ﻨ ﻘ ﺔ‬we can imagine Dhat’s amazement when she opened the ‫ا؛ ﻟﻨ ﻲ‬,‫ﺑﺒﺎﺗ ﻲ ﻟﺰ‬:‫ ﻳ ﺎ ا آ‬door of her flat in answer to the door hell to find al4‫ﺛﺠﺬ آﻟﺴﻌﻴﻌﻞﺀ‬: ، ‫ﺛﻘﺘ ﻬﺎ اﺗﺒ ﺨﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺪق اﻟ ﺠﻨ ﺲ‬ Shanqiti in front of her (SI 60) ‫ﺗﺎ ب‬

‫ ذ غ‬٠‫ﺑﻠﺬﺗﺎ دق‬

4

‫اﻧﺎﺗ ﻬﺎ‬

96.9.4 ‫ ل‬is used in negative statements to express the inability or unwillingness of the subject to do something. It always introduces a verb subordinate to ‫ ائ ذ‬. Both ‫ ﺛﺎن‬and the subordinate verb have the same subject:

‫ائ ﻓﺌ ﺖ ألﻃﻠﺐ ﻳﺌ ﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎﻧ ﺐ دﻳﺎﺗﺎ ﻟ ﺘ ﻨ ﻨ ﻰ ﻳﺄن ﺗﻜﻮن ﻇال‬ ‫ﻧﻢ أﻓﺊ أل ﺧﺎ ود ﺣ ﺮ آﻟﺸالﻟﻢ ﻏﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎﺋ ﺐ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﺬ ﻳﻨﺎ ر‬

I wasn't going to ask you (AM 123) Diana was not content to be a shadow (GhS 142) I did not even try to greet him (JIJ 45) they would not have occurred to me (JIJ 137) ‫ ﻟﺌﻚ‬1‫ ﺟﺬةل‬١‫ ﻧﺐ ﺗﻐﺊ أﻋﻲ ﺑ ﻘﺌﺘ ﺦ ﻗﺬ ﺋ ﻔ ﻄﺄ ذ‬my mother did not allow him a single moment's doubt (HR 53) ‫ ﻟﺐ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﺘﻔ ﺮ غ ﺑ ﻌ ﺠ ﺠ ﻬ ﺎ‬He paid no attention to her yelling (HR 5) ‫ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎ ذ ﺷ ﺦ آﻟﺘﻨ ﺐ ﺑﻴﻀﻨﻦ أﺗﺎﻟﻢ أﺀذا؛ ﻣ ﺸ ﻊ‬The sheikh of the Arabs could not resist the temptation of a new listener (SI 121) ‫ﺟ ﺪﻳ ﻞ‬ 96.10

‫"( ﻓﻲ‬in order that/to”, "so that") introduces the reason why a thing i.s done or the aim behind it. It immediately precedes a ve.rb in the subjunctive mood:

‫ ﻓﺘ ﻦ أ ﻏﻨ ﻲ أزالذ أ ﺑ ﻲ د ﻧ ﺎ ﺑ ﻠ ﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨ ﻮا ﻓﻲ‬I used to give dirhems to mysister’s children so theycould iji ij■* buy things from your shop (IKh 65)

‫ﻓﻲ‬

‫ ﺗﻘﺬ ﺑ ﺖ ﻗ ﺮ ﺗ ﺰﻳ ﺪ ي ﻳﺄﺋﺌﺬ ﻓﻲ‬I arrived more than half an hour early for my appoint' ‫ أ ز ﻏ ﺬأ ﺳ ﻔﻴﺄ ﺿ ﺰ ؛ﺗﺂ ذ ﺛ ﺮ ﻓﻴ ﺮ ﻗ ﺬا ت‬ment so as to clear my head of the noise of the computers

، ‫ﻳ ﺌ ﺐ ﺗﺎﻏﻦ‬

(GhS 179) ‫ ﻏﺶ آ ى وي ﻓ ﻲ ﻳ ﺌ ﺘ ﺆ ﻓ ﻲ آﻟﺘﺌ ﺶ أ ذ ﻳﺌﺰﺋﻒ وأن‬In order to understand the meaning, the reader must stop ‫ ن‬,‫ ﺋ ﺬ ﺣﺂ ىﺛ ﻮ‬and open the dictiona^ (TW 174) ‫ ﻓﺌ ﻒ ﻗ ﺪﻳﻨ ﺔ آﻟﺜﺘﺎ س زأﺗﺎ أدﻗﻠﺖ أل ي ﺗﻨ ﻲ زأﻟﻢ‬I was most eager) while talking to Abu Bashir and Umm j ٠: Bashir, that Abd al-Samad should hear (HR 6) ‫ ﺋﺊ ﺗﺴﻎ ﻏﺒﻦ اﻟﺼﺘﻦ‬، ‫ﺑﺒﻴﺮ‬ The negative of ‫ ﻓ ﻲ‬is ‫( ﻓ ﻲ ال‬or less commonly ‫) ﻗ ﻴ ﺮ‬. As with ‫ ﻓﻲ‬, this alo immediately precedes a verb in the subjunctive: ‫ أﺑﻨ ﺬ ﺑﻬﺪل ﻏﺎرﻗﺎ ﻓ ﻲ ال أ ﺟﺒﺌ ﻦ ﻓﻲ آﻳ ﻰﺀ‬I exert the utmost effort not to burst into tears (GhS 190) ‫ أﻧﺰﻏ ﺖ ﻓ ﻲ آل أ ﻧ ﺘ ﻊ ﺑﻔﺌﺔ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎد‬I hurried awayso as not to hear the rest of what he 'hadto say (HR 31) ‫ ﻓ ﻲ ال أﺋﻨ ﺬ آﺋﺒﻨﻮذة ﻗ ﺘ ﺌ ﺰ‬،‫ ﺿﺌﻨ ﺖ أﻓﺘﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗ ﺮ‬I was more determined than ever before not to let the coldness seep through to Rajab (AM 114(

9 6 .1 0 .1

‫؟‬l۵f Coniunctions

‫ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ أ ذ ﺷ ﺊ إ ز ﺧﺒ ﺊ ﻫﺰ‬He wants to be connected to where he is (GhS 20) ‫ ﺧﺒﺖ‬may occasionally have the temporal meaning “when": ‫ ﺑ ﺬ ﻳ ﺬ اﻧﻔﺘﻬﺐ ﻗﺒ ﻂ ﻗ ﺰﻳﺎ ت ؤﻧﻮﻟﻬ ﺐ ذخ ﺿﺒﺎح‬thus, they were able to determine the times of their jilT :‫_ا‬:_‫ ا‬١‫ ﺗ ﺄ أؤق آﻟﺠﺖ‬٠‫ئت‬ ‫ آألآآل؛ا‬arrival on Tuesday morningwhen the first meeting begins ' : ‫ و‬: ‫ ت الال ة ﺟ ﺚ‬the afternoon (JGh 178( ‫ ﻳﻖ ﺟﺰ آﻧﻌﺌﺌ ﺐ ﺧﺒﺖ ﻗ ﺸﺒ ﻊ آ ألﺋﻘﺎا ز‬1‫ ﺧ ﻨ ﺰ ذق‬five minutes of silence when we hold our breath and our fingers twitch on the triggers (IKh 30) ‫ذاد‬:‫ ال ﺷﺒﻊ ض آل‬١ ‫ذﻗﺌﻘ ﺞ‬ ‫ ﺧﻴﺖ ﻧﻢ ﻳ ﻜ ﻮ;ا ﻳﻌﺮﻳﻮن أ ذ‬،‫ ن آﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬٠‫ ﻧﻴ ﻦ ﺑﻲ آﻟﺮ‬that was a long time ago, when they didn't knowthat the ‫ ﻗﻘﺌﺒﺬ ﻳ ﻨ ﻞ آﻧﺤﺰاز؛‬. . . ‫ آﻟﻨ ﺼﺎﻳﻌ ﺰ‬characteristics ... change under the effect of heat 9 6 .1 3 .3

(TW 104)

9 6 .1 3 .4

‫ﺧﻴﺖ‬

‫"( ﺟﺊ‬because o f ', "as to”, "as regards") generally governs a following noun in

the genitive case;

‫ ﻳ ﺰ ﺧﺒ ﻦ‬،,‫ أﻧ ﺰﻓ ﻦ ﻗﺨﺄة أش آزﻗﻜﺒﺚ ﻏﻄﺄ ﺑ ﺬ‬I suddenly realised that I had made a big mistake as ‫ أ ألﺗ ﻜﻴ ﺖ‬regards etiquette (JIJ 139) ‫ ا ذ ﻗ ﺐ ﺑﻲ ﺗ ﺮ ت آﻧﺸﻲ آﻟ ﺜ ﻨ ﻢ ﻳ ﻘ ال ى ﺗﺠﻌﻊ‬3‫ ﺗﺎق‬she continues to throw parties in her large imposing house in which she always gathers some of the most

،‫ رﺑﺎ'ال وﺳﺎئ ﻓﻲ أﻣﺰ ذ ﻓﻲ أﻟﺌﺬس‬١‫ ﻳﻬﺎ ﻗﺎس‬important men and women in Jerusalem, both Arabs and

‫ ﺟﺰ ﺧﺒ ﻦ آﻟﺘﺰ ي آﻗﻌﻔﺮﻓﻲ أو‬، ‫ ﻏﺬﺑﺎ وأﺟﺎ ﻳ ﺐ‬foreigner, as regards intellectual, social or political ‫ﺀز أو آﻟﺜﺒﺄﻳ ﺊ‬،‫ أالﺧﺘﻖ‬position (JIJ 164) ‫ ﻓﺎن ﺋﻨ ﺮﻧﺎ رﻳﺎدائ ض ﺧﺰ ﺟﺰ ﺧﺒ ﻦ أ ﻧ ﺤ ﺒ ﺈ‬it was a truly innovative exhibition in terms of size and ‫ وآ ﻓ ﺊ‬variety (JIJ 176) ‫ﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﻨ ﺔ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺔ ﺑ ﺰ ﺧﺒ ﻦ ذأ ب ﺑﻲ آﻧﺘﺘ ﺰ‬:‫ ﻗﺬ ﻗﺎ‬she was an exemplary lady as regards her devotion to work (JIJ 184) ‫ ﻓ ﺎ ن ﻧﺄوئﺋﺔ آﻧ ﺠﺎ ب ﺑ ﺰ ﺧﺒﺖ ﻏﻠﻮﻧﺎ ﻏﺬ ﻧﺒﺪ‬it was protected on all sides because it was high above the ; ‫ آﻟ ﺸ ﻐ‬١‫ذﻛﺎﺑﺄ‬ ‫ ;ب‬. ' ' ‫ح‬,‫ أﻟآﻟﺘﺆﺰ‬f°am of the‫ ﺀ‬wavess ... and ‫ﺸﻴﺎ‬ ‫ئﺊ ﺗ ﻜﺎذه‬:'‫رﻳﻦ ﺣ‬ a because of its rocky site (IH 27) a). With the same meanings, ‫ ﺑ ﺬ ﺧﻴﺖ‬may precede a noun clause introduced with : ‫أ ذ‬ L '/,u

‫ إﻧﺘﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺘﺎﺗﺔ ﺋﺬﺟﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻴﺖ أﺋﻘﺎ أﻏﺎﻧﻔﻲ ﺑﺌﺊ‬an unexpected misety seized me because it took me back . 1

‫آﺋﺘ ﺰﺑ ﺐ ﻳ ﺰ‬

‫ﺗﺒ ﺪ‬

lM

sixtyyears (IH 167-8)I

‫ ﻋ ﻚ‬٠‫ أ ذ ش ﺑﻲ آﺗﻴ ﻤﺒ ﻞ‬I amslowto receive him, knowing that I amthe master of ‫ ال ﻳﺌﺌﺜﻮ ن‬U‫ ﺧﻴﺖ أ ر أﻏﻨﺐ ﻏﺌﺔ‬the situation because ‫ ل‬knowabout himwhat they do not ‫ﺑﺶ ﻳ ﺄ ر‬

‫آلة\اأ‬١

b). With the meaning "from where”, ‫ ﺑﺰ ﺧﺒﺖ‬sometimes occurs before a verbal sentence with normal word order:

‫ ﺟﺊ ﺧﻴﺖ أ ال‬،‫ ﺑﻲ آﻟﺜﺒﺎ ح‬،‫ ﻟ ﺤﻨ ﻲ‬in the morning, take me back fromwhere I came (IH 66(

Modem Literary Arabic: A Re‫ ؛‬ereace Grammar

‫خ‬٦‫ة‬

‫ ذ ﻗ ﻪ د ﻏﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺒ ﺚ ﺗﻨﺮي زﻳﻦ‬1‫ ﺗ ﺐ آﻟﺌﻠﺰل‬1‫ ق‬blows were falling on US from where we knew anti from

‫ ﺑﺒﺚ ال‬where we knew not (IH 197)

‫ﺗﻨﺮي‬

‫ ر ﻳﻨﺌﻰ‬1 ‫ص‬1‫ع أذ ﺛﺎرﻏﺖ‬٠‫ ﺗﺊ‬1‫ﺊ ﺣﺒﺬ ال ﺗﻨﺮي ت‬ ‫ ﺟ‬from where we knew not we kept hearing that oar street

‫ ائﻓﻲ‬٠‫ ﻗﺎ ن^ آﻗﺚ‬٠‫ي‬ 96.13.5

‫ﺑﺨﺒﻦ‬

had come to be called lovers' lane (JIJ 84)

( “ in s u c h a m a n n e r t h a t " , “ s o t h a t " , " in a s m u c h a s ” , “ t o t h e p o i n t w h e r e ” )

g e n e ra lly in tr o d u c e s a v e rb a l s e n te n c e w ith n o r m a l w o rd o rd e r:

‫آﻟﺒ وئﻣ ﻦ‬

f,

‫ ﺑ ﺨﺒ ﻦ ال‬,‫ أ ﺧﺬ اﻟائ;ﺗﺔ ﺗﻜﻨﻮ ن‬٠‫ﻗﺎذ‬

One of the sides was so broken that you could not sit on it ‫( ﻏﻠﻪ‬AM 87)

‫آﺋﺘﻨ ﺚ ﺑﺌﺬ ﺑﻲ‬

‫ ﻗﺐ دﻗﻦ آﻟﻐﺬب‬The war had not yet intensi.fied in the first months, to the ‫ ﻳ ﺤ ﺒ ﺬ ﺑﺘﻠ ﺖ آﻟﺼﻐﻌﺎ ﻗﺤﻦ ذ ﻏﻲ‬،‫ آألرز‬point where the newspapers started talking about the "Phoney War" (JIJ 28) ■'‫ﻳﻘﺔ‬١‫"آﻟﺨﻨ ﺐ آﻟﺰ‬ ‫ ﻗﺎﺗ ﺚ ﺗﺪﻳﺘﺔ "ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺋوئرد أون أوئف " ﺗﺌﺜ ﻂ ذأ س‬Stratford-upon-Avon was the birthplace of Shakespeare ‫آ أل ﺋ ﻴ ﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻜﻦ‬

‫أ ﻗﻨﺜ ﻮﻧ ﺪ ﻳ ﻔ ﻴ ﻦ‬

‫ﻗﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻰ‬٠ ‫ا‬

‫وأﻟﻌﺮﺗﺔ‬

، ‫ﺷﺒﻴﺮ‬

‫آﻟﺬﺗﺎ ب إﻗﻴﺎ زآالﻗﺎب ﻳﺌﻘﺎ ﻳﺎ'ذؤﻋالر أو أﻟﻐﺎﺑﻠﺆ ﺑﻲ‬

and was near enough to Oxford so that one could go and return by train or by bus on the same day (JIJ 31)

‫آﻧﺒﺆم ﻗ ﻦ‬ ‫ى ذﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﻴﻦ‬

‫ ﺻﺎﻧ ﺚ ﺗﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺘﺌ ﻌﺬ ﻗﺌﺬ آآلل ﻟﻘﺌﻞ‬from that time, Nahid began to plan to kill Carnien in

‫ﺟﻨﻮ آ ألﺋﺬ ﺑﺄوى‬

such a manner that it would appear like an accident (GhS 208)

‫ﺑ ﺆ ن أﻟ ﺘ ﺌ ﺘ ﺬ ﻗﻴ أل ﻳ ﺘ ﺒ ﻦ ﻳﻔﻮن ﻗﻴ ﺬا ﻏ ﺮ ذؤﻳﺆ‬

He moved his seat a little so as to be able to see Samiha (SI 93)

‫ﺗ ﺠﻴﻔ ﺔ‬ a).

W ith th e s a m e m e a n in g s ,

‫ﻳﻐﺒﻦ‬

m a y o c c a s io n a lly p r e c e d e a n o u n c la u s e i n tr o d u c e d w ith

:‫أ ذ‬ ‫ ﻟ ﻜ ﻨ ﺒ ﺐ ﻗﺎﺑ ﻮا زاﺋﻔﻴﻦ ﻳﻐﺒﻦ أﻫﺐ ذوئا أﺋﺒﺎب‬but they were so confident that they banged on the door (AM 171)

96.13.6

‫إ ر ﺑﺒ ﻦ‬

( “ to w h e r e ” , " to th e p la c e w h e r e " ) g e n e ra lly p r e c e d e s a v e rb a l s e n te n c

w ith n o r m a l w o rd o rd e r:

‫ أﻧﺬغ زوزق آﺋﺜﺬﻃﺔ ﻳﻖ ا ر ﺑﺒ ﻦ ال ﺗﺌﺮ‬The police launch quickly took us to where we knew not (JIJ 19) I will run off with her to wherever she wants (HM 135) ‫ ﻋ ﺎ ل‬٠‫ال ﻳ ﻠ ﻬ ﺎ‬

‫ ؛ ﺋ ﺜ‬. ‫ا ة ة‬ ‫أﻧﺮي‬

‫ﺑﺒ ﻦ ال‬

‫إر ﺧﺒﻦ أﺋﺮن‬

I turn out the light and gradually sink into the well, slipping to where I know not (GhS 193)

‫ ﺗﺎ ﻓ ﻲ‬He will come to where I am (HR 204)

‫؟‬nh

Conjunctions

‫ﻏﻴﺖ‬

9 6 .1 3 .7

+

t h e i n d e f i n i t e r e ia tiv e p r o n o u n

“w h e r e v e r " . I t is ^ i c a l l y

‫) ﺧ ﺸﺎ ) ﻧﺎ‬

h a s th e m e a n in g “ w h e n e v e r” ,

f o llo w e d b y a p e r f e c t v e r b , s o m e t i m e s w ith a p r e s e n t t e n s e

s ig n ific a n c e :

‫ﻏﺎم \ل‬1 ‫ذ ﻏ ﻒ‬٠‫ ﺋﻰر‬٠‫ ذﻗﺎﺗﺎذؤأﻫ ﺾ ; زﻛﺎت ث ال‬They were toins, and she never left him wherever he

‫ﻧﺜ ﻰ‬

stayed or went (IH 88)

‫ردا أ ألﺋﺰ ﻗﻴﺆ‬٠ ‫آﺗﻐﻖ‬

‫ ﻳ ﺸ ﺎ‬٠‫ﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻬﺐ ﻳ‬1‫ك‬

‫ ﻳﻨﺜ ﺮ ن‬they cram their bodies into it whenever this circumstance happens to them (IH 87)

‫ ة ﺛﺎ ﻏﻴﺒﻤﺎ ذ ا د آر ﺑ ﻘ ﻨ ﺘ ﺎ‬١‫ ﻧﺎ آ ر ق ﻏﺰ‬how pure is its air whenever we stroll or sit. (JIJ 241) ‫ ظ ﺗﺄﺋﺔ ﻧﺰﺗﺎ الﺗﻴﻨﻨﻨ ﻢ‬1‫ ائ ﺗ ﺖ آﻧﻨ ﺆ ﺷﺎ ث آذﻋﺰ‬The Iraqi institutions were always ‫؛‬.nclined to employ ‫ ﻧ ﻲ ﻏﻨ ﺐ ﻣﻦ ذوي آﻧﺤﻴﺬؤ ؤأﻟﻬﻒﺀؤ ﻏﻴﺒﺘﺎ‬educated Arabs with experience and qualifications wherever it found them (JIJ 169)

‫وﺑﺖ ﺑ ﻢ‬ ‫إذ‬

96.14

( “w h e n " ,

“ at: t h a t m o m e n t ',

" a t t h a t t i m e ” ) is a d e m o n s t r a t i v e

a d v e rb

th a t

in t r o d u c e s a n e v e n t o r c i r c u m s t a n c e w h ic h o c c u r s a t t h e s a m e t i m e a s o r w ith in t h e t i m e s p a n o f a n o t h e r . I t m a y im p ly t h a t t h e e v e n t o r c i r c u m s t a n c e is u n e x p e c t e d o r s u r p r is in g in s o m e w ay ( “w h e n s u d d e n l y " e t c .) . T h e e v e n t o r c i r c u m s t a n c e i n t r o d u c e d b y

‫إد‬

h a s u s u a lly a l r e a d y

ta k e n p la c e , i t t h e r e f o r e b e i n g ty p ic a lly e x p r e s s e d b y a v e r b a l s e n t e n c e w i t h t h e v e r b in t h e p erfect (o r

96.14.1

‫ﻟﺐ‬

+ ju s s iv e ) .

T h e s u b o rd in a te c la u se in tro d u c e d by

‫ ذ‬٠‫ إ‬m a y

f o llo w t h e m a in c la u s e :

‫ (ذ ﺑ ﺘ ﺘ ﻦ ﻏﺶ ذأس‬، ‫ ال ﺧ ﻈ ﺬ آ ذ آ ي ﻓﺮس‬I noticed that when Mrs Kazim sat at the head of the table ... she sat me to her right (JIJ 139) I L : : ‫ آ ﺟ ﻨ ﺜ ﻲ ﻏﻨﻰ‬. . . ‫دﻧﺘﺎﺑﺬؤ‬ ‫ ذ ﻏﺐ آ ﻧ ﺌ ﺘ ﺪ س‬

as genitive in idafa construction, 15.1.4b as subject of nom inal sentence, 27.Ij as p red icate o f n om inal sentence, 2 1 ‫؟‬،2

‫ج‬

27.2m,

as object o f p rep o sitio n , 36.1.1 d as subject of verbal sentence, 52.1,2j٠ uses o f ‫أئ‬

)78.1.8(; ‫) ي‬78.1.3(;

‫ﻟﻬﺎذا‬

‫ آل‬٦ ‫ة‬

G r a m m a tic a l In d e x ( 7 8 .1 .7 ) ; u ( 7 8 .1 .5 ) ;

٦ ٦٠‫ا‬١ 3.

١‫ﺗﺎذ‬

) 7 8 . 1 . 6 (;

‫ﺗﺬ‬

,‫ال ﺳﺜائ‬

in a d v e r b i a l 9 1 . 3

in n o m i n a l c i r c u m s t a n t i a l c la u s e s , 9 5 . 1 . 2 c

4

٠

a f t e r ; 9 6 1 4 . 7 , ‫؛‬e

in v a r i a b le n o u n s a n d a d j e c ti v e s , 1 2 . 7

a fte r 9 7 .2 .1 3 ,

p la c e n a m e s a s , 1 2 . 2 . 1 1 m e n a n d w o m e n ’s n a m e s a s, 1 2 . 2 . 1 h

‫أى‬

le t t e r s , s e e a l p h a b e t

‫ل‬

M

J u ss iv e ( m o o d o f i m p e r f e c t v e r b ) ,

m a d d a , 1 .8

w ith h e l p in g v o w e l, 2 . 3 . 2 c

m a g a z in e s , n a m e s o f

c o n j u g a tio n ,

fe m in in e , 1

٠.2 .3 c

s tr o n g t r i l i t e r a l v e r b s , 3 8 . 2 . 3

m a s c u l in e , s e e n o u n s , g e n d e r

d o u b le d v e rb s, 4 4 . 1 . 4

m a s c u l in e s o u n d p lu r a l ,

y \o w

41 .

١.١‫ ه‬٦‫ﻟأل‬٠ ١ ‫ل‬ , 41 . .

4 1 . .3

o f n is b a a d je c tiv e s , 7 . 3 d

d e f e c tiv e v e r b s , 4 8 . 1 . I d , 4 8 . 1 . 2 d ,

fo rm a tio n , 9 . 4 .3 a

4 8 .1 .3 d , 4 8 .1 .4 d , 4 8 .2 .9 , 4 8 .3

o m i s s io n o f f in a l

u ses 4

9 .4 .3 b

٦

.3

‫ﻗﺰ‬ , ‫ت‬

a fte r 7 9 .2 ,

o m i s s io n o f fin a l

a fte r 7 9 .4

9.4.3c

in n e g a t iv e im p e r a t i v e , 7 9 . 5 . 9 w ith c o n d i t i o n a l p a r t i c l e 8 6 .1 ,

‫ ن‬w ith ‫ ن‬in

p r o n o i m s u ffix e s ,

‫؛‬d a f a c o n s t r u c t i o n ,

u ses, 9 .4 .4

‫إى‬

n o u n s w ith a m a s c u l in e s o u n d p l u r a l a n d a

in i n d e f i n it e c o n d i t i o n a l s e n t e n c e s , 8 6 . 5

b ro k e n p lu ra l, 9 .6 .3

f o r m i n g im p e r a t i v e , 4 3 . 1 , 4 3 . 3 , 4 4 . 1 . 7 ,

w ith c a s e e n d in g s , 1 2 . 5

7 3 .3

o f d e f e c tiv e n o u n s a n d a d je c tiv e s , 1 2 . 8 . 6

f a n n in g in d ire c t c o m m a n d a f te r 7 3 . 4 ,

‫ل‬

a n d n o u n -a d je c tiv e a g r e e m e n t, 1 4 . 2 . 4 a , 1 4 .2 .5 3 ,1 4 .2 .8 m e a ls ,

k asra, 1 . 4 1 - 2

w ith d e f i n i t e a r ti c le , 3 .1 - 3 c

a s a h e l p i n g v o w e l, 2 . 3 . 1

m i n u t e s , s e e u n d e r ti m e o f d a y m o n t h s , n a m e s o f {see a lso d a t e s j la o f a b s O lu te n e g a t i o n , 7 9 , 6

th e C h r i s t i a n c a l e n d a r ,

n e g a t i n g s u b je c t o f n o m i n a l s e n t e n c e ,

as d i p t o t e s , 1 2 . 2 . 1 ‫؛‬

2 7 .6 .1 b

in l e v a n t a n d I r a q , 1 0 3 . 2 . 1

n e g a t i n g s u b je c t o f v e r b a l s e n t e n c e , 5 2 .4 .2 .

in E g y p t a n d N o t h A f r ic a , 1 0 3 . 2 . 1

7 9 .6 .6

t h e M u s lim c a l e n d a r , 1 0 3 . 2 . 2

d e n y in g e x i s t e n c e o f a n o u n , 7 9 . 6 m o d ific a tio n s o f n e g a te d n o u n , 7 9 .6 .1 -4 ,

m o o n le t t e r s , 1 . 9 m o o d s , o f t h e im p e r f e c t v e r b , {see also

7 9 .6 .9

‫؛‬.n d ic a tiv e ; e n e r g e tic ; ju s s iv e ; s u b ju n c t iv e )

in a d v e r b ia ls , 7 9 . 6 . 5

u s e s o f, 4 1

in r e la tiv e c la u s e s , 7 9 . 6 , 7 a f t e r i n d e f i n i t e r e la tiv e p r o n o u n

‫ﺗﺎ‬

,

N n e g a t i o n , s e e la o f a b s o l u t e n e g a t i o n ; n e g a -

a fte r 8 0 . 2 .4

,‫ﻟ ﻜ ﺖ‬

in e x c e p tiv e , s e n t e n c e s w ith 8 2 ,

tiv e p a r ti c le s ; n e g a t i v e s e n t e n c e s

‫إأل‬. l b

n e g a tiv e p a r t i c l e s , {see a lso la o f a b s o l u t e

M o d e m L itera ry A ra b ic ; A R e fe re n c e G r a m m a r

p reced ing 3 6 .5 .5 ‫ ﺣﺶ‬١ p o sitio n with ‫ ﻗﺎ ذ‬and su b o rd in ate verb, 5 6 .1 4 .9 ‫ ﻳ ﺲ‬as, 5 7 .1 3 .9 uses o f ‫ ) ر‬7 9 .1 (; ‫ ) ي‬7 9 .2 (‫ ؛‬u ( 7 9 .3 ) ; ‫ﻧﺜﺎ‬ ( 7 9 . 4 ) 7 9 . 5 ) ‫) ال ؛‬ w ith negative com pound 9 6 .6 ‫ زآل‬١, 7 9 .5 .1 2 negative sentences, (see also negative parti-

‫ﻣﻦ‬,

thing d en ied in tro d u ced with ‫ ب‬, 3 6 .1 0 .2 3 , 5 7 .1 3 .6 , 7 9 .3 .4 a d o u b le negation, 7 9 .5 .1 2 c with with with with with with

‫آل‬

ag reem en t o f su b ject/predicate, 2 7 .3 2 7 .3 .1 3 , 2 7 .6 .2 ‫؛‬ w ith pro n o u n of sep aratio n , 2 7 .5

n eg atio n ‫ ؛‬negative sentences)

cles) thing denied in tro d u ced with 3 6 .2 .1 8 ,

1 \

.8 8 .2 , ‫ أ ﺑ ﺔ‬h 8 8 .6 .2 , ١‫ أﻳﺬ‬h ‫ ﻳﺆش‬, 8 8 .6 .2 ‫؛‬ 8 8 .6 .2 , ‫ اﻟ ﺶ؛‬m ( v ii) 8 8.1 , ‫ اﻃالي‬Oc 8 8 .1 1 .2 ,‫ظ‬

as circum stantial clauses, 9 5 .2 .4 - 5 n e w s p a p e r, nam es of, fem inine, 1 0 .2 .3 c nisba adjectives, as singular of h um an collective nouns, 5 .3 .2 a , 9 .4 .4 f form ing abstract noun o f quality, 5 .5 form ation, 7 .3 indicating professions and occupations, 7 .3 b as adjectives of colour, 7 .4 .1 g m asculine sound p lural, 9 .4 .4 f as adverbs in accusative case, 8 8 .1 .1 expressing decades, 1 0 3 .2 ,3 h indicating "(in his) forties/fifties" etc., 1 0 5 .2 nom inal sentences, 2 7 {see also p re d ic a te ‫؛‬ subject, nom inal sen ten ces‫ ؛‬w ord order, n om inal sentences) definition by A rab gram m arians, 2 7

w ith fu rth e r m odifications, 2 7 .7 ellipsis, 2 7 .S tem poral significance, 2 7 .9 past tense with 5 6 .3 .5 - 5 6 .3 , ‫ى ذ‬ fu tu re te n se with 5 6 .4 ,1 - 5 6 .4 , ٠ ‫ائﻟﺊ‬ em p h atic use. of 5 6 .6 , ‫ﻛﺎل‬ n egation with 5 7 .1 3 .1 ‫ ﺑ ﺲ‬١ negat'ion with u , 7 9 .3 .2 negation w ith 7 9 .5 .7 , ‫ال‬ as adjectival relative clause, 7 6 .1 .2 f, 7 6 . 2 .1 e - f as pro n o m in al relative clause, 7 6 .6 e m odified by adverbial accusatives, 8 8 .1 2 .3 as circum stantial clause) 9 5 .1 , 9 5 .3 in tro d u ced w ith dem o n strativ e adverb ‫ إد‬, 9 6 .1 4 .7 b in tro d u ce d with dem o n strativ e adverb 9 6 .1 5 .1 in tro d u ced with 9 6 .1 5 .4 ‫ إذا ب‬١a

‫ إذا‬,

in tro d u ced with em phatic p article 9 8 ‫ إ ة‬١ nom inative case, dual suffix, 9 ,2 .1 , 1 2 .3 m asculine sound p lu ral, 9 .4 .3 a , 1 2 .5 fem inine sound plural, 9 .4 .1 a , 1 2 .4 trip to tes, 1 2 .1 .1 -2 d ip to tes, 1 2 .2 indeclinable nouns and adjectives, 1 2 .6 defective nouns and adjectives, 1 2 .8 uses, 1 3 .1 subject o f verbal sentence, 1 3 . l e , 5 2 ,1 .2 and noun-adjective ag reem en t, 1 4 .3 .1 subject o f nom inal sentence, 2 7 .4 .1 nouns after 7 7 , ‫أش‬ p red icate of nom inal sentences a fte r ‫ اﻛ ﻦ‬, 80 nouns nouns nouns nouns

a fte r a fte r used a fte r

8 0 .2 .5 , ‫ﻟﻜﻦ‬ 82.1 , ‫إال‬ as adverbs, 8 8 .2 .3 interjcctional p article ‫ ﻳﺎ‬,

m

G r a m m a tic a l In d e x

101.1.1 noun clauses, as genitive in ، d a f a construction, 15.1.4 e as subject of nominal sentence, 27,1 m ,

declension, 12 as subject of nominal sentence, I 3.1 c , 27.1 a

as predicate of nominal sentence, I 3.1 d ٠

27.6,2 h

27.2 a

as predicate of nominal sentence, 27.2 p ٠

as subject of verbal sentence, I3.1e,

27.5.7 b

52.1.2 a

as object of a preposition, 36.1.1 h ,

agreement of verb, 52.5,10 as object of a verb, 52.2.3, 52.3.4,

as object of a preposition, 36.1.1 a after US , 36.15.6 e as object of a verb, 52.2.1 verbal nouns as, 66, 66.10 active participles as, 67.1.6-7 in apposition, 74 to demonstrative pronouns, 34.2, 34.2.1 comparative adjectives as, 75.2.8-9 forming adverbs, 88.2, 88.5, 88.7, 88.10‫؛‬ modified by adverbial accusatives,

36.22.5-6, 36.52.1, 36.52.2 a , 36.53

88.12.2 a

36.1.2, 79.6.2-3. 36.4.7, 36.5.3 a , 36.13.10 a . 36.15.7, 36.18.8, 36.14.4, 36.23.2, 36.24.5

as subject of a sentence with ‫ ﻳﺊ آل‬+ participle/adjective, 36.2.20 as subject of verbal sentence, 52.1.21,

‫ةة‬٠٠‫ة‬ 4

$

as subject of "impersonal" passive verb, 69.2

equivalent to verbal noun, 75-2.5a nouns, (see a lso abstract nouns; apposition; collective nouns; diminutives; indeclinable nouns; nouns, gender; nouns of colour; nouns of instrument; nouns of kind or manner; nouns of place and time; nouns of single occurrence; nouns of trades and professions; nouns of vessel; primitive nouns; proper nouns; uncountable nouns; unit nouns; verbal nouns) rendered definite, 3.1.10, 14.1.2. 29.1.8, 34.2.1 ,3 4 .2 .3 indicating a piece, 5.4 a

indicating a small quantity, 5.4 b indicating diseases and illnesses, 5.4 c for instruments and machines, 5.4 d for trades and professions, 5.4 f for vessels and instruments, 5.4 e ,f adjectives as, 7.5, 15.5.5 (‫) ﻧ ﺜ ﻨ ﻒ‬ singular, 9.1 dual, 9.2, 12.3 feminine sound plural, 9.4.1-2

as circumstantial accusative, 95.4.4 nouns, gender masculine, 10.1 feminine, 10.2 nouns feminine by meaning, 10.2.1 nouns feminine by form, 10.2.2 nouns feminine by convention, 10.2.3 of defective nouns, 12.8.3 either masculine or feminine, 10.3 formation of feminine nouns from masculine nouns, 10.4 nouns of colour, 7.4.1 a examples, 7.4.1 f nouns of instrument, 5.2,6 broken plural, 9.5.1 u ,v nouns of kind or manner, 5.2.5 as absolute object, 94.5 nouns of place and time, 5.2.3 derived from Form I. verbs, s.2.3a-f feminine sound plural, 9.4.2 l,rn broken plural, 9.5.1 u ,v with ta’ marbUfa, 5.2.3 f from derived Forms of the verb, 5.2.3 g feminine sound plural, 9,4.2 k

M o d e m L iterary A ra b ic : A R e fere n c e G r a m m a r

‫ و‬٦ ‫آل‬

introduced with 5 2 ,3 ,5 ,3 6 .8 .8 ‫ﺀ ل‬ two objects, 5 2 .3 attached to 7 6 .1 .2 )5 2 .3 .3 ‫ اي‬١d , 7 6 .6 ٥ ,

nouns of single occurrence, derived from Form I verbs. s . 2 . 4 a - c from the derived Fomis of the verb,

99,1

modified with 3 6 .4 9 , ‫ذة‬1‫ﻗﺮ‬ approximate numbers indicated with

position in sentence, 5 2 .4 .3 - 4 of 7 3 .6 , ‫ ش‬1‫ئ‬ ordinal numbers, 102.8 (see a lso numbers) with definite article, 3 .1 ,1 3 modifying 88.6.2 , ‫زي‬٠m‫؛‬٧ ) first, 102,8,1 second to tenth, 102.8.2 eleventh to nineteenth, 1 0 2 .8 ,3 multiples of ten, 1 0 2 .8 .4 between the multiples of ten, 1 0 2 .8 .5 hundredth, 102.8.6 thousandth, 102.8.6 omission of modified noun, 1 0 2 .8 .7 a - b with pronoun suffixes, 1 0 2 .8 .7 c modifying indefinite noun, 1 0 2 .8 .7 d as adverbials, 1 0 2 .9 in dates, 1 0 3 .2 .3 e in telling time, 1 0 4 .1

‫ذف‬١‫ ﺧﺰ‬, 3 6 .5 0

p

dual, 5 ,2 ٠4 e plural, 5 .2 .4 f feminine sound plural, 9 .4 .2 g as absolute object, 9 4 .4 nouns of trades and professions, 5 .2 .8 masculine sound plural, 9 .4 .4 d nouns tjf vessel, 5 .2 .7 broken plural, 9 .5 .1 u number, see dual; feminine sound plural; masculine sound plural; plural; singular numbers, (see also cardinal numbers; fractions; ordinal numbers) as subject of nominal sentence, 27.1 k as predicate of nominal sentence, 2 7 .2 n numbered noun introduced with ‫ ئ‬١ 3 6 . 2 . 1 5 c 1 0 2 .2 .1 3

agreement of verb, 5 2 .6 .1 7 the signs of (1 to 10), 1 0 2 .1 compound numbers, 1 0 2 .1 .1 nunation, accusative on ta' marbUfa, 1 .2 .3 on final hamza, 2 .1 .5 with feminine sound plural, 9 .4 .1 a with triptotes, 12.1.1 with pronoun suffixes, 2 9 .1 .8 Oaths, 1 0 0 .1 3 object, of a verb, (see a lso absolute object. See also under active participles; prepositions; verbal nouns) in accusative case., I 3 . 2 a types, 5 2 .2 .1 - 4 direct object, 5 2 .3 , 5 2 .3 ,1 introduced with 3 6 .1 0 .1 7 , ‫ب‬ indirect object, 5 5 2 .3 .1 ‫ ة‬. 3 ‫ﺀ‬

parallelism, with 2 4 .5 , ‫ﻳ ﺜ ﻦ‬ with l j , 3 6 .1 5 .6 b participles, see active, participles; passive participles particles, (see a lso negative particles; interrogative particles) with helping vowel, 2 .3 .I d adverbial, 88.11 parts of the body, with definite article. 3 .1 .1 5 gender of, 1 0 .2 .3 d passive, of verbs, formation, strong triliteral verbs, 4 2 Form 1, 42.1 Form II, 4 2 .2 Form III, 4 2 .3 Form IV, 4 2 .4

14

G r a m m a tic a l In d e x

‫ؤ‬

F o rm V, 4 2 .5 Form V I, 4 2 .6 V o iV Y Y Y

, 4 2.1

F orm X, 4 2 .8 doubled verbs, 4 4 .1 .5 - 6 ' 4 4 .2 .1 ham zated verbs, 4 5 ,1 .3 - 4 , 4 5 ,2 , 4 5 .3 .3 assim ilated verbs, 4 6 .1 .5 - 6 , 4 6 .2 .1 ,

4 % .% A J A .A hollow verbs, 4 7 .1 .5 , 4 7 .3 , 4 7 .4 quadriliteral verbs, 5 1 .1 .3 defective verbs, 4 8 .1 .4 , 4 8 .2 .9 uses, 6 8 exam ples, p erfect verb, 68.1 exam ples, ‫؛‬.mperfect verb, 6 8 ,2 subject im plicit in verb, 6 8 ,3 agent, 6 8 .5 instrum ent, 6 8 .6 objects in doubly transitive verbs, 6 8 .7 "potential m eaning", 6 8 ,8 "im personal" use, 6 9 p a ra p h ra se d w ith 7 0 .2 ‫م‬

١

passive participles, adjectival form ‫ ﻗ ﻴ ﻞ‬equivalent to, 7.1 f form ation, strong triliteral verbs, 8 F orm 1 , 8 . l b Form II, 8 .2 .1 b F o n n III, 8 .2 .2 b Form IV , 8 .2 .3 b Form V, 8 .2 .4 b Form V I, 8 .2 .5 b Form V II, 8 .2 .6 b h

r n

٦A Y \,%.2 1 ١٥

Form IX, 8 .2 .8 b F orm X. 8 ,2 ,9 b sum m ary o f F orm s I to X, 8 .3 d oubled verbs) 4 4 .1 .1 0 , 4 4 .2 .1 ham zated verbs, 4 5 .1 .9 , 4 5 .2 , 4 5 .3 .9 , 4 5 .4 , 4 5 .5 .8 , 4 5 .6 assim ilated verbs, 4 6 .1 .1 1 , 4 6 .2 .a ,d , 4 6 . 2 .1 , 4 6 .3 . 8 , 4 6 .4 .1

hollow verbs, 4 7 .1 .8 , 4 7 .2 .1 e , 4 7 .2 .2 e , 4 7 .2 .3 e , 4 7 .2 .4 e , 4 7 .3 , 4 7 .4 defective verbs, 4 8 .1 .7 , 4 8 .2 .1 e , 4 8 .2 .2 e , 4 8 .2 .3 e , 4 8 .2 .4 e , 4 8 .2 .5 e , 4 8 .2 .6 e , 4 8 .2 .7 e , 4 8 .2 .8 e , 4 8 .3 q u ad riliteral verbs, 5 1 .1 .6 doubly w eak verbs, 4 9 .1 .6 , 4 9 .2 .6 , 4 9 .3 .6 , 4 9 .4 .5 , 4 9 .6 .6 , 4 9 .7 .6 fem inine sound plural, 9 .4 .2j as p red icate o f nom inal sentence, 2 7 .2i p arap h rasin g relative clauses, 6 7 .2 .3 ag en t in tro d u ced by p rep o sitio n al phrase, 6 7 .2 .4 , 3 6 .1 0 .1 6 ) ‫( ب‬ im personal use) 6 7 .2 .5 in the construction ‫ أ دا أئ‬. . . ‫ ﻣﻦ آ ل‬, 6 7 .2 .6 w ith "potential" m eaning, 6 7 .2 .7 follow ed by sam e prep o sitio n as verb from w hich derived, 6 7 .2 .8 in adjectival idafas, 6 7 .2 .9 as nouns, 6 7 .2 .1 0 w ith d efin ite article, 3 .1 .8 as noun of place an d tim e, 5 .2 .3 g as subject o f nom inal sentence, 2 7.1 h as p re d ic a te o f nom inal sentence, 2 7 .2j as subject o f verbal sentence, 5 2 .1 .2 ‫؛‬ expressing .impersonal subject, 7 2 . l a as adverbial accusative o f tim e, 8 8 .5 .6 m odified by adverbial accusatives, % fc .A 2 .2 d

m odified by ab so lu te object, 9 4 .1 4 .2 as circum stantial accusative, 9 5 .4 .2 p attern s, 4 percen tag es, w ith 3 6 .9 .4 , ‫ﻓﻲ‬ w ith 3 6 .1 0 .2 ‫ ى‬١ personal pronouns, as subject o f nom inal sen ten ce, 2 7 . I d , 2 7 .5 .1 as p red icate o f nom inal sen ten ce, 2 7 ,2 d list of, 28.1 referring to a follow ing noun, 2 8 .1 .1 4

M o d e m L ite ra ry A ra b ic : A R e fe re n c e C ira m m a r

word order in a series, 2 8 .1 .1 5 emphatic use in verbal sentences, 2 8 .2 .1 contrasting actions of two subjects, 2 8 .2 .2 in emphatic apposition to pronoun suffix, 2 8 .2 .3

separating two parts of ‫ ﻫﺬا‬and ‫ ﻫﻴﻲ‬, after 3 6 ,1 5 .6 ‫ ﺛ ﺘ ﺎ‬١e as subject of verbal sentence, 5 2 .1 ,2 d agreement of verb, 5 2 .6 .1 2 with ' j , 5 7 .1 3 .3 as referent in adjectival relative clauses, 7 6 1 . 2 L 7 6 .2 .1 f

‫آل‬

‫ة‬

plural nouns with appositl٧es, 7 4 .7 , 7 4 .8 .2

of verbal nouns with concrete meaning) 66.10 possession, expression of, idafa construction, 1 5 .4 .1 pronoun suffixes, 2 9 .1 .8 with ‫ ) ل‬3 6 .8 .1 1 ( ‫ ) ﺑﻨﺬ ؛‬3 6 . 1 6 .5 - 6 (; ‫ﻟﺬى‬ ( 3 6 .1 7 .2 ) ; 3 6 .1 8 .4 ) ‫) ﺗﻎ‬

possessive pronouns, none in Arabic, 2 . 1 .8 c predicate, in nominative case, 1 3 .I d ,

2 7 .4 .1 -2,

as referent in pronominal relative clauses,

8 0 .1 .4

7 6 .6 e

types of, 2 7 .2 agreement with subject, 2 7 .3 - 2 7 .3 .1 3 ,

in. . . ‫ ذ‬. . . ١‫ أئ‬constrtrction, 77 .1 after interrogative 7 8 .1 .4 , ‫ﺗﻦ‬a personification, of animals, 5 2 .6 .8 of ghosts, angels, devils, 5 2 .6 .9 phonolo^, Arabic, in indeclinable nouns and adjectives, 12.6.1-2 in defective nouns and adjectives, 12.8.1 in Form V IIJ verbs, 4 ٠ phrases, (see also prepositional phrases; demonstrative phrases) as genitive in idafa construction, 1 5 . 1 .4 e place names, with definite article. 3 .1 .1 1 feminine gender of, 1 0 .2 .3 b as invariable nouns. 1 2 .2 .1 f, 1 2 .7 .2 as diptotes, 1 2 .2 .1 f plural, 9.3-6 {see also broken plural; feminine sound plural; masculine sound plural) of collective nouns, s . 3 . 2 c , e - f of unit nouns, 5 .3 .2 d ,f of uncountable nouns, 5 ,3 .2 q forming nisba adjective, 7 .3 b of adjectives of colour, 7 .4 .1 a plural nouns modified by two or more adjectives, 1 4 .4 .5

1

following subject, 2 7 .6 .1 , 5 6 .3 .1 - 2 preceding subject, 2 7 .6 .2 , 5 6 .3 .3 with further modifications, 2 7 .7 .2 - 3 active participle as, 2 7 .9 .3 b agreement of demonstrative pronoun, in accusative case after ‫ ﻛﺎ ذ‬and its sisters, 5 6 .3 , 57a ‫ ﺛ ﺰ‬as, 7 8 .1 .3 a

negated with 7 9 ,5 .7 , ‫ ال‬a ‫ ض‬+ indefinite adjective as, 8 3 .1 0 ‫ ائ ذ‬as, 8 8 .8 .2 b introduced with ‫ د‬after emphatic particle j ; , 9 8 .4 .1

prepositional phrases, {see also prepositions. See also under adverbs) as subject of nominal sentence, 2 7 .I g as predicate of nominal sentence, 2 7 .2 e , 2 7 .6 .2 a ,b

position in nominal sentences, 2 7 .7 .4 introduced with ‫"( ﺣﺶ‬even"), 3 6 .5 .3 a introduced with ui. , 3 6 .1 5 .6 d as object of verbal noun, 66.6 as subject of "impersonal" passive verb, 69 modifying noun, after 1‫ ة‬of absolute nega-

‫ آل‬٦ ‫ة‬

G r a m m a tic a l In d e x

tion, 7 9 .6 .1 - 3 m odified by adverbial accusatives,

rendering a noun definite, 14.1.2 b on genitive in idafa construction, 15.1.2 b ,

88.12.2 e

15.3.12

as adverbials, 8 8 .1 3 prepositions, (see also prepositional phrases) governing indefinite adjectives used as nouns, 7 .5 .5 governing p ro n o u n suffixes, 2 9 .1 .7 description of, 3 6 types of object, 3 6 .1 .1 om itted, 3 6 .1 .2 two prepositions governing sam e object, 3 6 .1 .3 governing tw o o r m ore objects, 3 6 .1 .5 - 6 co m pound prepositions, 3 6 .1 .7 , 3 6 .2 .2 1 , indeclinable, 3 6 .1 .7 inseparable, 3 6 .1 0 , 3 6 .1 5 introducing object o f a verb, 5 2 .2 .2 position in sentence, 5 2 ,4 .4

with appositive personal pronouns, 28.2.3 list of, 29.1 as object of preposition, 29.1.7, 36.1.1 c attached to nouns to express possession,

prim itive nouns, 5.1 form ing nisba adjective, 7 .3 .I f pronom inal relative clauses, see relative clauses, pronom inal

assimilation of pronoun suffix 7 ‫"( ي‬my") to dual suffix, 9.2.6 b , 29.1,2 as subject of verbal noun, 36.8.9, 66.2.1,

pronouns, see dem onstrative pronouns; interrogative pronouns; p ersonal pronouns; possessive pronouns; p ro n o u n o f general reference; p ro n o u n o f sep aratio n ; pronoun suffixes; relative p ro n o u n s pro n o un of general reference, 2 9 .2

as object of verbal noun, 66.2.2-5 as object of active participle, 67.1.5 as object of imperative, 73.2 on appositives, 74.5-6 with comparison of a thing to itself, 75.2,7 with two superlative elatives referring to same noun, 75.4.7 as referent in adjectival relative clauses,

on 0 %, 9 7 .3 .6 o n 9 7 .4 .4 , :‫ف‬ p ro n o u n of separation, in nom inal sentences, 2 7 .5 w ith dem onstrative p ro n o u n as subject, pro n o un suffixes, 2 9 on w ords ending ta ' m a rb .ta , 1 .2 .2 with final ham za, 2 .1 .6 as object o f verb, 2 .1 .9 . 5 2 . 2 .1 , 5 2 .3 . 2 - 3 with the dual, 9 .2 .6 with the m asculine sound plural, 9 .4 .3 b

29.1.8

on 3rd person masc. P.I. of perfect verb, 38.1 c

on 2nd person masc. pi. of perfect verb) 38.Id attached to ;(29.1.2 ) ‫) إ ب‬32 (; ‫ ) أ غ‬32 (‫ر إ‬،‫ا‬ ;(‫) أذ‬97.3.1 (; 0‫) إ‬97 . ‫ ﺀ‬1 (‫ ) ى ذ‬78.1.8 ‫لﺀ‬ ‫ ) ر ى‬78.2.2 (; ‫ ) ﺑﺬ ى‬84.2 , 34.6 -7 (; ‫ﻏﺘﻰ‬ (89.3); ‫ ) ﻏ ﺪ‬90 , 90.2 (; ‫) ﻏﺶ‬29.1.2 (; :‫غ‬ (83,4-7); 29.1.3) ‫ ) إل‬33 (; ‫;)ﺑﻲ‬ (56.10); ‫ ) ﻟﻜ ﻦ‬80.1.1 , 80.1.3 (; ‫ﻟﺬى‬ (29.1.2); 86.3.8 ‫(ﻟﺆال‬c ); 34.1.13) ‫)ئ‬

66.3-4

76.1.2 a - e ٠ 76.2.1 a -e

as referent in pronominal relative clauses, on absolute object, 94.11 on ordinal numbers, 102.8.7 c proper nouns, (see also place names; magazines; newspapers) in diminutive, 5.3.1 f formed from adjectives and participles, 7.5.2

declension of place names, 12.2.1 f

M o d e m L iterary A ra b ic: A R e^erea ce G r a m m a r

in nom inative case, 1 3 .1 b as genitive in iddfa construction, 1 5 .1 .5

declension o f w om en’s nam es, 1 2 .2 .1 g - h declension o f m en 's nam es, 1 2 .2 .1 h definite, 1 4 .1 .2 d a g reem en t o f adjective, 1 4 .2 .2 as genitive in idafa construction, 1 5 . 1 .2 c ,d , 1 5 .1 .4 d m odified by dem onstrative p ro n o u n , 1 5 .3 .8 as subject of nom inal sentence, 2 7 .1 b as p red icate of nom inal sentence, 2 7 .2 c with dem onstrative pron o u n s, 3 4 .2 .6 - 7 as subject o f verbal sentence, 52.1 ٠2 b w ith appositives, 7 4 .2 - 3 A rabic w ords as, 15.1 ٠2 d p u n ctu atio n , A rabic, 1 ,1 0

٩٦٦

R radicals, 4 , 37.1 referen t, see u n d e r relative clauses, adjectival: relative clauses, pronom inal relative clauses, adjectival (‫ ﺀجﺀ‬also relative clauses, p ro n o m in al‫ ؛‬relative pro n o u n s) m odifying subject of inverted verbal sentence, 5 2 .4 .2 c p e rfe c t verb w ith past p erfect significance, 5 3 .1 .I d p a ra p h ra se d w ith n o u n + active participle

quantify, expressions of, with 3 6 .2 .1 5 ‫ ﺀ س‬b

phrase, 6 7 .1 .4 p a ra p h ra se d with n oun + passive participie p h rase, 6 7 .2 .3 in tro d u ctio n to, 76,1 w ith defin ite an teced en t, 7 6 .1 .1 ag reem en t b etw een relative pro n o u n and

questions, (see also d ire ct questions; indirect questions; interrogatives; interrogative

an teced en t, 7 6 .1 .1 a - b p aren th eses behveen relative clause and

Q q u ad riliteral verbs, see verbs, quadriliteral

adverbs; interrogative particles; in terrogalive pronouns; rh eto rical questions) w ith ellipsis, 2 7 .8 .1 affirm ative answ er w ith 3 5 .3 ) ‫ أ ﺑ ﺰ‬3 5 .3 .1 ) ; 3 5 .1 ) ‫ ز‬: ) 3 5 .2 (; ‫)ﺷﺐ‬ fu tu re significance o f im perfect verb, follow ed by su b o rd in ate conditional clause, 7 8 .1 .1 2 a om ission of interrogative clause, 7 8 .1 ٠1 2 a om ission of interrogative, 7 8 . 1 .1 2 a intensification o f em otive force. 7 8 .1 .1 2 b w ith ‫ ﺋﺬى‬and 7 8 .2 , ‫ﺋﺬى‬ w ith 9 6 .3 .5 , ‫ﺛﺐ‬b altern ativ e questions, 7 8 .3 . 7 9 .5 .4 negative answ er w ith ‫ ) آل‬7 9 .5 .1 (; ‫أ دا‬

88.6.2(h) in tro d u ced w ith 8 6 .1 .5 , ‫و ال‬ in tro d u ced w ith 9 6 .2 .5 , ‫ذ‬ in tro d u ced w ith 9 6 .1 4 .7 ,‫ إ ذ‬c q u o ted item s.

p ro n o u n , 7 6 .1 .1 c a n te c e d e n t m odified by m ore than one relative clause, 7 6.1 . I d position o f the referen t, 7 6 .1 .2 o m itted , 7 6 .1 .3 w ith indefinite an teced en t, 7 6 .2 om ission o f relative p ro n o u n , 7 6 .2 a - d co n stru ed as circum stantial clause, 7 6 .2 e la of ab so lu te negation + accusative noun as relative clause, 7 9 .6 .7 position o f the re fe re n t, 7 6 .2 .1 o m itted , 7 6 .2 .2 m odi^dng ab so lu te object, 9 4 .1 2 relative clauses, p ro n o m in al (see also relative clauses, adjectival; relative pro n o u n s) as genitive in idafa co n stru ctio n , 1 5 .1 .4 e , I 8 ٠1 f , 9 .2 , 2 3 .2 , 7 5 .4 .3 as subject o f nom inal sentence, 2 7 .1 1, 2 7 .5 .7 c as p red icate of n om inal sentence, 2 7 .2 ٥ , 2 7 .5 .6

1 % ‫و‬

G r a m m a tic a l In d e x

as subject o f verbal sentence, 5 2 .1 .2 k , 5 2 .4 .2 e as object o f verb, 5 2 .2 .4 as object o f verbal noun, 6 6 .2 .2 the referent', 7 6 .6 with relative pro n o u n s ‫ آ د ي‬etc., 7 6 .3 in questions w ith 7 8 .1 .4 ‫ ﻧ ﻦ‬١b with relative pro n o u n s ‫ ﺗ ﻦ‬and 7 6 .4 , ‫ﺗﺎ‬ as second p a rt of a com parison, 7 5 .2 .6 as genitive in idafa construction, 7 5 .4 .3 , 2 1 .5 m eanings of 7 6 .4 .1 , ‫ ﻧ ﻦ‬a - c agreem ent with 7 6 .4 .1 , ‫ ﺗ ﺬ‬d - e m eanings of 7 6 .4 .2 , ‫ت‬a~ b ag reem ent w ith 7 6 .4 .2 , ‫ﻧﺎ‬c expressing indefinite n atu re o f subject o r action of verb, 7 6 .4 .3 in ‫ خ‬. . . ‫ خ‬and ‫ خ‬. . . ‫ ﺗﺎ‬constructions, 7 6 .5 relative pronouns, {see also relative clauses, adjectival; relative clauses, p ronom inal) with ham zat a!-wa‫ ؟‬l, 2 .2 .1 b perfect verb a fte r ‫ ﻧ ﻦ‬with p resen t tense significance. 5 3 .1 .2 c pert'ect verb a fte r ‫ ﻗﺎ‬with future or p resen t tense significance, 5 3 .1 .2 d list of, 7 6 .1 .1 use of ‫ ﺗﺎ‬preceding la of absolute negation,

٦٠ s y

use o f ‫ ﻧﺎ‬and ‫ ﻧ ﻦ‬in indefinite conditional sentences, 8 6 .5 .1 -2 adverbial constructions with 91 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬١ use of ‫ ﻗﺎ‬for em phatic in d eterm in atio n , 9 2 rh eto rical questions, in exceptive sentences w ith 8 2 .8 , ‫إ آل‬ use o f ‫ ﺑ ﺰ ى‬in, 8 4 .4 roots, 4 s season's, 1 0 3 .3 with definite article, 3 . 1 .3 a sentences, see concessive sentences; condi-

X \d \ sentences; c o l.\o n a \ sentences,

indefinite; elliptical sentences; hypothetical sentences; negative sentences; nom inal sentences; verbal sentences in tro d u ced w ith 9 5 .1 .1 2 , ‫ذ‬ shadda, 1 .7 similies, with 24.1 , ‫ﻧ ﺜ ﺪ‬ w ith 3 6 .1 5 .1 , ‫ ﻟﺊ‬a sisters o f kana, list of, 5 7 uses, 5 7 a - b . ‫ ؛‬ee also 5 7 .1 ) ‫ أ ﺿ ﺦ‬j; ‫أ ﻧ ﺤ ﻰ‬ ( 5 7 .1 2 ) ; ‫ ) أ ﻧ ﺶ‬5 7 .2 (; ٠‫ ) ﺑﺎئ‬5 7 .1 0 (; ‫ﺗﻴ ﻦ‬ ( 5 7 .3 ) ; ‫غ‬1‫ ) ذ‬5 7 .6 (; ‫ د‬١‫ ) ذ‬5 7 ,5 (; ‫ ﺑﺎ ز‬٠ ( 5 7 .4 ) ; ‫ ) ﻇ ﺬ‬5 7 .9 (; ‫ ذ‬1‫ ) غ‬5 7 .7 (; ‫ﺋﺪ؛‬ (5 7 .1 1 );' 5 7 .1 3 ) ‫ ) ﻧ ﺖ‬5 7 . 8 (; ‫)ﻗﺶ‬ sound plural, 9 .4 {see also fem inine sound plural; m asculine sound plu ral) nouns w ith a sound and a b ro k en plural, 9 .6 .3 noun-adjective ag reem en t, 1 4 .2 .4 speech, see d ire ct speech; indirect speech subject, im personal, 71 n o n e in A rabic, 7 1 .1 subject, indefinite, n a tu re of, 7 2 expression of, 7 2 .1 -7 2 .3 .1 subject, nom inal sentences, in nom inative case, 1 3 .I c , 2 7 .4 .1 , 7 8 . 1 .3 a

١‫أ ةة^آل‬١‫ة‬٦٠١ 0

ag reem en t of p red icate, 2 7 .3 - 2 7 .3 .1 3 , 2 7 .6 .2 i in accusative case, 2 7 .4 .2 . 9 8 -9 8 .1 follow ed by p ro n o u n o f sep aratio n , 2 7 .5 following p red icate, 2 7 .6 .2 p reced in g p redicate, 2 7 .6 .1 w ith fu rth e r m odifications, 2 7 .7 .1 ,3 d em o n strativ e p ro n o u n as, 3 4 .2 .4 , 3 4 .2 .7 , 3 4 .3 - 3 4 .3 .4 , 3 4 .4 .1 subject, verbal sentences, in nom inative case, 1 3 .l e em p h asised by personal p ro n o u n , 2 8 .2 .1 -

M o d e m L itera ry A ra b ic: A R e jere a c e G r a m m a r

2 implicit in verb, 5 2 .1 .1 types of, 5 .1 .2 position, following verb, 5 2 .4 .1 preceding verb, 5 2 .4 .2 with verb and object, 5 2 .4 .3 with ‫ ﻗﺎ ذ‬in auxiliarly function, 5 6 .1 4 .1 a , 5 6 .1 4 .2 a - b , 5 6 .1 4 .5 a

with verbs of beginning, 5 8 with verbs functioning as auxiliaries, 61.1 2 introduced by "waw of simultaneity", negated with 7 9 .5 .6 , ‫ ال‬b negated with 1‫ ة‬of absolute negation, 7 9 .6 .6

subjunctive (mood of imperfect verb), conjugation, strong triliteral verbs, 3 8 .2 .2 doubled verbs, 4 4 ,1 .3 defective verbs, 4 8 .1 . I c , 4 8 . 1 .2 c , 4 8 .1 ,3 c , 48.1 ٠4 c , 4 8 .2 .9 , 4 8 .3

uses, 4 1 .2 forming imperative of doubled verbs,

٩

4 r A .7

after 7 9 .1 .1 - 7 9 .1 ‫ ﻗﺬ‬١ subordinate verbs, see verbs, subordinate sukUn, 1.6 sun letters, 1 .9 superlatives, (see a lso comparatives‫ ؛‬elatives) nominal use of masculine singular with definite article, 3.1 ٠8 b , 7 5 .4 .1 2 agreement of verbs, 5 2 .6 .1 6 same form as comparative, 7 5 formation, 75.1 masculine plural, 7 5 .1 .1 feminine singular, 7 5 .1 .2 feminine plural, 7 5 .1 .3 formed from definite elative, defined by being governing t e l in idafa construction, 7 5 .4 .1 - 5

٩ ٦ ‫و‬

a pronoun suffix, 7 5 .4 .6 the definite article, 7 5 .4 .1 0 , 7 5 .4 .1 2 two superlatives referring to same noun, H

I

modified by accusative of specification, 7 5 .4 .8 ,

7 5 .4 .1 Oa

governed by ‫"( ﻣﻦ‬one of'), 7 5 .4 .9 agreement with, 7 5 .4 .1 0 , 7 5 .5 adjectival use, 7 5 .4 .1 0 -1 1 nominal use of masculine plural, 7 5 .4 .1 3 use of ‫ ﻏﻨﻦ‬and 7 5 .4 .1 4 ‫ ﻗ ﺬ‬١ expressed by other methods, 7 5 .6 in adjectival relative sentences, 7 6 .2 c T ta' marbUfa, 1.2 on noun of place and time, 5 .2 .3 f on noun of single occurrence, 5 .2 .4 d on noun of trades and professions, 5 .2 .8 on the diminutive, 5 .3 .1 c - d on unit noun, 5 .3 .2 b on abstract noun of quality, 5 .5 on. verbal nouns derived from assimilated verbs, 6 .3 on adjectival patterns to intensify the meaning, 7 ,1 .1 on nisba adjective, 7 .3 c on dual nouns and adjectives, 9.2,2 with feminine sound plural, 9 .4 .1 b , 9 .4 .2 a ,b ,d ,e

as sign of feminine nouns, 1 0 .2 .2 a on masculine nouns, 1 0 .2 .2 a forming feminine nouns from masculine nouns, 1 0 .4 , 1 2 .6 .1 a forming feminine adjectives from masculine adjectives, 1 1 . 1 ,1 2 . 6 .1 a with accusative nunation, 1 2 .1 ,l a on men's names, 1 2 .2 .1 h tamyiz, see accusative of specification tanwfn, see nunation temporal significance (see a lso aspect), of nominal sentences, 2 7 .9 tense, see temporal significance

S I

G r a m m a tic a l In d ex

tim e o f day, use o f definite article, 3 .1 .1 3 no equivalent to English im personal "it",

F o rm V III, 3 9 .7 .2 a , 4 0 .8 Form IX, 3 9 .8 .2 a Form X, 3 9 .9 .2 a

in

١ ٥ ١١ ٠

half past the hour, 1 0 2 .7 .1 c use of ordinal num bers, 1 0 4 .1 om ission o f w ord for "hour", 1 0 4 .2

h am zated verbs, 4 5 .1 .7 , 4 5 ,2 , 4 5 .3 .7 , 4 5 .4 , 4 5 .5 .6 , 4 5 .6 assim ilated verbs, 4 6 .1 .9 , 4 6 . 2 . a - b , d , e ,

indicating periods o f th e tlay, 1 0 4 .3 use of ‫ ﻳ ﻨ ﻦ‬١ ‫ ﺑﻠ ﻦ‬and 1 0 4 .4 , ‫رع‬ twenty-five past, 1 0 4 .5 oventy-five to, 1 0 4 .6

4 U .M U .M & A .A

tim e by m inutes, 1 0 4 .7 titles, with definite article, 3 .1 .1 2 in nom inative case, 13.1 a with nam es in apposition, 7 4 .3 towns, see place nam es transitive verbs, adjectives derived from, 7 .1 .f transliteration, A rabic of foreign, w ords, 1 .1 3 triptotes, 12.1 place nam es as, 1 2 .2 .1 1 m en and w o m en ’s nam es as, 1 2 .2 .1 h *V

uncountable (m ass) nouns, 5 .3 .2 g unit nouns, 5 .3 .2 form ed from collective nouns, 5 .3 .2 b V verb stem , 38.1 verbal nouns, (see also under verbs, derived Form s) with definite article, 3 . 1 .7 a , 66.1 as n oun ol' single occurrence, 5 .2 .4 d patterns. Form I strong triliteral verhs, 6 Form II, 3 9 .1 .2 a Form III, 3 9 .2 .2 a Form IV, 3 9 .3 .2 a F o tm V, 3 9 .4 .2 a Form VI, 3 9 .5 .2 a Form V II, 3 9 .6 .2 a

M

\ e k fc& A 4 n , 4 f c l \

hollow verbs, 4 7 .1 .6 , 4 7 .2 .1 c , 4 7 .2 .2 c , 4 7 .2 .3 c , 4 7 .2 .4 c , 4 7 .3 , 4 7 .4 defective verbs, 4 8 .1 .5 , 4 8 .2 .1 c , 4 8 .2 .2 c , 4 8 .2 .3 c , 4 8 .2 .4 c , 4 8 .2 .5 c , 4 8 .2 . 6.C , 4 8 .2 .7 c , 4 8 .2 .8 c , 4 8 .3 q u ad riliteral verbs, 5 1 .1 .5 , 5 1 .2 .6 , 5 1 .3 .5 doubly w eak verbs, 4 9 .1 .4 , 4 9 .2 .4 , 4 9 .3 .4 , 4 9 .4 .3 ( 4 9 .5 .4 , 4 9 .6 .4 , 4 9 .7 .4 , 4 9 .8 .4 verbs w ith m o re th an one, 6 a - b fem inine sound plural. 9 . 4 .2 e , f with verbal object, in accusative case, I 3 . 2 b ٠ 6 6 .4 .1 , 6 6 .5 in tro d u ced w ith 6 6 .4 ,8 8 .4 .2 ,3 6 .8 .9 , ‫ ل‬a as genitive in idafa co n stru ctio n , 6 6 .2 .2 , 6 6 .3 , 6 6 .5 as p ro n o u n suffix, 6 6 .2 .2 , 6 6 .3 , 6 6 .4 .2 , 6 6 .5 as p rep o sitio n al p h rase, 6 6 .6 , 8 8 .4 .2 as governing term in idafa construction. 1 5 .4 .3 - 4 as subject of nom inal sentence, 2 7 .I c as p red icate of nom inal sentence, 2 7 .2 b w ith verbal subject, as genitive in idafa construction, 3 6 .8 .9 , 6 6 .2 .1 .6 6 .3 - 4 as p ro n o u n suffix, 3 6 .8 .9 , 6 6 .2 .1 , 6 6 .3 - 4 governed by 3 6 .8 .1 8 , ‫ ل‬a , 6 6 .9 as subject of verbal sentence, 5 2 . 1 .2 c as object o f 5 8 .5 .1 , ‫ﺑﺬأ‬ uses, 6 6 - 6 6 .1 0 equivalent to English gerund, 6 6 .7 equivalent to English infinitive, 6 6 .8

M o d e m L ite ra ry A ra b ic : A R e fe re n c e G r a m m a r

with co ncrete m eaning, 6 6 .1 0 as subject o f ? , to p arap h rase passive co n struction, 7 0 .2 n eg ated with 8 5 , ‫ﻏﺪم‬ adverbial use, 8 8 .2 .2 , 8 8 .4 m odified by adverbial accusatives, 8 8 .1 2 .2 b m odified by absolute object, 9 4 .1 4 .4 as circum stantial accusative, 9 5 .4 .5 verbal, sentences, (see also w ord o rd er, verbal sentences; object, verbal sentences; subject, verbal sentences) co n trasted w ith nom inal sentences, 2 7 in tro d uced with 3 4 .1 .1 3 , ‫ﻧﺎ‬ in tro d u ced with u i , 3 6 .1 5 .6 m odified by adverbial accusatives, 8 8 .1 2 .2 g as circum stantial clause, 9 5 .2 , 9 5 .3 verbs, (see also object, o f a verb; passive, o f verbs; verbs, assim ilated; verbs, auxiliary function; verbs, defective; verbs, derived F om is; verbs, doubled; verbs, doubly transitive; verbs, doubly w eak; verbs, verbs, hollow; verbs, intransitive; verbs, subordinate;; verbs, quadrilit" eral; verbs, strong; verbs, transitive; verbs, trebly w eak; verbs, triliteral; verbs o f m otion; verbs of w onder) fo rm ed from prim itive nouns, 5.1 as m e n ’s nam es. 1 2 .2 .1 h ag reem en t w ith ‫ ) ص‬2 1 .9 .1 - 3 (; ‫ﻳ ﺪ خ‬ ( 1 9 .6 .1 - 4 ) ; ;(3 - 1 8 .6 .1 ) ‫ ) ﺋ أل‬2 2 . 6 (; ‫ﺋ ﺬ‬ 2 - 2 3 .5 .1 ) ‫) ﻧ ﻐ إل‬ w ith prepositions, 3 6 .1 , I h , 3 6 .1 .2 in stru m en t in tro d u ced w ith 3 6 .1 0 .1 2 , ‫ب‬ in tro d u ctio n to) 3 7 o f giving, 5 2 .3 .1 a of considering, 5 2 ,3 .1 b of nam ing, 5 2 .3 .1 c a g reem en t w ith subject, 5 2 .5 - 6 o f anfving, 6 4 of m otion w ith preposition ‫ ب‬, w ith

f

causative m eaning, 6 5 , 69.1 m odified by adverbial accusatives, 8 8 .1 2 .1 in tro d u ced with ‫ ن‬a fte r em phatic particle 9 8 .4 .1 , ‫إ و‬ verbs, assim ilated, 4 6 n oun o f place an d tim e (F orm 1), 5 .2 .3 b n o u n o f in stru m en t, 5 .2 .6 a in tro d u ctio n to, 3 7 .4 a w ith initial radical ‫ و‬, conjugation. Form 1 ,4 6 .1 .1 derived Form s, 4 6 .2 w ith initial radical ‫ ي‬, conjugation. F o rm I, 4 6 .3 .1 derived Form s, 4 6 .4 verbs, auxiliary function, verbs of beginning, 5 8 ;( 5 7 .1 .1 ) ‫ ؟ ) ا ﺗ ﺘ ﺬ إ‬0 . 3 (; ‫ ) أﻧﺰ غ‬6 0 .1 (; ‫أ ﺿ ﺦ‬ ‫ ) أ ش‬5 7 .2 ‫ ) وﻧﻄﺘﻖ ;( ا‬6 0 .2 (; ‫ ا ث‬( 5 7 .1 0 .1 ) ; ;(3 -5 7 . 6 .2 ‫ ) ﻛ ﺊ‬5 7 .3 .1 (; ‫؛ ﻗﺎم‬ 5 7 .4 .1 ) ‫ ) زاد‬5 7 .5 .3 ‫ ;) فر ;؛‬U ( 5 7 .9 .1 ); ‫ ) ﻏﺎذ‬5 7 .7 .1 - 3 (; ‫ ) ﻗﺎذ‬5 9 (; ‫ىث‬٠) 5 6 .1 4 (; ‫ﺑ ﺚ‬ ( 5 7 .8 .1 )

; 6 0 .4 ) ‫) ض‬

w ord o rd e r, 61 m odifying tw o o r m o re su b o rd in ate verbs, 6 1 .4 verbs, defective, 4 8 n o u n of place and tim e (F o rm I), 5 .2 .3 d noun, o f in stm m en t, s . 2 . 6 b - c in tro d u ctio n to, 3 7 ,4 c F o rm I, conjugation. Type 1 (‫ ﻗﺌ ﺰ‬final 4 8 .1 .1 ‫ل(و‬ Type 2 (‫ ﻗﺘ ﻦ‬final 4 8 .1 .2 ,(‫ي‬ Type 3 (‫ ﻗﻴ ﻦ‬f i n a l o r ٠3 4 8 .1 ,(‫ي‬ th e passive, 4 8 .1 .4 derived Form s, conjugation, 4 8 .2 Form IT 4 8 .2 .1 F o rm III, 4 8 .2 .2 F o rm F o rm Form. F o rm

IV , 4 8 .2 ,3 V , 4 8 .2 .4 V I, 4 8 ,2 .5 V II, 4 8 .2 .6

F o rm V IIJ, 4 8 .2 .7

! ,

G r a m m a tic a l In d e x

Form X, 4 8 .2 .8 the passive, 4 8 .2 .9 summary of derived Foims, 4 8 .3 the imperative, 4 8 .4 verbs, derived Forms, (see a lso u n d e r verbs, assimilated‫ ؛‬verbs, defective‫ ؛‬verbs, doubled‫ ؛‬verbs, hamzated‫ ؛‬verbs, hollow‫؛‬ verbs, quadriliteral) introduction to, 3 7 .1 , 3 9 Form II, 39 .1 passive, 4 2 .2 perfect, 3 9 .1 .1 imperfect, 3 9 .1 .2 verbal noun, 3 9 . 1 .2 a meanings, 3 9 .1 .3 Form III, 3 9 .2 passive, 4 2 .3 perfect, 3 9 .2 .1 imperfect, 3 9 .2 .2 verbal noun, 3 9 .2 .2 a meanings, 3 9 .2 .3 Form IV , 3 9 .3 passive, 4 2 .4 perfect, 3 9 .3 .1 imperfect, 3 9 .3 .2 verbal noun, 3 9 .3 .2 a meanings, 3 9 .3 .3 Fonn V, 3 9 .4 passive, 4 2 .5 perfect, 3 9 .4 .1 imperfect, 3 9 .4 .2 verbal noun, 3 9 .4 .2 a meanings, 3 9 .4 .3 Form V I, 3 9 .5 passive, 4 2 .6 perfect, 3 9 .5 .1 imperfect, 3 9 .5 .2 verbal noun, 3 9 .5 .2 a meanings, 3 9 .5 .3 Form V II, 3 9 .6 perfect, 3 9 .6 .1 imperfect, 3 9 .6 .2

verbal noun, 3 9 .6 .2 a meanings, 3 9 .6 .3 Form V III, 3 9 ,7 passive, 4 2 .7 perfect, 3 9 .7 .1 phonetic changes in, 4 0 imperfect, 3 9 .7 .2 verbal noun, 3 9 .7 .2 a meanings, 3 9 .7 .3 Form IX , 3 9 .8 perfect, 3 9 .8 .1 imperfect, 3 9 .8 .2 verbal noun, 3 9 .8 .2 a meanings, 3 9 .8 .3 Form X, 3 9 .9 passive, 4 2 .8 perfect, 3 9 .9 .1 imperfect, 3 9 .9 .2 verbal noun, 3 9 .9 .2 a meanings, 3 9 .9 .3 formation of passive, 4 2 .2 - 9 verbs, doubled, 4 4 noun of place and time (Foim I), s . 2 . 3 e noun of instrument, 5 .2 .6 d introduction to, 3 7 .2 formation, introduction, 4 4 Fonn I, 4 4 .1 derived Forms, 4 4 .2 middle ,and final 4 9 .8 , ‫ي‬ initial hamza, 4 9 .9 .1 examples, 5 2 .3 .1 verbs, doubly transitive, 5 2 .3 types, 5 2 .3 .1 objects of, 5 2 .3 .2 - 5 , 7 6 .1 .2 d , 7 6 .6 d with passive voice, 6 8 .7 verbs, doubly weak, 4 9 introduction to, 3 7 .4 d , 4 9 conjugation, middle ‫ و‬and final 4 9 .1 , ‫ي‬ initial ‫ و‬and final 4 9 .2 , ‫ي‬ liollow with final hamza, 4 9 .3 middle hamza and final 4 9 .4 , ‫ي‬

M o d e m Literary' A ra b ic; A R e fere n c e G r a m i r

!>

initial ham za and m iddle ‫ و‬o r 4 9 .5 , ‫ي‬

active p articip les in m asculine sound plur-

initial ham za and final ‫ و‬o r 4 9 .6 ‫ ي‬١

al, 9 .4 .4 c Form I> conjugation, 51.1 passive, 5 1 .1 .3

initial ‫ و‬an d final ham za, 4 9 .7 d o u b led verbs w ith m iddle and final ‫ ي‬, 4 9 .8 d o u b led verbs with initial ham za, 4 9 .9 .1 m iddle ham za an d initial ‫ و‬o r 4 9 .9 .2 , ‫ي‬ verbs, ham zated, 4 5 ham za as initial radical, conjugation.

im perative, 5 1 .1 .4 verbal noun, 51 ٠1 .5 active participle, 5 1 .1 .6 passive participle, 5 1 .1 .7

Form I, 45 .1

m eanings, 5 1 .1 .8

derived F oim s, 4 5 .2 ham za as m iddle radical, conjugation.

fu rth e r exam ples, 51.1.9 F o rm II, conjugation, 5 1 .2 .2 - 3 im perative, 5 1 .2 .5 verbal noun, 5 1 .2 .6 active participle, 5 1 .2 .7 m e a n in g , 5 1 .2 .9

F o rm I, 4 5 .3 derived Form s, 4 5 .4 ham za as final radical, conjugation. F o rm I, 4 5 .5 derived Form s, 4 5 .6 verbs, hollow, 4 7 in tro d u ctio n to, 3 7 .4 b , 4 7 - 4 7 ‫ج‬ n o u n o f place and tim e fF o n n I), 5 .2 .3 c F o rm I, conjugation, Type 1 (m iddle r a d ic a l) , 4 7 . 1 .1 , 4 7 .1 . 5 T ^ e 2 (m iddle radical 4 7 .1 .5 ,4 7 .1 ,2 ‫ﺀ(ي‬ Type 3 (m iddle radical ‫ و‬o r 4 7 .1 .3 ,(‫ ي‬, 4 7 .1 .5 derived Form s, conjugation, 4 7 .2 F o rm IV , 4 7 . 2 .1 , 4 7 .2 . 5 F o rm V II, 4 7 .2 .2 , 4 7 .2 .5 F o rm V III, 4 7 .2 .3 , 4 7 .2 .5 Form X, 4 7 .2 .4 , 4 7 .2 .5 sum m ary o f derived Form s, m iddle r a d i c a l , 4 7 .3 s u m m a ^ o f derived Form s, m iddle radical

4.1 ‫ ق‬١ A verbs, intransitive, w ith d am m a as stem vowel (F o rm I), 3 8 .1 b w ith d am m a as stem vowel (assim ilated verhs), 4 6 . 1 .2 c verbal n o u n s in idafa derived from , 6 6 .2 .1 a verbs, q uadriliteral, 51

F o rm IV, conjugation, 5 1 .3 .1 -2 im perative, 5 1 .3 .4 verbal noun, 5 1 ,3 .5 active participle, 5 1 ,3 .6 m eanings, 5 1 .3 .8 verbs, strong, 37.1 verbs, su b o rd in ate, m odified by, ‫ ة ا ذ‬١ 5 6 .1 4 sisters o f o\S , 5 7 .1 .1 , 5 7 .2 .1 , 5 7 .3 .1 , 5 7 .4 .1 , 5 7 .5 .3 , 5 7 .6 .2 - 3 , 5 7 .7 .1 - 3 . 5 7 . 8 .1 ) 5 7 .9 . 1 ,5 7 . 1 0 .1 verbs of beginning, 5 8 5 9 , ‫ﻗﺎذ‬ ‫ ل‬١‫ ز‬as, 5 7 . 5 . 1 , 5 7 . 5 . 4 m odification of tw o o r m o re, 6 1 .4 verbs, transitive, 5 2 .2 verbal nouns in idafa derived from , 6 6 .2 .2 , 6 6 .3 verbs, trebly w eak, 5 0 in tro d u ctio n to, 3 7 .4 ٠ , 5 0 co n jugation o f 2- 50.1 ‫ أز ى‬١ verbs, triliteral, 37.1 verbs, w eak, see verbs, assim ilated; verbs.

1

G r a m m a tic a l In d e x

defective; verbs, hollow; verbs, doubly weak; verbs, trebly w eak verbs o f beginning, 5 8

subject as in terrogative p ro n o u n , 2 7 .2 m fu rth e r m odifications to subject and p redicate, 2 7 .7 .3

58.1 ,‫أ ﻏ ﺬ‬

in adjectival relative clauses, 7 6 .2 .1 e

5 8 .2 ‫ ﺑ ﻔ ﻦ‬١ 5 8 .3 , ‫ﺗﺰغ‬ 5 8 .4 ‫ زا ح‬١ co n trasted w ith 5 8 .5 , ‫د أ‬ verbs o f m otion, causative w ith 3 6 .1 0 .8 , ‫ب‬ verbs of w onder, 1 0 0 ,2 0 vocative, 101 n atu re of, 101 introduced w ith inteftectio n al particle ‫ ﻳﺎ‬,

101.1

‫آل‬١ ‫ة ﻓﻦذ‬١٠ ‫ﻫﺬ‬ , 1

w ith 1 .5 . . 8 ,‫ﻟ ﺊ‬ w ith 8 0 .2 .7 , ‫ﻟ ﻜ ﻦ‬ p red icate as 8 8 . 8 .2 , ‫ذع ق‬b p red icate as 8 8 .8 .3 , ‫ﺛﺜﺔ‬ in circum stantial clauses, 9 5 .1 .2 b an aco lu th o n , 2 7 .6 .3 w ord o rd er, verbal sentences, 5 2 .4 (see also w ord o rd er, nom inal sen ten ces) p erso n al p ro n o u n subject following verb, 2 8 .2 .1 a

in tro duced w ith interjectional particle ‫اﻧﻘﺎ‬ (fem. ( 1 0 1 . 2 , ‫آل ﻓ ﺎ‬ vowels, A rabic, 1 .4 (see also helping vowels) on shadda, 1 ٠7

p erso n al p ro n o u n subject preceding verb, 2 8 .2 .1 b n o rm al (verb + subject), 5 2 .4 .1 inverted (subject + verb), 5 2 .4 .2 with 5 7 .1 3 .3 , ‫ﻟﺒ ﺲ‬ after conditional p article 8 6 .1 .2 , ‫إل‬ a fte r ra n d itio n a l p article 8 6 .2 .6 , ‫إذا‬ a fte r co n d itio n al p article 8 6 ,3 .3 , ‫ﻟﺆ‬ in circum stantial clauses, 9 5 .2 .2 . 9 5 ,2 .3 a , 9 5 .2 .4 , 9 5 .2 .1 5 , 9 5 .3 .1 - 6 , 9 5 .3 .8 after d em o n strativ e adverb 9 6 .1 4 .7 , 1‫ ؛‬a after d em o n strativ e adverb ‫ ودل‬, 9 6 .1 5 .2 .9 6 .1 5 .4 b after em p h atic particle 9 8 .1 , ‫ال‬ after 1 0 0 .1 9 ,‫ﻧ ﻴ ﻦ‬ and object of verb, 5 2 .4 .3 w ith adverbials, 5 2 .4 .5 w ith 3- 5 6 .3 .1 ‫ ائ ذ‬١ verbs w ith auxiliaty function and subordin ate verbs, 61

in A rabic tra n slitera tio n o f foreign w ords, 1 .1 3 .1

w waw of sim ultaneity, 5 2 .7 .1 b w eather, describing, 7 1 .3 weight, expressions of, with 3 6 .2 .1 5 , ‫ ﻳﻦ‬b wishes, perfect verb w ith p resen t ten se significance, 5 3 .1 ٠2j w ord o rd er, nom inal sentences, 2 7 .6 2 7 .6 .3 , 2 7 .7 .4 (see also w ord order, verbal sentences) norm al, 2 7 .6 .1 ftrrther m odifications to subject and predicate, 2 7 .7 .1 - 2 inverted, 2 7 .6 .2 , subject as n o u n clause with ‫ أل‬o r ‫ أل‬, 27.1 m subject as interrogative adverb, 2 7 .2 k

. .

Y years, see dates

In d e x

o f A r a b ic

‫ا‬

with hamzat al-wagl, 2 .2 , 1 e emphatic use) 1 0 2 .2 . 3 a-b pronominal use, 1 0 2 .2 . 3 c numbered noun introduced with , ‫ﻳﻦ‬

‫( أ‬interrogative particle), for questions answered yes or no, 7 8 .1 .1 followed by conjunctions ‫ ز‬and ‫ ذ‬,

‫ا‬. ‫ﻫﺔ ة‬ .

with definite nouns, 1 0 2 .3 .1

7 8 .1 .1 a

before ‫ ﻳ ﺲ‬and negative particles, 7 8 .1 .1 compared with 7 8 .1 ,2 , ‫ﻗ ﺰ‬ introducing alternative question, 7 8 .3 .1

b

in apposition to a noun, 20.1 governed by 2 0 ,2 , ‫ب‬ as circumstantial accusative, 2 0 .3 - 4

8 8 . 5 . 2 , ‫ آ آل ذ‬a 8 8 . 6 . 3 , ‫ا'ﺑﺜﻞ‬f 8 8 .6 .4 ,

‫آﺛﻨﺎ ذ‬

‫( آ؛‬interjection), 100.11 followed by ‫ ﻗﺆ‬introducing what is desired,

‫ أ ﺑ ﺘ ﺒ ﻴ ﺬ‬, 2 0 .4 ‫أﻏﺖ‬

as interjections, suffix, 100.12

,‫أ ب‬

8 8 .6 , ‫إ ﻳ ﺬا ﺀ ﻳ ﺰ‬e

, ١‫ أ د‬b in negative sentences, 8 8 . 6 . 2 h ( i ) as negative answer to a question,

1 0 2 .2 . 2 c

numbered noun introduced with , ‫ﻳﻦ‬

8 8 .6 .2

8 8 . 6 . 2 h(liJ 1 6 .2 .1 ,1 6 . 2 ‫ ﺗ ﺊ‬1 )‫ج‬٩ ‫ (' أ‬١ with hamzat a(-wa‫؟‬l, 2 .2 .1 e , 2 . 2 . 2 b

‫ا‬.‫ ة‬.‫ﺣﻴ ﺔ‬

optional use, 1 0 2 .2 .2 e ‫( إﻟ ﺤﻨ ﻰ‬fern.), see ‫أ ﺧﺬ‬ ‫ﻟﺤﺶ‬۴ ‫ ﺀ‬followed by circumstantial accusative, 5 2 ,3 .1 b

88.6.2 , ‫أﻟﺤﻴﺎﺗﺎ‬k

1 6 .2 .1 ‫ﺀ‬

with hamzat al-wagl, 2 .2 . 1 e ‫ أ ش‬, in "impersonal" passive, 6 9 .1 ‫( إﺋﺰ‬preposition), 3 6 .3 4 similar to 3 6 .3 4 .1 , ‫ﺧﺎد‬ similar to 3 6 .3 5 ,‫ﻏﻌﺐ‬ ‫( أ ئ؛‬preposition), 3 6 .4 0 synonymous with 3 6 . 0 . 2 , ‫ﻓﻲ أﺋﺔ؛‬ ‫( إﺋﺘﺎى‬fem. 1 0 2 .2 .3 ‫ا(إﺋﺘﺎى‬

,

negated by la of absolute negation, 79.6.6 used independently, 102.2.2a governing plural noun in idafa construetion, 1 0 2 . 2 . 2 b with dual or plural pronoun suffix,

8 6 .3 .6 4 -3 2 . 1

W o rd s

4- 3 2 .1

‫أغ‬

‫ أﻟﺤﻦ‬, as a verb of ‫ ؛‬eginning, 5 8 .1 contrasted with 5 8 .5 , ‫ﺑﺬأ‬ 8 8 . 5 . 7 , ‫ أ ﻳ ﻴ ﻦ؛‬a

‫( إذ‬demonstrative adverb), preceding 8 8 . 6 . 4 , ‫داق‬a with perfect verb, 9 6 .1 4 order of clauses with, 9 6 . 1 4 . 1 , 9 6 . 1 4 . 5 - 7 ٠ ‫ةةؤ‬

986

In d e x o f A r a b i c W o rd s

w ith i m p e r f e c t in d ic a tiv e , 9 6 . 1 4 . 2

f o llo w e d b y p r e p o s i t i o n a l p h r a s e w ith

‫ب‬

,

‫اﺋﺰ غ‬

9 6 .1 4 .4

?

in d i c a ti n g r e a s o n , 9 6 . 1 4 . 6 - 7

‫أ ﺿﺦ‬

, w ith a u x ilia r ly f u n c t i o n , 6 0 . 1

I , w ith h a m z a t a ]-w a ‫ ؟‬l, 2 . 2 . l e , 2 . 2 . 2 , 5 7 .1

w ith a u x i lia t y f u n c t i o n , 5 7 . 1 . 1

ty p e s o f c l a u s e i n t r o d u c e d , 9 6 . 1 4 . 7

‫ﺋﺬ‬

1‫ ﺀ إ ﺗ ﺒ ﺎ ذ‬88.2.2 ‫؛‬

‫ل ا إﻟﻰ‬

f o llo w in g t e m p o r a l e x p r e s s io n s , 9 6 . 1 4 . 3

‫ أ ﺿ ال‬h

( a d v e r b i a l s u ffix ), g e n i tiv e o f o b s o l e t e

8 8 .2 ,

noun ■ 8 8 .6 .3

‫إﻧﺎ ﻗ ﺔ إ ر‬b 5 7 .1 2 , ‫أ ﻧ ﺶ‬ 8 8 . 1 0 , ‫ اﻃالؤا‬c 63 , ‫أﻏﺠ ﺐ‬ 8 8 . 6 . 2 , ‫ أﺋﺘ ﺐ آ أل ﺧﻴﺎ ق‬e ‫ أﺋﺘ ﺐ آﻟ ﻔ ﺮ‬, 8 8 . 6 . 2 ‫ل ؛ ) ج‬ ‫ أ ﺋ ﺘ ﺐ آ وﻓ ﺖ‬, 8 8 . 6 . 2 ‫ج‬ 7 5 .2 .1 0 , ‫أ و ب إ ر‬

‫ ( إذا‬d e m o n s t r a t i v e

,]‫؛‬

8 8 .2 .2 ,

a d v e rb ),

f o llo w e d b y p r e p o s i d o n a l p h r a s e w i t h

‫ب‬

,

3 6 .1 0 .1 1 .9 5 .2 .1 3 3 .9 5 .1 5 .4 w ith c i r c u m s t a n t i a l c la u s e s , 9 5 . 2 . 1 3 a in tro d u c in g n o m in a l s e n te n c e , 9 5 .1 5 .1 in tro d u c in g in v e rte d v e rb a l s e n te n c e , 9 5 .1 5 .2

‫ ( إذا‬c o n d i t i o n a l

p a rtic le ),

f o llo w e d b y r e l a t i v e p r o n o u n 5 3 . 1 . 2 ,

‫ ﺗﺎ‬f ,

8 6 .2 .5 i n t r o d u c e d w ith 7 7 . 3 . 2 ,

‫أى‬a

i n t r o d u c i n g c l a u s e a f t e r q u e s ti o n s ,

‫ا الم‬

( J p . 7 8 .1 .5 .

2 6 .1 ‫ة‬

‫إﻟ ﺦ‬

‫ أ‬٠

7 8 .1 .1 2 a

as c a rd in a l n u m b e r, 1 0 2 .2 .1 0

in tro d u c in g in d ire c t q u e s tio n s , 7 8 . 4 .5 ,

p l u r a l i n d i c a ti n g i n d e f i n i t e n u m b e r ,

8 6 .2 .9

I0 2 .6 b

‫إأل‬ ,‫إ ئ‬

a s o rd in a l n u m b e r, 1 0 2 , 8 .6

in tr o d u c e d w ith 8 2 .3 .1 , c o m p a r e d w ith 8 6 . 2 . 1

‫اذ ال ) أ أل‬

n a tu r e o f th e c o n d itio n , 8 6 . 2 ,2 , 8 6 . 2 . 3 in t r o d u c i n g t e m p o r a l c la u s e s , 8 6 . 2 . 3 w ith p e r f e c t v e r b o f p r e s e n t o r f u t u r e s ig n if ic a n c e , 5 3 . 1 . 2 g i n t r o d u c e d w ith 7 7 . 3 . 2 ,

‫أﻏﺎ‬a

= ) (c o n ju n c tio n ), 9 7 . 2 .1 2

f o llo w e d b y 5 6 . 1 1 ,

‫إ ال‬

‫ ﻗﺎذ‬٠

( e x c e p tiv e p a r t i c l e ) , i n t r o d u c i n g s e c o n d p a r t o f e x c e p tiv e c o n s tru c tio n , 8 2 c a s e o f fo llo w in g n o u n ,

in h y p o t h e t i c a l c o n d i tio n s , 8 6 . 2 . 4

n o m i n a t i v e , 8 2 .1

in tro d u c in g v e rb a l s e n te n c e w ith in v e rte d

n a X V v e , %2٠٠١.١٠

w o rd o rd e r, 8 6 .2 .6

g e n itiv e , 8 2 . 1 . 2

im p e r a t i v e a s m a i n c la u s e , 8 6 . 2 . 7

i n t r o d u c i n g n o u n c l a u s e w ith 8 2 . 2 ,

in t r o d u c i n g p o l i t e e g r e s s i o n s , 8 6 . 2 . 8

i n t r o d u c i n g s u b o r d i n a t e a d v e r b i a l c la u s e ,

‫ ( إ؛ا‬a d v e r b i a l ‫إذذ‬

p a rtic le ), 8 8 .1 1 .5

(a d v e rb ia l p a rtic le ), 8 8 . 1 1 . 4

‫ ( إزاة‬p r e p o s i t i o n ) ,

s im i la r t o 3 6 . 2 9 ,

‫إﻧﻘ ﺐ‬

8 2 .3 - 8 2 .3 .1 - 2 c irc u m s ta n tia l c la u s e s , 8 2 . 3 .1 , 9 5 . 3 . 8 w ith n e g a t i v e p a r t i c l e 8 2 . 4

3 6 .2 9

‫ﺗﺠﺎه‬

, w i t h a u x ilia r ly f tr n c tio n , 6 0 . 3

‫أت‬

‫ إذ‬١

in tro d u c in g a n o u n , 8 2 .5 a f t e r w o r d s w ith a n e g a t i v e m e a n i n g , 8 2 . 6 i n t r o d u c i n g c l a u s e w ith 8 2 . 2 ,

‫أذ‬

M o d e m L ite ra ry A ra b ic: A R e fe re n c e G r a m m a r t c

‫وﻋﺰ‬

e tc j l l

with adversative meaning, 8 2 .1 0 after interrogates, 8 2 .8 introducing adverbial modification after affirmative sentences, 8 2 .9 use in telling time, 1 0 4 .4 - 7 ‫( آﻟﺘﻴ ﺰ‬exclamation), 100.2 ‫( إ ز‬preposition), 3 6 .4 With pronoun suffixes, 1 .3 .2 . 3 6 .4 .1 contrasted with 3 6 .5 .1 , ‫ﺣﺶ‬ 26 , ‫ر آ ﺑ ﺮ؛‬

‫إ‬

‫إ ر‬a ‫ إ ز آ أل ﻏ ﺮ‬, 3 . 1 .4 ‫ر‬١ . 3 . 1 ‫ ﺗﺎ م‬٧ ‫إ ر‬

3 6 .4 .6 , ‫آ ال ى‬

3 6 .4 .7 , ‫ا ر أ ذ‬

,‫إ ر ي‬ 3 .1 .4 6 ,‫إ ﻟ ﻰ آ ﻧ ﻘ ﺌ ﺐ‬ *..‫ إ ر آ ذ ذ ذ ا ؛‬, 3.‫ا‬ ‫( أﻟﻢ‬disjunctive conjunction), 9 6 .1 3 .6

introducing alternative question, 7 8 .3 .1 2 , 7 9 .5 .4 . 9 6 .5

in alternative constructions, 9 6 .5 .1 with 9 6 .5 .2 , ‫؛‬١‫ﺗﺆ‬ ۶‫( آﻗﺎ‬preposition), 3 6 .2 5 2 4 .3 .2 -2 4 .3 ‫ أﺗﺜﺎ ل‬١

, ‫ أﻧ ﺲ‬a 5 7 .2 , ‫أ ﻧ ﺘ ﻰ‬ with auxilia^ function, 5 7 .2 .1 ‫ أى‬, in . . . ‫ ذ‬. . . ‫ أى‬construction, 7 7 ‫( إائ‬disjunctive conjunction), introducing first element in disjunctive construction, 9 6 .7 introducing all elements in disjunctive construction, 9 6 .7 .1 preceding noun clause with ‫ أ ذ‬or ‫ أ ة‬,

8 8 .6

9 6 .7 .2

‫( أى‬conjunctional particle introducing noun clauses).

l i

as genitive in idafa construction, 15-1 ٠4 e governed by ;(6 2 .2 ) ‫ ) ﺑ ﺰ ى‬8 4 .3 (; ‫ﻏﻠﻰ و ﻧ ﻚ‬ 8 -8 3 ) ‫)ﻏﺒﻦ‬

as predicate of nominal sentence, 2 7 .2 p , 1 7 .S i b

as object of a preposition, 3 6 .1 .1 a , s s A .n s .s .i- s

‫ ) ا ر‬3 6 . 4 .7 (; ‫ﻧﻞ‬: ) 3 6 .5 2 .1 (; ‫ﺗﺪال ﻣﻦ‬

3 6 .5 2 .2 ( a ) ; ;(3 6 .5 3 ) ‫ ) ﺑﻔﻦ‬3 6 .2 4 .5 (; ‫ﺑﺒﻦ‬ 3 6 . 5 .3 ‫ ( ئ‬a ) ; ‫ ) ذرذ‬3 6 .2 2 .5 - 6 (; ‫ﻳﺒﺪ‬ ( 3 6 .2 3 . 2 ) ; 3 6 . 1 4 .4 ) ‫) ﺋﺌﺬ‬

as object of a verb) 5 2 .2 .3 ,

5 2 .3 .4 . 6 2 .1

( ‫ ا ( أ ز د‬5 9 .1 .1 ) ‫) ﻓﺎن‬ followed by 5 6 .1 1 ‫ ﻗﺎ ذ‬١

with 5 7 .8 .2 , ‫ﻧ ﺚ‬ as subject of, ’)impersonal" passive verb, 69.1 nominal sentence, 2 7.1 m , 2 7 .6 .2 h , 3 6 .2 .2 0

‫ ﺗﻨ ﻖ‬, 5 2 .1 .2 1

‫ ﻏﺘ ﻰ‬١ 89.1

as second part of comparison, 7 5 .2 .5 introducing noun clauses, 9 7 preceded by 7 7 . 3 .2 ‫ ) اال‬8 2 . 2 (; ‫(أى‬b): ‫إذا‬ ( 9 6 .7 .2 )

; 8 0 . 2 .8 )' ‫) ﻟ ﻴ ﺬ‬

compared with 9 7 .1 , ‫أ ذ‬ referring to future or uncompleted event with subjunctive, 9 7 .2 .1 referring to completed event with perfect verb, 9 7 .2 .1 1 used after verbs and expressions indicating, ability and possibility, 9 7 .2 .2 duty, obligation, necessity, 9 7 .2 .3 desire and request, 9 7 .2 .4 an order, 9 7 .2 .5 permission or prohibition, 9 7 .2 ,6 warning, 9 7 .2 .7 fear, 9 7 .2 .8 surprise and wonder, 9 7 .2 .9 introducing indirect speech., 9 7 .2 .1 0 . 9 7 .4 .6

1

in d e x o A r a b ic W ords

introducing indirect question, 9 7 .2 .1 0 in the contraction (9 7 .2 .1 2 ,‫أ أل (أد ال‬ 9 7 .2 .1 2 ,‫ ﻳ ﺌ ال‬a

followed by l a of absolute negation, 9 7 .2 .1 3

in the compound (97.2.14 ,‫ ل‬+ ‫ألن (او‬ ‫( إ ذ‬conditional particle), 86 introducing clause after questions,

٠٠

T O .\ n

introducing indirect questions, 7 8 .4 .5 , introduction to, 86.1 order of main and subordinate clauses, 8 6 . 1 .1 , 8 6 .1 . 4

introducing verbal sentence with inverted word order, 86.1.2 temporal significance of verbs used, 8 6 .1 .3

preceded by emphatic particle 9 6 .1 4 .7 ‫ (؛‬e ) ; 8 2 .2 ) 1‫ أل‬, 8 2 .1 0 ); 9 3 .1 3 .5 ) ‫ ) اائ‬3 6 . 7 .2 (; ‫ ( ﺑ ﺘ ﺒ ﻦ‬a ); 8 8 . 2 ‫ ئ‬1‫( غ‬j); ‫ ) غ'ﻟﺘﺎ‬9 1 . 4 .1 (; ‫ﺑﻰ ﺣ ﻦ‬ 9 6 .1 2 .1 ( a ) ; U5 3 6 .1 5 ٠6 ( f~ g ); ‫ئ ﻧﺆ‬ ( 3 6 .1 5 .6 h ) ; 9 6 .1 3 .4 ‫ﻳﻴ ﻦ‬- ‫ ( ﻳﻦ‬a ) co m p ared w ith 97.1 , ‫أل‬ with p ro n o u n suffixes o f 1st p erson, 9 7 .3 .1 used a fte r verbs and expressions indicating, sta te m e n t o f fact, 9 7 .3 .2 belief an d certainty, 9 7 .3 .4 a know ledge, learning, u n d erstan d in g , 9 7 .3 .4 b rem em b erin g and forgetting, 9 7 .3 .4 c seem ing, occurring to, im agining, 9 7 .3 .4 d introducing indirect speech, 9 7 .3 .3 ,

M o d e m L itera ry A ra b ic : A R e fe re n c e G r a m m a r

91A .1 accusative subject not immediately follow ing, 97.3.5 in the compound (97.3.7 ‫ ل‬+ ‫ أل ذ ( ال‬١

‫( إث‬conjunctional particle introducing noun clauses ), with pronoun of general reference , 29.2, 97.4.4 as subject of verbal sentence , 52.4.2 g with referent of adjectival relative clause , 76.1 2 e , 76.2.1 c

i

introducing alternative question , 7 S .3.3 repeated between more than two elements , 96AA

in alternative constructions , 96.4.2 with %]? , 96.4.3 introducing subsequent elements of disJunctive construction after 96.7 , ‫إائ‬

‫دز‬:‫ أزا‬, in dates , 103.2.3(‫آ )إ‬ ‫ ﺧ ﺬ‬1‫ أ ز‬, in dates , I 03.2٠3j (‫؛‬ii ) ‫ ﻳ ﻆ‬٠‫ أزا‬, in dates , 103.2.3j ( ii )

‫ أ زﺛﻠ ﻦ‬, noun clause with ‫ ال‬as object, 62.1 introducing statements after nouns with paraphrased with 62.2 , ‫ﻏ ﺰ ز ﻧ ﻚ‬ exclamatory function , 88.2.1 b introducing noun clauses , 97 ‫( أوﻟﺒﻠﻦ‬demonstrative pronoun ), 34.1.9 preceded by 81.5) ‫ ;) ﺗ ﻞ‬ii (1'furthermore ") ‫( أوأى‬fern .), see ‫أؤز‬ 96.3.5( a ) 3 6 . 5 . 3 ‫ ( ﺣ ﺮ ؛‬a )‫( ذ ؛‬in . . . ‫أﺛﺎ‬ ‫( أ ؤ د‬fern . ‫ )أ و ر‬, ‫ ذ‬. . . construction ) (77.4) agreement with noun , 102.8.la with pronoun suffixes of 1st person , 97.4.1 ftmetioning as noun , 102.8.lb introducing direct and indirect speech after meaning "beginning ", 102.8.1c ‫ق‬1‫ ق‬, 97.4.2 , 97.4.4-5 , 97.4.7 plural form with nominal fiinction , accusative subject not immediately follow 102.8 .I d ing, 97.4.5 ‫( إ ة‬emphatic particle ), introducing inverted verbal sentences , 52.4.2 g , 98.1 introducing nominal sentences , 98.1 subject as pronoun suffix, 98.2 introducing inverted nominal sentences ,

88.6 , ‫ أ و أ ألﺋ ﺮ‬d

88.6 , ‫ ﻣ ﺎ‬٠‫ أ ؤز أ‬a 91,9 , ‫أؤن ﺗﺄ‬ ٠‫( أؤ‬intellection ), IOT .11-1 ‫( أﻓﻲ‬adverbial particle ), 88.11.1

983

88.2 , ‫ ﺷﺎ‬:‫أ‬a

rendered more emphatic with 2- 98.4.1 , ‫ق‬

‫( أ ر‬interrogative adverb ),

, ‫اذﺗﺎ‬ ‫؛‬ollowed by ‫"( ﻓ ﺤ ﻨ ﺮ‬not only ... but also "), 88.2.3 e ( i ) preceded by ‫"( ﺳﻞ‬not only ... but also "), 88.11.3 a

16.1, ‫أ ﻧ ﺪ‬ 100.17.3 , ‫أ ﺋ آل ب‬ ‫( أز‬disjunctive conjunction ), with two or more adjectives modifying same noun , 14.4,7 with 36.19.7 , ‫ﺗ ﻦ‬

in nominal and verbal sentences , 78.1,9 with pronoun suffixes, 78.1 ٠9a governed by ‫ إ ز‬and ٠9 78.1 , ‫ ﻳﻦ‬b

1‫ أﺋﺘﺖ‬١ preceding perfect verb with present or future significance , 53.1 ٠2 h in indefinite conditional sentences , 86.5.4 a

‫( أ ؤ‬fern. ‫( )أق‬interrogative pronoun ), as governing term in idafa, 78.1.8a-c with pronoun suffixes, 78.1 ٠8d

‫ﻧ ﺄ آل و‬

In d e x

‫و ه‬

A r a b ic W o rd s

masculine form used with feminine words ,

introducing agent with passive verbs,

78.1.8©

6 8 .5 .1

in indefinite conditional sentences (‫)أﺑﺎ‬,

introducing predicate negated by ‫ ﻧﺎ‬, 7 9 .3 .2 a after demonstrative adverb ‫ إد‬, 9 6 .1 4 .4

86.5.3 as exclamato ‫ ؟‬particle , 100.21.4 governing absolute object , 94,10

‫( إي‬particle ), for second of two pronominal objects , 52.3.3. 76.1.2 d , 76.6 d , 99.1 for second subject introduced with waw of simultaneity , 52.7.1 b , 99.2 for object of verbal noun , 66.4.2 for object of adverbial accusative , 67.1.5 f with pronoun suffixes, meaning "beware o f , 9 9 .3,100.9 as particle of emphatic identification , 99.4

‫ ﺀ ( ى) ﺑﺄ ألﻟ ﺤ ﻨ ﻰ‬3 6 . 1 0 .2 0 s

‫ ( ب ) ﺑﺄ ﺷ ﺮ‬, 3 6 . 1 0 . 2 0 ‫ال‬ ‫ ( ب ) ؛ أل ' ﺻ ﺦ‬, 3 6 .1 0 .2 0 t ‫ ( ب ) ﺑ ﺄ ال ﻗ ﺎ ﻗ ﺆ إﻟ ﻰ‬, 3 6 . 1 0 . 2 0 k ‫ ز ب ) ﺑ ﺂ أل ﻧ ﻰ‬, 8 8 . 6 a

‫ ( ب> ﻳﺄ أل ﺳ ﻲ آﻟﻌﻴﺴﺖ‬١ ‫ ة ة‬٠‫ ﺀ‬8 ‫ ﺑ ﺎ ث‬, 5 7 .1 0 with auxiliary function, 5 7 .1 0 .1

‫ﺀ ( ب )اﺋ ﺠﺎ ج‬

3 6 .1 0 .3

88.6.3 , ‫أﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﻦ‬c

‫ ( ب ) ﺑ ﻴ ﺎ ر‬, 3 6 .1 0 .2 0 ٩

88.6.5 , ‫ أ ائﺗ ﻘﺎ‬b

‫ ﺑﺎ د ئ آألﺋﺰ‬, 8 8 . 6 f ‫ آ ﻳﺎ ر ﺧ ﺊ‬, 8 8 . 5 . 2 b

‫ آﺑﺘﺎ‬, in indefinite conditional sentences , 86.5.4 a -b ‫( آﺑﻘﺎ‬fem . ‫( )أ ﺗ ﻴﺎ‬inte^ectional particle ), 101 introducing noun in nominative case , I 3.1 g compared with 101.2.1 , ‫ﻳﺎ‬ preceded by ‫ ﻳﺎ‬for greater emphasis , 101.2.2

‫ ﺑ ﻔ ﺌ ﺔ‬, 8 8 .2 b

1‫ ﺳﻬﺎ‬see 4

‫ ( ن ) ﺑ ﺤ ﻦ‬, 3 6 .1 0 .2 0 h

91.12 ‫ﺀ أ ﻳ ﺎ‬

‫ب‬ ‫( ب‬preposition ), 36.10 synonymous with 36.10.1 , ‫ﻓﻲ‬ with verbs of m otion , 36.10.8 after demonstrative adverb 36.10.11 , ‫إذا‬, 95.2.13 a , 96.15.4 introducing agent of a passive participle , 36.10.16 introducing predicate negated by ‫ ﺑ ﺲ‬, 57.13.6 making verbs of motion causative , 65

‫ (ب) ﺑﺄﺷﻴﺌﺰار‬, 3 6 . 1 0 . 9 b ‫آﻧﻴ ﺔ‬

, 88.2c

‫ ﺀ ( ب ) ا ة ؤ ﻳ ﺪ‬3 6 .1 0 .2 0 a ‫ إ ي‬١‫ ( ب ) ﻳﺂﻟﺔ‬, 3 6 . 1 0 . 2 0 m ‫ ) ﻳ ﺂﻟ ﺌ ﺤ ﺪ ﻳ ﺪ‬٢ ( , 3 6 . 1 0 . 2 0 r

‫ﻧﺎﻟﺤﺬذ‬١,‫ةأل‬٦‫ةآل‬ -

-

prCceding noun clause with ‫ أ ة‬, 9 6 .1 3 .5 a

‫ ﺀ ( ب ) ﻳ ﺜ ﺎ ﺋ ﺰ‬3 6 .1 0 .2 0 ‫؛‬ ‫ ب‬١‫ ﺑ ﺬ ة‬, 8 8 . 6 g ‫ ﺑﺬة؛ ﻣ ﻦ‬, 8 8 . 6 g ‫ ﺑ ﺪأ‬, contrasted with verbs of beginning, 5 8 .5 -

5 8 .5 .1 with verbal noun as object, 5 8 .5 .1

‫ ) د ﻟ ﺆ‬٢ ( , 3 6 .1 0 .2 0 ‫ة‬ ‫ ( ﺑ ﻨ ﻖ‬preposition), 3 6 .5 2 3 6 .5 2 .1 , ‫ﺑﻨ ﻖ أ ذ‬

M odem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar I ‫ ذ ال ئ‬: ,

definite singular n oun o r p ro n o u n suffix,

3 6 .5 2 .2

I U

‫ ﺑﺬ آل ﻣﻦ أ ذ‬, 3 6 .5 2 .2 a

‫ﻧﺎدﻧﻲ‬١‫ذ ىآلا‬ 2

‫أذ‬

‫(ب) ﻳﺬوب‬

, 3 6 .2 2 .6

pro n o m in al relative clause, 2 1 .5 8 8.1 , ‫ ﺑ ﺌ ﻐ ﻦ آ ﻟ ﺜ ﻲﺀ‬Oa 2 1 .4 ‫ص ﻣﻦ‬

‫ ت‬1‫ ( ب ) ﺑﺄذل‬, 1 7 .4 .4 , 3 6 .1 0 .1 4

‫ﺀ‬

in d ep en d en t use, 21 ٠6 with reciprocal m ean in g "each other") 2 1 .7

‫) ﺑﻨﺎوئ‬ex clam ation (, 1 0 0 .6

ag reem en t w ith, 2 1 .9

‫ (ب) ﻳ ﺬ ﺋ ﻢ‬, 3 6 .5 4 .2 a ' ‫ ة؛‬eXceptive sentences w ith ‫ إ أل‬, 8 2 .7

‫( ﻣ ﺖ‬p rep o sitio n ), 5 .3 .1 g

‫ ( ب ) ﻳ ﺄ ﻟ ﺬ ﺋ ﻢ ﺑ ﻦ‬١ 3 6 .5 4 .2 c

3 1 .1 3 6 .1 0 .1 3 ,

‫ ( ب ) ﻳ ﺬ ﺋ ﻢ ﻣﻦ أ ز‬, 3 6 .5 4 .3

88.61 ‫ئ‬

)‫ (ب‬, 3 6 .1 0 .2 0 v ‫ (ب) ﻳﺄﻟ ﻄﻨﻘ ﺆ‬3 6 . 1 0 . 2 0 f ‫ (ب) ﻳ ﻀﻨﻔ ﺐ آألﻇﺮ ﻏﺊ‬, 3 6 .1 0 .2 0 . ‫ (ب) ﺑﺼﺮ ﺧﺎﺷﻲ‬, 3 6 .1 0 .2 0 ‫؛‬ ‫ (ب) ﺑ ﻌ ﺮ ﻏﺎﺋﺆ‬, 3 6 .1 0 .2 0 ( ‫ (ب) ﻳ ﺂ ﻟ ﺨ ﺆ‬١ 3 6 .1 0 .2 0 c , 7 8 .1 .1 2 b

3 6 .1 0 .2 0 , (‫ ب ) ﻳﺘ ﻔ ﻖ آﻟﺌﻨ ﻲ ﻏ ﻦ‬n

‫ ) ﻳ ﻨ ﺦ‬fern . ‫ ( ﻳ ﺜ ﺘ ﺔ‬indicating an approxim ate

5 7 .3 , ‫ﻳﻘﻲ‬ w ith auxiliaty function, 5 7 .3 .1

‫ذﻧ ﻲ‬

n u m b e r , 1 0 ‫ ة‬. 6.1

‫ ﻳﺂﻟﻌﺌﺈع‬, 3 6 .1 0 .2 0 1 ‫) ﺑﻔﻦ‬,)adverb after ‫ ﻟﺐ‬as p arap h rase

for ‫ ﻧ ﺎ‬, 7 9 .4 .1 ,in a ffim a tiv e and negative sen ten ces

8 8 .2 .3 c in p h rase

‫ﺑﻔﻦ‬

(‫ش‬

)‫ب‬

١

3 6 . 1 0 .2 0 , (‫ ى ) _ ﺑ ﺎ ش‬d 9 1 .1 4 , ( ‫ب ) ا ذ ر ة‬ 3 6 .2 .4

‫ﺑﺄﻧﻘﺬ ب‬

)‫ ( ب‬١

3 6 .1 0 .2 0 , (‫ ب ) ﻗ ﻄ ﻊ آﻟﻬﻨﺮ ص‬p ‫ﻳ ﻘﻠ ﻞ‬

) ‫ د ب‬, m o d eratin g com parative, 7 5 .3 .1

3 6 .1 0 .2 0 , (‫ ب ) ﻳ ﺂ ﺋ ﻜ ﺎ ﻳ ﺰ‬b ‫ﻳﻘﻴ ﺮ‬

) ‫ ) ب‬, intensifying com parative, 7 5 .3 .2

‫( ﺑ ﺰ‬adversative particle), 81 expressing a co n trast, 8 1.1 -3 w ith th e m eaning "moreover", ".indeed",

‫ ﻳ ﺎ‬, 8 8 . 2 .3 c )‫(؛‬

"even", 8 1 .4 p reced in g a n oun clause w ith 8 1 .5 , ‫ائ‬ no governing function, 8 1 .6 follow ed by ‫"( ﻧ ﻴ ﺚ‬not only ... b u t a lo " ), 8 8 .2 .3 e ( i) p reced ed by ‫"( ﻳﻌﻂ‬not only... b u t also"), 8 8 1 1 .3a

in p h rase ‫ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻔﻦ‬١ 8 8 .2 .3 c )‫(؛؛‬

‫ ) ﺑﻔﻦ‬p re p o sitio n (, 3 6 .2 4 follow ed by ‫ ب‬١ 3 6 .1 0 .1 0 c o n tra ste d w ith ‫ ﺑ ﺰ‬, 3 6 .2 4 ‫ ﺑﻔﻦ أ ذ‬, 3 6 .2 4 .5 ‫ ﺑ ﻐ ﺬﺑ ﺬ‬١ 8 8 .6 .3 g

‫ﺪ ؤ ا‬

‫ ﺑ ﻐ ﺬ ا‬, 9 1 .1 9 ‫ ﺑﻐﺬ ف‬, 8 8 .6 .5 g

‫« ﺗﺺ‬ governing,

‫أ ﻧ ﻴ‬١

3 6 .1 0 .9 , (‫آﺋﺒﻀﺮ‬

‫ ب ) ﻳﺘﺌﺢ‬a

‫( ﺑ ﺮ‬particle), 3 5 .2

‫ﻧﻴﺲ‬١ ‫ة‬٠١٠‫ه‬ '

3

%

definite plural noun o r collective, 21.1

8 8 .6 .2 , ( ‫ ب )ﻳﺄ ﺋ ﺘ ﺬ ؤ‬m ( v ‫؛‬i)

plural p ro n o u n suffixes, 2 1 .2

3 6 .1 0 .2 0 , (‫ ب ) ﻳ ﺌ ﻔ ﺬ د‬g

1،

Index o f Arabic Words

1...76, ( ‫ب‬٠‫ ب) ﺑ ﺘ ﻦ ي‬H 88.2.2 , ‫ ض ﻳﺎج‬h 36.10.13 ,302 , ( ‫ب ) ﺑﺸﺲ‬ ‫( ﺳﺬ‬preposition), always preceding 36.53 , ‫أ ذ‬ ‫( ﺗ ﻦ‬preposition),' 36.19 equivalent to 36.9.5 , ‫ﺑﻲ‬ governing two or more genitives, 36.19.7equivalent to 36.19.10 ‫ ﻧﺎ ص‬١ 36.19.12, ‫ﺋ ﺬ ض‬ 36.19.11 ,‫ص دﻓ ﻲ‬ expressing simultaneous actions 91.16 order of clauses with, 91.16.1 expressing contrast between two statements, 91.16.2 indicating truth of two statements at same time, 91.16.3

‫ت‬ ‫( غ‬subject marker),

with helping vowel, 2.3.2a . , ‫ أﻟﺤﻨ ﻰ‬. . . ‫ ﻗﺎذة‬J . , (‫ ى ره‬... ‫ أﻏﺬ ى) ق زة‬j ‫( ﺋ ﺨﺎة‬preposition), 36.28 similar to 36.29 , ‫ﺀ‬١‫إز‬ ‫( ﺗﺨﺶ‬preposition), 36.20 contrasted with 36.21.1 , ‫ﻗﺆق‬ ‫( ﺗ ﻔ ﻦ‬adverb), may be preceded by ‫ ﻣﻦ‬, 88.2.3b ‫( ى‬emphatic particle), 78.2 preceded by 78.2.1 , ‫ت‬ wit.h pronoun suffixes, 78.2.2 ‫( ﺋﺬ ى‬emphatic particle), 78.2 ‫( ﻗﺘﺎ د‬imperative), persons of and examples of use, 73.7 ‫ ﺗﻌﺮت‬١b ‫( ﺗ ﻠ ﺬ‬demonstrative pronoun), 34.1.7, 8

8

6

. 2

8

8

6

. 2

8

8

. 1 0

2

1

2

8

8

8

‫ ﺳﺘﺎ‬١

‫ت‬

34.1 .٦ 0-11 ‫( ﺗﻠﺰ‬preposition), 36.37 ‫( ﺗﺐ‬subject marker), with helping vowel, .3. d with pronoun suffixes, 38.1 d 88,1 , ‫ ﻗﺘﺎ ى‬Of often preceding preposition , ‫ ذ‬f(i) often preceding preposition ‫ ﻣﺜ ﻞ‬, . f(ii) ? , 70 paraphrasing passive constructions, 70.2 , ‫ﻗﻨﺎ‬b 8

8

1

8

. 1 0

0

. 6

‫ث‬ ‫( ﻗﺎي‬ordinal number),

. . b as governing term in id&fa construction, . . c ‫ ﻗﻠ ﻦ‬, in telling time, 104.4 ‫( ﺋﺐ‬conjunction), preceding interrogative 78.1.2 , ‫ ﻗ ﺰ‬a compared with 96.3.3 ,96.3 , ‫ذ‬ indicating chronological order, 96.3,1 -2 connecting a logical sequence, 96.3.5 followed by noun clause with 96.3.5 , ‫ إ ة‬a emphasising questions, 96.3.5b between two instances of a repeated verb for emphasis, 96.3.6 ‫( ﻗﺌﺔ‬adverb), less common alternative to 88.8.3 , ‫ائ ذ‬ 1

0

2

8

1

0

2

8

2

2

l

‫ ﻳﺎ ﺀ‬, as "impersonal" passive, 69.1 88.1 , ١‫ ﺟﺊ‬Od , ‫ ﺟ ﺰﻳ ال‬e ‫ ﻳ ﺘ ﻦ‬, as a verb of beginning, 58.2 contrasted with 58.5 , ‫د أ‬ 8

8

. 1 0

‫ ﻳ ﻴ ﻊ‬٠’

governing a definite noun, 19.1 governing a pronominal relative clause.

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

ss .2 .3 e (j(‫؛‬

19.2

in apposition, 19.3 independent use, 19.5 a^eement with, 19.6 19.4 ,

‫آل آل آل‬

100.17.1 , ‫ظ‬ i

‫ﺑﺒﻴﺘﺎ‬

‫ح‬ ‫( آﻟ ﺨﺎد ي‬fem. 102.8.3 ‫ا(أذﻏﺎؤﻗﺔ‬ ‫( ﺧﺎ د‬preposition), 36.33

simi'lar to 36.34.1 , \‫ل‬ 1)88.6 , ‫ﺧﺎ آل‬ ‫ ﺧﺎﻧﺖ‬, with perfect verb 91.13 with imperfect indicative, 91.13.1 ‫ ﺧﺎ ؤ‬, 88.6‫؛‬ 100.17.7

,‫ﺑ ﺄ ذ ؤ ز ا ائ‬

‫( ﺧ ﺮ‬preposition), 36.5 contrasted with 36.5.1 , ‫إ ز‬ with adverbial meaning "even", 36.5.3 preceding 86.2.3 , ‫إدا‬a preceding ‫ إ ذ‬and ‫ ﺋﺆ‬in concessive clauses, 81

78.1.12b

as an exclamation, 1OT.17.S 32.5 , ‫ﺣﺖ‬

(preposition), 36.50 governing numbers, 102.6.5 ‫( ﺧﺰق‬preposition), 36.32 synonymous with 36.32.2 , ‫ﻳﻦ ﺧﺆو‬ ‫ ﺧﻴﺖ‬, introducing adverbial modification, ‫ﺧﺰاز‬

96.13

introducing verbal sentence, 96.13.1 preceding single noun or pronoun, 96.13.2

with temporal meaning, 96.13.3 preceding noun clause with 96.13.4 , ‫أق‬a preceding noun clause with 96.13.5, ‫أق‬a ‫ ﺧﻴﻠﺘﺎ‬, in indefinite conditional sentences, 86.5.4a, 96.13.7 ‫( ﺟﻴﺊ‬conjunctive adverb),

introducing adverbial temporal clauses,

‫( ﺧ ﺮ‬conjunctive adverb), 98.8 with perfect verb, 96.8.1 -2 with subjunctive, 96.8.3-4 in negative sentences, 96.8.5 with Sis , 59.2.2, 96.8.5a with ‫ اى‬u , 79.3.6, 96.8.5b with u , 79.3.5 88.2 , ‫ ﻏﺘﺎ‬e 88.5.7 ,

96.12

in genitive after 96.12.1 , ‫ﺑﻰ‬ preceding noun clause with 96.12 , ‫أق‬.la in genitive after 96.12.2 , ‫إ ر‬ 88.6.3 , ‫ﺣﻘﻦ‬a 88.6.4 , ‫ﺟﻴﺘﺬاذ‬ 96.12.3 , ‫ﺟﺒﺘﺎ‬

in indefinite conditional sentences,

‫ ﺧﺪدى‬b

‫ ذ ﻳ ﻦ‬1‫( ﺧﺬ‬exclamation), 100.10 ‫( ﺧ ﺘ ﺐ‬preposition), 36.51 ‫( ﺧﺌ ﺐ‬adverb), commonly 'introduced with 88.2.3 , ‫ ذ‬e ‫ ﺷ ﺐ‬preceded by ‫ إﺋﺘﺎ‬or ‫"( ;}؛‬not only ... but also"), 88.2.3e(i) ‫ زﻟ ﺤﺘ ﺐ‬as alternative to ‫ ﺷ ﺐ‬,

, 88.2‫؛‬ intensifying emotive force of questions,

86.5.4a

preceding perfect verb with present or frrture significance, 53.1.211 ‫خ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻳﺞ‬ ‫ﻏﺎ ئ‬

(preposition), 36.12 , followed by noun, clause with ‫ أق‬,

88.21, 95.3.5

‫ و و‬۵‫ﺀ‬

Index o f Arabic Words in adverbials as suffix, 8 8 .6 .4

8 8 .2 , ‫ ﺣ ﺼﻮ ﺻﺎ‬k

p reced ed by p article 8 8 .6 .4 , ‫ إد‬a

8 8 .2 , ‫ﺑ ﺼﻴ ﺼﺎ‬k ‫( ﺑ آل د‬preposition), 3 6 .3 9

‫( ﻏ ﺌ ﺬ‬preposition), 3 6 .3 1 synonym ous with 3 6 .3 1 ‫ زﻧﺎ ؛‬١

‫( ذه‬d em o n strativ e p article), 3 4 .1 .3 3 2 .5 ,1 7 .3 - 1 7 ‫ ؛ ر‬١

‫( ذ ي‬d em o n strativ e p article), 3 4 .1 .3

7 3 .4 , ‫ ﻏ ﺮ‬b

‫ ص‬١ with com parative m eaning, 7 5 .2 .1 1

‫ ﺀ ذأ ى‬reflexive use w ith p ro n o m in al object, 2 9 .1 .9 c

with superlative m eaning, 7 5 .4 .1 4

conjugation, 4 9 - 4 .1 - 2 follow ed by circum stantial accusative, 5 2 .3 .1 b

8 8 .6 .2 , ‫ ذ؛ﻳﺘﺎ‬f

‫( ﻧ ﺎ ﺑ ﺰ‬preposition), 3 6 .1 1 5 7 .6 , ١‫ذا ذ‬ p reced ed by adverbial particle 5 7 .6 .1 , ‫ﺗﺎ‬ auxiliary hm ction o f 3- 5 7 .6 .2 , ‫ﻟﻢ‬١‫ﺗﺎ ذ‬

‫ زاخ‬, as a verb o f beginning, 5 8 .4 c o n tra ste d with u 5 8 .5 , ‫؛‬ 8 8 .6 , ‫ ﻧ ﺄ ﺗ ﺎ‬c 9 1 .1 1 ,‫ز ﺑ ﺎ‬ preceding p erfect verb w ith p resen t or fu tu re m eaning, 5 3 .1 .2 e , 9 1 .1 1 .1

8 8 .6 , ‫ د ﺳ ﻪ وا ﺣﺘ ﻪ‬j 8 8 .6 .2 , ‫ ذ ؤﺗﺎ‬g

w ith im perfect indicative, 9 1 .1 1 .2

‫( د ر د‬preposition), 3 6 .2 2 equivalent to 3 6 .2 2 .2 , ‫ﺑ ﻨ ﻮ د‬ equivalent to 3 6 .2 2 .3 , ‫و ن‬ 3 6 .1 .4 ,‫ﻧ ﺮ ﺗ ﺘ ﺎ‬ equivalent to 3 6 .2 2 .2 , ‫دود‬

preceding single w ord or p art o f a sentence, 9 1 .1 1 .3

‫رع‬

, use in telling tim e, 1 0 4 .4

‫( رﻏﻢ‬p rep o sitio n ),

3 6 .5 4

in exceptive sentences with 8 2 .7 , ‫إ ال‬ 3 6 .5 4 .2 , ‫ ﻧ ﻐ ﺘ ﺎ ص‬b

‫( ذا‬d em onstrative particle), 3 4 .1 .3 , 3 4 .1 .6 ,

8 8 .1 0

‫ز وﻧﺎ رو;ﻟﺘﺎ‬

91.1,

‫ﻧﻴﺎ‬

3 4 .1 .1 4 , 3 6 .8 .2 0 , 3 6 .1 5 .4 - 5 , 7 6 .4 .2 e , 7 8 .1 .6

١h

w ith perfect verb, 9 1 .1 .1

following interrogative 7 8 .1 .4 , ‫ ﻧ ﺪ‬b

w ith im p erfect indicative, 9 1 .1 .2

i ،‫ ؛‬adverbials, 8 8 .6 .6 8 8 .8 .4 , ‫ ﻳ ﺎ ر‬1 ‫ ت‬1‫د‬

‫ ذ ا د‬, 5 7 .5

8 8 .8 .4 , ‫ﻧﺎ ث أ ﻳ ﻴ ﻴ ﻦ‬

typically occurring in negative, 5 7 .5

‫( ذ ﻟ ﻚ‬dem onstrative p ro n o u n ), 3 4 .1 .7 .

w ith past tense significance, 5 7 .5 .1

3 4 .1 .1 0 -

1 1 , 3 6 .8 .1 9 , 3 6 .1 5 .3 , 3 6 .1 8 .7

‫( ذا ق‬dem onstrative p ro n o u n ), 3 4 .1 .8 , 3 4 .1 .1 0 - 11

as an elliptical sentence, 5 7 .5 .2 with auxiliaiy function, 5 7 .5 .3 su b o rd in ate to ‫\ ذ‬s , 5 7 .5 .4 - 5

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

‫ص‬

_

use, 54.1 negative, of, 54.1.1 interchangeable with 54.2.2 , ‫ﺗ ﺆ ن‬ modifying two or more imperfect verbs,

with comparative meaning, 75.2.11 with superlative meaning, 75.4.14 ‫ ﻧﺰغ‬, as verb of beginning, 58.3 58.3.1 , ‫ﺛﺮغ ﻓﻲ‬ cOntasted with 58.5 ‫ دا‬١

54.3

88.10 ,‫ د ﻓ ﻨ ﺎ‬e, 100.17.2

‫( ز‬future particle), 54

modifying 56.4 , ‫ﻛﺎ و‬ 8 8 .6‫ ﺗ ﺎ ﻳ ﻘ ﺎ‬١ ٥

‫ص‬

88.6.3 , ‫ ﻏﺘﺌ ﺬ‬1‫ت‬d

16.3 ‫ ( ﺳ ﺎ ب ) ﺷ ﺎ ﺟ ﺐ‬١

88.6.5 , ‫ ﺗ ﺎ ﻋ ﻘ ﻴ ﺎ‬f

57.4 , ‫ﺻﺎز‬

‫ ﺗ ﺒ ﻖ‬١ with subject 52.1.2 1

as noun clause with ‫ أ ز‬١

with auxiliary function, 57.4.1 88.6.2 , ‫ ﺿﻨﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺿﻨﺎﻟﺤﺎ‬c

100.17.8 , ‫ ﺛ ﺰ ﻏﺎ ذ ت‬٠

‫ ﺻﺒﻦ‬, with superlative meaning, 75.6.2

88.6 , ‫ﺗﺌﻘﺎ‬r

105,3 ,‫ﺧ ﺒ ﻴ ﺬآ ﻟ ﺌ ﻎ‬

£96.5.2 )96.4.3 , ‫ﺗ ﺰ ا‬

‫ﻧﺆ ب‬

(future particle), use, 54.2 negative of, 54,2.1, 54.4.1 interchangeable with 54.2.2 , ‫ﻓﻲ‬ preceded by emphatic particle 54.2.3 , ‫د‬ modifying two or more imperfect verbs,

‫ﺗ ﺆﻧ ﻰ‬

54.3

modifying 56.4 , ‫د ذ‬ ‫( ﺳﺆ ى‬noun), followed by 36.2.1 , ‫ﻓﻲ‬l a , 84.7 introducing second part of exceptive construction after u , 79.3.4 as governing term in idafa construction, 84.1

with, pronoun suffixes, 84.2, 84.6-7 governing noun clause with ‫ أذ‬or 84.3 , ‫أز‬ in rhetorical questions, 84.4 in affirmative sentences, 84.5 95.4.6 , ‫ ﺗ ﺮ ي‬a -

‫آل آل آل‬

‫ي‬٠

2-25.1 ,‫ﻳﻨ ﻦ‬

(preposition), 36.6 synonymous with 36.7 , ‫ﺗﺨﺰ‬

88.6.2 , ‫ ﻧﻨﻔﺬ ﻳﻘﺎة‬b ((‫؛؛‬

‫ض‬

‫( ﺑ ﺚ‬preposition), 36.45 ‫( ﺿﻨﺊ‬preposition), 36.47 ‫ط‬ 9 1 ٠4, ‫ﺀﻗﺬﺗﺎ‬

preceding verb in perfect, 91.4 introduced with 91.4.1 , ‫ذ‬ followed by noun clause with 91.4.2 , ‫أز‬ 88.2 ‫ ﺛ ﺬ‬١'g

as an exclamation, 100.17.6 88.2.2 ‫ه ل‬

١f

‫( ﻏﺰ‬interjection), 100.3 ‫( ﻏﻆ‬intellection), 100.3 ‫)ﻇﺰا' د) ﺑ ﺰاز‬

(preposition), 36.41 ‫( ﻟﻤﻮل‬preposition), 36.42 88.5.7 , ‫ﻟﻤﻮﻳآل‬f ‫ﺑﻴﻠ ﺔ‬

(preposition), 36.43

٩

%

Index o f Arabic Words

synonymous with ‫ ﺑﺰاد‬, and 36.43 , ‫ﻃﻮن‬

with p ro n o u n suffix ‫"( ب ي‬my"), 2 9 ,1 .2 , 3 6 .1 3 .1 as an adversative, 3 6 .1 3 .1 4

‫ظ‬ 57.9 , ‫ﻇﺰ‬ with auxiliary function, 57.9.1

3 6 .1 3 .1 9 «

‫ع‬ ‫ ت ؛‬, 57.7

3 6 .1 3 .1 9 ,

8

8

. 2

1

‫ﺗﺒﺪ\ىﺀ‬١ ‫ﻋﻪ‬ ٠ ٠‫ﻣﺔا‬ *

‫( ﻏﺒﺰ‬preposition), 36.44 ‫( ﻏﺠﺴﺐ‬exclamation), 100.18 ‫ ﻏﺬذ‬, followed by ‫"( ﻣﻦ‬a number of'), 102.6.3 ‫ ﺀﺋﻪ‬, indicating an approximate number as governing term in idafa construction, i . U

‫ ﻏﻨﻰ‬h

3 6 .1 3 .1 2 , ‫ض أﺳﺎس‬

‫آالﺀﺻﻎ‬

‫ ﻏﺰ‬p

‫ ﻏ ﺰ أ ال ﺀ ق‬, 3 6 .1 3 .1 9 ‫ه‬

in negative with auxiliaty function, 57.7.1 in positive with auxiliaiy function, 57.7.23 main idea of verb introduced with ‫ ذ‬, 96.2.9 . , ‫ﻏﺎذة‬ 6

‫أألزﻳﺢ‬

a

3 6 .1 3 .1 9 , 3 6 .1 3 .1 9 , 3 6 .1 3 .1 9 ,

‫ ﻏﻨﻰ آألﺋﺌﺐ‬d ‫ ﻏﻨﻰ آألﻗﻖ‬g ‫ ﻏﺘ ﻰ آﺋﻌﺬ'ؤ‬a

3 6 .1 3 .1 0 ‫ ﻏ ﺰ أ ذ‬١a ; 3 6 .1 3 .1 6 (adversative)

‫ﺣﺎﻟ ﻲ (أي) ﻏﺰ أي‬ ‫ ﻏﺶ ﺣﺬ‬٠a

3 6 .1 3 .1 9 ۴, 3 6 .1 3 .1 7

3 6 .1 3 .1 7 , ‫ ﻏ ﺰ ﺧ ﻄﺄ‬a 3 6 .1 3 .1 9 , ‫ ﻏ ﺰ آﻟ ﻨ ﺰا م‬e 3 6 .5 4 .2 ,‫ز‬ 3 6 .5 4 .3 ,

‫ ﻏ ﺰ ز ش‬d

‫أذ‬

‫ﻓ ﺌ ﻰ آ ﻟ ﻨ ﻐ ﻢ ﻣﻦ‬

in eXceptive sentences with 8 2 .7 ,

‫إال‬

36.13.19 ,‫ ﻏ ﺮ ﻏﻴﻞ‬k

‫أﻟﺘﺌ ﺬ‬

‫ ﻏ ﺰ‬, 36.13.19 ‫؛‬

,‫ ﻏ ﺰ ز آﻟﺘﺎذؤ‬n

in apposition, . . b ‫ ﻏﺬﻟﻢ‬, negating verbal nouns, 85 ‫ ﻏﺪﻳﺬ‬, with definite article, 3.1. a 89 ‫ ﻏ ﺶ‬١ followed by noun clause with 89.1 , ‫أذ‬ preceding subject in accusative case, 89.2 with pronoun suffixes, 89.3 ‫ ﻏﻘﺰا ث‬, indicating indefinite number, I . b ‫( ﻋﻐ ﺰ‬exclamation), 100.18 ‫( ﻏﻌ ﺐ‬preposition), 36.35 similar to :١١ , 36.35

‫ ﺋ ﺰ‬٦‫ي‬ ١٠‫ة‬.‫ل‬١ ? ‫ (= ﻏﻦ‬, 7 8 . 1 . 5 ‫لﺀ‬

6 or 4-56 , ‫ﺗﺆن‬ future negative of, 56.4.1 negative imperfect as an alternative to ‫ ﺑ ﻰ‬, 56.5

D

emphatic function with interrogative‫؟‬, 56.7 preceded by 9-56.8 , ‫ﻗﺬ‬ with pronoun suffixes, 56,10 after conjunctions ‫ أذ‬and 56.11 , ‫أأل‬ after conjunction 56.12 , ‫ل‬ in imperative, 56,13 with auxiliary function, 56.14 ‫ ﻗﺊ ﻓﺎ ن‬+ perfect, 56.14.1 ‫ ﻗ ﺎ ذ‬+ imperfect indicative, 56.14.2-4 ‫ ﺗﻜﻮ ث ﻗﺬ ا دﻛﻮث ﻗﺬ‬+ perfect, 56.14.5 ‫ ﻓﺎ ن‬t imperfect indicative preceded by 7-56.14.6 , ‫ز‬ modifying more than one subordinate verb, 56.14.8 in negative constructions, 56.14.9 with ‫ زان‬as subordinate verb, 57.5.4-5 sisters of, 57 in indefinite conditionaJ sentences with ‫ أي‬١ 86.5.3 ‫ ؛ ﺛﻤﻴﺬ‬with superlative meaning, 75.6.2 105.3 , ‫ﻛﺐ; أﻟ ﺲ‬ ‫ ﻓﻴ ﻦ‬١ with definite article, 3.1.8a ‫ ﻛﺸﺮا ﺗﺎ‬, with imperfect indicative, 91.7 with prefect verb, 91.7.1 ‫( ﻓﻨﻞ‬adverb), 36.15.4 synonymous with ‫ ﻗ ﺪ إ ﻟ ﺬ‬١ 36.15٠4‫أل‬ ‫( ﻓ ﻨ ﻴ ﻠ ﺬ‬adverb), 36.15.3 synonymous with 36.15.4 , ‫ ﻗﻨﺎ‬b ‫( ﻗ ال‬negative particJe), 79.5,3 ‫( ﻛ ال‬fern. ‫ا ( ﺋ ﺔ ا‬ governing a dual noun or pronoun suffix, inflection of, 22.2-3 in apposition, 22.5 agreement with, 22.6 ‫ ﻛ ﻠ ائ‬, see ‫ﻛ ال‬ 18.6.3-18 , ‫ﻗ ﺪ‬

\ !

Index o f Arabic Words 7 8 .1 1 1 , ‫ ب‬a aS exclam atory particle, 1 0 0 .2 1 .2

governing, a defined singular noun or p ro n o u n suffix,

‫ي‬

١

a defined plural noun o r pronoun, suffix,

in indefinite con d itio n al sentences,

I . b

86.5.4a

8

1

an indefinite abstract noun, I . c an undefined singular noun, I . d an undefined dual, I . e a pronom inal relative clause, 18.If an absolute object, 94.8 in d ep en d e n t use, 18.2 in apposition, 18.5 ag reem en t w ith, 18.6 8

8

8

p receding p erfect verb with p re sen t o r fu tu re significance, 53.1.2h

1

1

1

‫ﺀآل‬٠

‫ ﻓﺰ‬, 18.3 ‫ ﻓ ﺬ وﺟﻨﻲ‬, 18.3.1 ‫ ﻓ ﺌ ﺘ ﺎ‬, 91.15

‫ﻳ ﺎ‬

, sam e m eaning as ‫ ﺗ ﺊ‬an d

96.10.4 , ‫ﻳ ﻨ ﻲ‬

‫ل‬ ‫( ق‬em p h atic p article),

)86.1.4(; ‫ ﺗ ﺰ ن‬, (54.2.3); ;(90.4 .90) ‫ ض ) ﻃﺎﻟﺘﺎ‬.4.1(; ‫ﻏﺪ‬ 55.1.3) ‫ ;) ﻗﺬ‬exclam atory 0.21.1‫ ﺛﺐ‬1‫( ؟‬a) intro d u cin g m ain clause after 86.3.1 , ‫ﻟﺰ‬2,86.3.8a

atta ch e d to ( ‫إق (ﻟﻴﻖ‬

follow ed by p erfect verb with p re sen t tense m eaning, 53.1.2h, 91.15.1 in expression "the m ore... th e m ore",

intro d u cin g p re d ic ate after em p h atic partid e 98.4.1 , ‫وة‬ introdUcing verb a fte r em p h atic particle

91.15.2

4.2)98 ‫ إ ة‬٠

co m p ared w ith u

91.15.3 , ‫ﻓ ﺆ‬

‫( ﻛﺐ‬interrogative p ro n o u n ), follow ed by accusative of specification,

78.1.3 as p red icate of inverted nom inal sentence,

78.1.3a follow ed by verbal sentence, 78.1.3b as exclam atoiy particle, 1 0 0 .2 1 .1

29.1.6 vowel, 2.3.2b

‫( ﻛﺐ‬p ronoun suffix), w ith helping

36.15.6 ,‫ﻗ ﺘ ﺎ‬ often p re c ed e d by

88.1 , ‫ ا ﺗ ﺎ‬٠‫ت‬Of

86.3.4 ,1)36.15.6 ,‫ﻗ ﺬ ر‬ ‫( ﻛ ﻦ‬conjunction), introducing reason o r aim , 96.10 negative o f ( ‫ ال‬٠ ‫ ﻧﻲ‬or 96.10.1 ٠‫ا ( ﻳ ﻞ‬ ‫( ﻛ ﺶ‬interrogative adverb), preceding nom inal and verbal sentences,

78.1.11 follow ed by prep o sitio n phrase with

‫( ل‬p rep o sitio n ),

36.8

atta ch e d to d efin ite article, 2.2.2c, 36.8.2 in p a ra p h rase of idafa constrtrction,

15.1.6a, 15.2.4, 15.3.4, 15.3.6, 36.8.14 with p ro n o u n suffixes, 29.1.8b, 36.8.1 atta ch e d to w ord beginning ‫ ل‬+ definite article, 36.8.3 indicating possession, 36.8.11 governing verbal nouns, 36.8.18a introducing object of 1 52.1.2 , ‫ﺗﺒ ﻖ‬ introducing in d irect object o f a verb, ‫( ل‬conjunction), expressing reason o r aim , 96.9 governing m o re th an one verb, 96,9.1 expressing result, 96.9.2 in troducing u n ex p ected event, 96.9.3 expressing inability o r unw illingness,

96.9.4 ‫( ل‬particle).

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

preceding jussive in indirect commands, 73.4 omission of vowel after 73.4 , ‫ ذ‬a ٠ (j), 97.2.12a 97.2.14 .36.8.22 ‫ا( ل) أل د‬ 86.1.4 ,‫ﺗ ﺠ ﻦ‬ 97.3.7 .36.8.22 ‫ا(ل) ألن‬ ‫( ال‬negative particle), of absolute negation, negating subject of nominal sentence, 27.6.1b negating subject in verbal sentences,

52A.2d

denying existence of a noun, 79.6 modifications of negated noun, 79,6.1 -4, 79.6.9 in adverbial egressions, 79.6.5 in relative clauses, 79.6.7 following indefinite relative pronoun ‫ ﺗﺎ‬, 79.6.8 preceded by 80.2.4 , ‫ﻟﻜﻦ‬ in exceptive sentences with 82.1 , ‫ إال‬b in adverbial 91.3 , ‫أل ﺳﺌﻤﺎ‬ in nominal circumstantial clauses, 95.1.2c preceded by 96.14.7 , ‫وذ‬d preceded by 97.2.13 , ‫ان‬ in negative imperative, 43.3, 79.5.9 negating future with 54.2.1 , ‫ﺗ ﺰ ن‬ negating verb in inverted verbal sentences, 52.4.2٥ , 79.5.6a independent use as negative answer to a question, 79.5.1 confirming negative of a following statement, 79.5.2 negating imperfect indicative, 79.5.6 negating nominal sentences, 79.5.7 in curses, 79.5.8 expressing negative contrast to preceding affirmative sentence, 79.5.10 expressing apposition to preceding negative sentence, 79.5.11

١‫ا ذ ال ئ‬

in double negation, 79.5.12c with 83.15 ,‫خ‬ ‫ د‬٠٩ ١ 1 ‫أل‬٠6 ‫ل‬4 ‫ةل‬

79.6.5 , ‫ ال زﺋﺐ‬a 91.3, ‫أل ﻳ ﺌ ﺘ ﺎ‬ preceding prepositional phrase, 91.3.1 preceding noun, 91.3.2 79.6.5 , ‫ال ﻗ ﺬ‬a 83.15 , ‫ال ه‬ 8 8 . 6‫ ال ﺟ ﻰ‬, ٩ ‫( ﻟ ﻜ ﻦ‬adversative particle), compared with 80 , ‫ﻟﻜﻦ‬ contrasting sentences, 80.1.12 may precede a verb, 80.2.1 ٠3 preceding la of absolute negation, 80.2.4 preceding noun in nominative case, 80.2.5 preceding pronouns, 80.2.6 in inverted nominal sentences, 80.2.7 preceding noun clause with M , 80.2.8 preceding interrogative, 80.2.9 contrasting parts of a sentence, 80.2.1011 introducing adverbials, 80.2,13 preceded by ‫"( ﺋﻤﻂ‬not only... but also"), 88.11.3 a ‫( ﻟ ﻜ ﻦ‬adversative particle), introducing subject of a verbal sentence, 52.4.2g compared with 80 , ‫ﻟﻜﻦ‬ with pronoun suffixes, 80.1.1. 80.1.3 governing noun in accusative case, 80.1.2 predicate in nominative case, 80.1.4 not immediately preceding governed noun, 80.1.5 ‫ ( ل) ﺑ أل ﺳ ﺐ‬, 36.8.26. ‫ ﺗﺠﻒ‬, 57.8 with auxilia^ function, 57,8.1 in negative followed by noun clause with ‫ ل‬1, 57.8.2

1 1

Index o f Arabic Words

3 6 .8 .2 6 , (‫ﺺ آﻧﺤﺔ‬

‫ﻧﻲ ) ﻟ‬c

8 8 .6 .5 , ‫ ﻟ ﻔ ﻈ ﻲ‬d

(preposition), 3 6 .1 7 with pronoun suffixes, 3 6 ,1 7 .1 expressing possession, 3 6 .1 7 .2

‫ﻗﺬ ى‬

3 6 .8 .2 0 ‫ ( ﻧﻲ)ﻳﺬا‬١ 3 6 .8 .1 9 , (‫ﻧﻲ ) د ﻳ ﻠ ﺬ‬ 3 6 .8 .2 6 , ( ‫ﻧﻲ ) ﻳ ﻨ ﻮ ؛ آﺋ ﺨ ﻂ‬d 9 0 ,( ‫ذ ) ﻧ ﻌ ﺪ‬

‫( ﻟﻌﺎع‬preposition), 3 6 .3 8 9 6 .1 0 .2 , ( ‫ﻧﻲ ) دﻗ ﻲ‬

‫ال‬

(or 9 6 .1 0 .3 , ( ٠‫ﻧﻲ ) ( ﻟ ﻲ‬ ) ‫ )ﻧﻲ‬, alternative to 9 6 .1 0 .4

‫دﻗﺘﻲ‬

‫ﻳ ﻬﻴﺘﺎ‬

‫ ﻳ ﺘ ﺎ‬١a

3 6 .8 .2 6 , ( ‫) د ذ‬.‫ﻧﻲ‬b

‫( ﻟﺐ‬negative particle),

preceding verb in jussive, 7 9 .2 as paraphrase for 7 9 .4 .1 ‫ ﻗﺜﺎ‬١ 7 8 .1 .5 , ( ‫ﻧﻲ ) ب‬d

3 6 . 8 .2 1 , 7 8 .1 . 7 , ( ‫ﻧﻲ ) ﻳﺘﺎ ؛ا‬

‫( ﻧائ‬negative particle),

followed by jussive, 7 9 .4 paraphrased by ‫ ﻟﻢ‬+ jussive, 7 9 .4 .1 ‫( ﻧائ‬conjunctive adverb), with perfect verb, 9 6 .1 6 order of clauses, 9 6 .1 6 .1 -2 with imperfect indicative, 9 6 .1 6 .3 indicating reason, 9 6 .1 6 .4 ‫ ( ﻟ ﺘ ﻦ‬J ٠ 7 8 ٠1 .4 d

‫( ﺋﻦ‬negative particle),

use, . , 44 ‫ة‬

‫اذذ' ال‬ preceding single noun, 86.3.8 preceding pronoun suffix, 86.3.8c preceding noun clause with ‫ أ ذ‬or ‫ أ ذ‬, 86.3. d ‫( ﻟﻴﺶ‬exclamation), preceding inverted verbal sentence, 100.19 verb in perfect, 100.19.1 verb in imperfect indicative, 100.19.2 introduced with inte^ectional particle ‫ ﻗﺎ‬١ 100.19.3 8

‫ ( ﻳﺘﺎ‬j ) , 3 6 .8 .2 1 , 7 8 .1 .5 d

‫ﻟﺞ‬٩ .١ ٦

temporal significance of verbs, 86.3 main clause introduced with 86.3,1 , ‫ ذ‬2,86.3.8a negation of main clause with ‫ ﺗﺎ‬+ perfect, 86.3.2 main clause introduced with ‫ أ ذ‬, 86.3.3,86.3.5a expressing comparison with 86.3.4 , ‫ﻗﺘﺎ‬ as exclamatory particle, 86.3.5, 86.3,7 after exclamations and interjections, 86.3.6 in concessive clauses, 87 ‫ )ﻧﻲ) ﻳﺰﺧﻲ‬+ pronoun suffix, 36.8.26a, 95.4.12a equivalent to ‫ زﺧﻦ‬+ pronoun suffix, 95.4.12

‫ا‬

‫ل‬٠١

preceding verb in subjunctive, 79.1 7 9 .1 .1

‫( ﺗﺆ‬conditional particle), introducing clause after questions, 7 8 .1 .1 2 a

nature of condition, 8 6 .3

‫ ﻳﺲ‬١

with present tense significance, 57.13 negating nominal sentences, 57.13.1 with past tense significance, 57.13.2 negative imperfect of ‫ ﻗﺎ ذ‬as alternative, 56.5 predicate of, in accusative case, 57a introduced with 57.13.6 , ‫ب‬ introduced with 57.13.7 , ‫ﻳﻦ‬ word order, 57.13.3-5 as negative particle, 57.13.9 negating imperfect indicative, 57.13.10

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

IB

8 3 .1 5 ,‫ﺑ ﺲ ﻏﺶ‬

asking a question ab o u t a thing, 7 8 .1 .5

8 8 .6 .2 ,‫ ذ ﺑ ﺎ ز‬1‫ ي‬b

used o f persons) 7 8 . 1 .5 a follow ed by p ro n o u n o f 3rd person,

8 8 .6 .2 8 8 .6 .2 8 8 .6 .5

١‫ﺀﻗال وىذ‬ , ‫ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻗﻠﺔ‬c , ‫ ﻗﻠ ﻲ‬c

١b

7 8 .1 .5 b in questions expressed as pronom inal relative sentences, 7 8 . 1 .5 c p rep o sitio n al com pounds, 7 8 . 1 .5 d in indirect questions, 7 8 .4 .3 form ing exclam ations with accusative of elative, 1 0 0 .2 0

‫ م‬, abbreviation of ‫ ﻫﻴالﻳﺔئ‬, I 0 3 .2 . 3 f ( i i )

‫> ﺀةة‬

‫ﻧﺎ‬

(negative particle),

as cardinal num ber, 1 0 2 .2 .7 - 9

follow ed by 3 6 .8 .1 7 ‫ ل‬١

in th e plural indicating indefinite num ber, 1 0 2 .6 b as o rd inal num ber, 1 0 2 .8 .6

neg atin g perfect verb, 7 9 .3 , 5 6 .3 .5 , 7 9 . 3 a ٠ 8 6 .3 .2 neg atin g im perfect indicative, 7 9 .3 .1

‫ ﻣﺎأل‬, see ‫ﻣ ﺔ‬ ‫( ﺗﺎ‬adverbial particle), w ith 3- 5 7 .6 .1 ‫ ذا ﻟ ﻢ‬١

‫( ﺗﺎ‬indefinite relative p ro n o u n ), (see also ‫إذا‬ u , ‫ أى‬, u ‫ أ ؤد‬, ‫ أ ي‬, ‫ أ ي‬, ‫ أ؛دﺗﺎ‬, ‫ ﺑﺌﺬت‬, ‫ﺑﺌﺬر‬ ‫ ﺗﺎ‬, ‫ ﻳﺘﻤﺎ‬, ‫ ﺧﺎﻗﺘﺎ‬, ‫ ﻳ ﻨ ﺎ‬, ‫ ﺑ ﻴ ﺘ ﺘﺎ‬, ‫ ﻧﻮﻗﺘﺎ‬, ‫ ﻗ ﺘ ﺎ‬٠ , ‫ ذ ي‬, ‫ ائ ﻧ ﺘ ﺎ‬, ‫ ﻳ ﺘ ﺎ‬, ‫ ﻗ ﺘ ﺎ‬, ‫ ﻗﻴ ال ﺑﺎ‬٠ ‫ ﻏائ‬١ ‫ﻋﻨﺬﻗﺎ‬ ‫ ا‬٠ ‫ ﻏﺎق‬, ‫ ﻗﺄﺋﺘﺎ‬, ‫ ﻳ ﻴ ﻨﺎ ﺗﺎ‬, ‫ ﺋ ﺌ ﺘﺎ‬, ‫ ﺛ ﺘ ﺎ‬, ‫ ﻗ ﺜ ﺘ ﺎ‬, ‫ﻗ ﻲ‬ ‫ ﺷ ﺘ ﺎ ر ال ﻳ ﺎ‬, ‫ ﻳ ﻰ‬, ‫ ﺗ ﻲ‬, ‫ ﺗﺎؤذا ﺗﺎ‬, 0 ‫ﻗﺺ‬, betw een prep o sitio n an d its object, 3 6 .1 .4

in nom inal sentences, 7 9 .3 .2 th in g den ied governed by 7 9 .3 .3 , ‫ ن‬٠ in exceptive constructions, 7 9 .3 .4 in tem p o ra l c o n s tric tio n s w ith ‫ ﺣ ﺮ‬, 7 9 .3 .5 p reced in g em phatic particle 7 9 .3 .6 , ‫إئ‬, 9 6 .8 .5 b ‫ ﺗﺎ إ ذ‬, follow ed by clause w ith 9 6 .8 .5 , ‫ ﺧ ﺶ‬b 3 6 .1 0 .1 5 , ‫ﺗﺎ ب‬ 3 6 .2 4 .6

‫ﺗﺎ ﺗ ﻒ‬

‫ﺀ‬

preceding p erfect verb witli fu tu re o r p resen t tense significance, 5 3 .1 .2 d

‫ ﺗ ﻦ‬١‫ عﺀ‬, equivalent to 3 .1 9 .1 0 , ‫ﺗ ﺊ‬

in p ro n o m in al relative clauses, 7 6 .4 ,

‫ ﺑ ﻖ‬U , 3 6 .2 3 .7 3 6 .8 .1 7

in ‫ئ‬

. . . ‫ ى‬construction, 3 6 . 2 .1 1 ,7 6 .5 .2

ag reem en t, 7 6 .4 .2 c con tractions, 7 6 .4 ٠2 d follow ed by 7 6 ٠4 .2 , ‫ذا‬e indicating .indefinite n atu re o f subject o r action o f verb, 7 6 .4 .3 p reced ing la o f absolute negation, 7 9 .6 .8 in indefinite conditional sentences, 8 6 .5 .2 intro d u cing adverbial clauses, 9 0 as p article o f em phatic in d etem iin atio n , 92

‫( ﺗﺎ‬in terrogative p ro n o u n )

,‫ﺗ ﺎ ﻟﻲ‬

3 6 .3 .3 , ‫ث ﻏ ﻦ‬

‫ﻗﺎذا‬

‫ﺗﺎ‬

(interrogative p ro n o u n ),

com pound o f u and 1 7 8 .1 .6 , ‫د‬ as relative p ro n o u n , 7 6 . 4 . 2 . s e e in g as subject o r object o f verb, 7 8 .1 .6 a used of persons, 7 8 . 1 .6 b as exclam atory particle, 1 0 0 .2 1 .3 8 8 .2 ,

‫ ﺛﻴﺎﺛ ﺰة‬m

‫( ﺗ ﺮ و ك‬exclam ation), 1 0 0 .1 8 ‫( ﺗ ﺶ‬in terro g ativ e adverb).

\ 1

Index o f Arabic Words

preceding verbal sentence, 78.1.10 governed by 78.1.10 , ‫ إ ر‬a preceded by 78.1.1 , ‫ ﻗﺘﻦ‬Ob in indefinite conditional sentences (‫) ﺗ ﺶ ﺗﺎ‬, 86.5.4a preceding perfect verb with present or firture significance, 53.1.2h

‫ﺀ ﻳﺜﻖ‬

governing a noun, 24.1 in apposition to a noun, 24.2 plural 4-24.3 , ‫أﺋﺜﺎ د‬ as a preposition, 24.4 in adverbial conjunction 24.5 , ‫ﻳﻘﺘﺘﺎ‬ synonymous with 36.15.1 , ‫ذ‬ ‫( ﻳﻨ ﺰ‬preposition), 24.4 often preceded by uu88.1 , ‫ ؛‬Of 24.5 , ‫ﻳﺌﺘﻤﺎ‬ ‫( ﺛ ﺨ ﺘ ﻠ ﺬ‬adjective), as a noun in idafa construction, 15.5.5 ‫ ﻣﻨﻪ‬, adverbial use, ‫ ﺋﺬ‬١ alternative to 96.11.1 , ‫ﺗﺘﻦ‬ ‫ آﺋﺘﻨﺞ‬, as indefinite subject, 72.2 8

8

, 6

0

‫ﺗﻬﻲ‬

in singular accusative ( . ‫( ﺗﺬة‬١m modified by ordinal numbers, , . m(٧ ) in dual accusative ‫ل(ﺗﺬش‬S. . m(i‫)؛‬ in plural accusative (‫ ﻳﺮاﻧﺎ‬or ‫ﻳﺘﺬأت‬١ . . m(iii) governed by accusative cardinal number, . . rn(iv) ‫ آﻧﺘﺬؤ‬k . ٠ , ‫ أﻟﺘﻨ ﺔ‬m(viii) . , ‫ ﺗﺬة زاﺟﺬة‬rn(vi) ‫ ﺗﺰﻳﻦ‬, with definite article, 3.1. a ‫ ﺗ ﺜ ﻰ‬, with auxiliarly function, 60.4 ‫( ﺗﻎ‬preposition), 36.18 equivalent to 36.9.5 , ‫ﺑﻲ‬ indicating possession, 36.18.4 as an adversative, 36.18.6-8 36.18.2 , ‫ ﺗﻎ أ أل ﺗ ﻖ‬b 8

8

6

. 2

8

( 8

8

8

6

2

8

8

6

2

8

8

8

6

8

6

6

2

. 2

8

8

6

2

2

‫ ﺗﻊ أة‬١

3 6 .1 8 .8

‫ ﻧ ﻎ ﻧﻴﻠ ﻒ‬, 3 6 .1 8 .7 ‫ ﺗ ﻎ آ ﻟ ﺌ ال ﺗ ﻪ‬, 3 6 .1 8 .2 a ‫ ﺗ ﺘ ﺎ‬, 9 5 .4 .6

‫ ﺛﺌ ﻆ ﺀ‬٠

governing, a definite noun, 2 3 .1 a pronominal relative clause, 2 3 .2 a pronoun suffix, 2 3 .3 in apposition, 2 3 .4 agreement with, 2 3 .5 ‫( ﺛﻘﺎ ﻳﻖ‬preposition), 3 6 .2 6 ; 4 , 102.2.12 ‫ ﺗ ﻴ ﻦ‬, 1 0 2 .2 .1 1

plural indicating indefinite number, 1 0 2 .6 b 3 6 . 2 .1 , 7 8 .1 .5 , ( = ‫ ﻳ ﺬ ى ) ي‬d ‫ت‬

( u 7 6 .4 .2 ,3 6 .2 .1 ,(= ‫ص‬d , 7 8 . 1 .5 d

7 6 .4 .1 ,3 6 .2 .1 ‫ ( =ﻳ ﻖ ﺗ ﻖ ) ﻳ ﺌ ﻖ‬١f , 7 8 . 1 .4 d ‫ﺗﻖ‬

(indefinite relative pronoun), preceding perfect verb with present tense significance, 53.1 ٠2 c in pronominal relative clauses, 7 6 .4 "J&AA.7&A.3-&

agreement with, 7 6 .4 .1 d - e contractions with, 7 6 .4 .1 f - j indicating indefinite nature of subject or action of verb, 7 6 .4 .3 in ‫ ﻣﻦ‬. . . ‫ ﻧ ﻦ‬constuction, 7 6 .5 .1 in indefinite conditional sentences, 8 6 .5 .1 ‫( ﺗ ﻖ‬interrogative pronoun), asking question about a person, 7 8 .1 .4 followed by pronoun of 3rd person, 7 8 .1 .4 a

in questions expressed as pronominal relative sentences, 7 8 . 1 .4 b as genitive in idafa construction, 7 8 . 1 .4 c prepositional compounds with, 7 8 . 1 .4 d in indirect questions, 7 8 .4 .3

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar ‫( ﺟ ﻞ‬p rep o sitio n ), 3 6 .2 w ith helping vowel, 2 .3 .I f governing nouns w ith definite article ("to consist off), 3 .1 .6 p arap h rasin g ‫؛‬dafa construction, 1 5 . 1 .6 b ,

3.1.4 ‫ ﻳﻦ اﻟﺨﺎرج‬١c 36.39.2 , ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧالل‬ 3.1.4 , ‫ﻳﻞ آﻟﺨﺌﻔﺐ‬d 3.1.4 , ‫ﻳﻞ أﻟ ﺬا ﺑ ﻞ‬a

‫ﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﻨﺒﺬ‬ 2

1 5 .1 .7

in constructions such as ‫"( ﺗ ﻨ ﺰ ل ﺑ ﺊ آﺋﺘﺘﺎ ز ب‬a certain", "one off), 1 5 . 1 .6 b ٠ 3 6 .2 .1 7 co n tractions w ith, 3 6 .2 .1 w ith specifying function, a fte r relative pronouns ‫ ﻗﺎ‬and ‫ ﺗ ﻞ‬, 3 6 . 2 . 1 1 ( 7 6 . 5 . 1 - 2 , 8 6 .5 .2

‫؛‬،fter 3 6 .2 .1 , ‫ ﺑ ﺆ ى‬l a a fte r 3 6 .2 .1 ‫ ﻋ ﻞ‬١ l a , 8 3 .6 following negative particles, 3 6 .2 .1 8 , 7 9 .3 .3

governing o th e r prepositions, 3 6 .2 .2 1 intro d u cing constitu en ts of a general n o u n p ro n o u n , 5 2 .6 .1 8 , 8 3 .6 . 8 4 .7 intro d u cing p red icate negated by ‫ ﻟ ﻨ ﻰ‬١ 5 7 .1 3 .7

with, com paratives, 7 5 .2 .2 governing superlatives ("one off'), 7 5 .4 .9 introducing num bered noun a fte r num bers, 1 0 2 .2 .1 3

36.2.6 , ‫ ﻳ ﻦ ﻧﺘﺎ ي‬a ‫ ﻳ ﻞ ﺗﺎ ﻏ ﺆ‬+ pronoun suffix, 88,6.1 ‫ ب ﻣﻦ ﻓﺰر‬pronoun suffix, 88.6.1 36.23.4 ‫ ﻳﻞ ﺳﻞ‬١ 68.5.2 , ‫ﻳ ﺊ ﻣ ﻮ‬ 36.2.6 , ‫ ﺟ ﻞ ﻗﺪﻳ ﻢ آﻟﺰﻣﺎق‬a 36.2.2 , . . . ‫ ن ﺗﺎﺣﺆ‬٠ . . . ‫ﺣﻲ أﻟﺤﺰى‬1‫ﻳﻞ ذ‬a 36.30.2 ‫؛‬1‫ ﻳ ﻠ ﺰ ذ‬١ 36.2.6 , ‫ﻳﻞ ر؛ت \ ل آﺧﺮ‬c ‫( ﻧﺜﻦ‬preposition), 36.14, preceding imperfect verb with past significance, 53.2.2c preceding 78.1.1 , ‫ ﺗﻨﻰ‬Ob ‫( ﺋﺌ ﺬ‬conjunction), introducing adverbial temporal clauses,

. ٠٦٩ ‫ﺛﺬ‬

in troducing firrther specifications to a date,

preceding perfect verb with present or future significance, 53.1 2h in indefinite conditional sentences, 86.5.2 103.2.3 , ‫ ﻳﻴ ال ؤ‬f

3 6 . 2 . 1 2 ,‫ ﺑ ﻞ‬١ ‫ ﻳ ﻞ‬a

‫ ﻳ ﻞ آ ذ‬+ participle/adjective, 3 6 .2 .2 0 . . . 3 6 .8 .1 6 ‫ب‬ 3 6 .1 9 .5 , ‫ﻦ‬

. . . ‫و س أ س ﻟﻲ‬

‫ﻳ ﻞ ﻳ‬

‫ن‬

P 9 6 .3 .4 , ‫ﻳ ﻞ‬ 3 6 .2 .6 ‫ﻳ ﻞ ﻳ ﺪ ﻳ ﺪ‬

‫ﺣﺆد‬

5

٠.

١b

‫أد ى‬

‫ ﻳ ﻞ ﺟﻬﻲ‬- - - ‫ ﻳ ﺲ ﺟ ﻬ ﺔ‬a

‫ ﻳ ﻞ‬, symonymous w ith 3 6 .3 2 .2 ,

9 6 .1 3 .4 ,

‫ﺣﻴ ﺚ‬

‫ﺣﺰ ن‬

‫ﻳﻞ‬

p receding noun clause with 9 6 . 1 3 . 4 , ‫أل‬a 3 6 .2 .6 3 6 .2 .6

as an alternative, 96.11.1

‫ﺗﻴﺘﺎ‬٠

1 0 3 .2 . 3 c

. 3 6 ,2 .2

f>

‫ة‬c

‫ ﻳ ﻞ ﺟﻴ ﺐ ال ﻏ ﺮ‬١c

٠٥ 31, ‫ﺗﺎور ﺗﺎ‬ 52.6.13 , ‫ﺗﺊ'ﻧﻰ‬ ‫( ﺋ ﺨ ﻞ‬personal pronoun), 27.3.8-9, 28.1.7 ‫( ﺗﺤﺰ‬preposition), 36.7 synonymous with 36.7 , ‫ﻧ ﺆ ب‬ governing numbers, 102.6.4 ‫ ﻳ ﺘ ﺎ ة‬, 52.6.6

\ f

١

Index o f Arabic Words

‫ ﻳ ﻀ ﻒ‬, 1 0 2 .2 .1

use in telling time, 104.4-5 ‫ ل‬1‫ دﻟﻲ‬, 88.2.2‫ج‬ ‫ ص‬, 30 reflexive use, 30.1-30.1.4 emphasing identity, 30.2-3 meaning "same", 30.4-30.4.1 ‫( ﺗﺜ ﺰ‬particle), 35.1-35.1.2 1 ,‫ ﺗ ﺒ ﻴ ﺘ ﺎ‬M.17.4 88.1 ‫ﺷﺎ‬:‫ ﺀ ﻳﺰا‬Og ‫( ذي‬pronoun suffix "me"), as pronominal object of verb, 29.1 ٠9a attached to ‫) أ ة‬97.3.1(‫) ﻏ ﺶ ؛‬89.3(; ‫ﻏﺰ‬ (90, 9 0 .2 ) 1 0 0 .1 9 ) ‫) ﻟ ﺶ ؛‬

٠ , abbreviation of ‫ ﻫﺘﺒﺪﺋﺔ‬, I03.2.3f(ii) ‫( ة‬pronoun suffix), with change of vowel, 29.1.5 as pronoun of general reference, 29.2 ‫( ﺧﺎ‬demonstrative particle), 34.1.3. 34.1.6. 36.15.5 as demonstrative adverb, 34.1.13 as suffix in adverbials, 88.6.5 ‫( ﻫ ﺆ ال ﺀ‬demonstrative pronoun), 34.1.9 ‫( ﺧﺎ ث‬imperative), 73.6 ‫( ﻫﺜﺎ ق‬demonstrative pronoun), 34.1.12 ‫( ﻫ ﺬ ا‬demonstrative pronoun), 34.1.3, 34.1.5. 34.1.10-11 ‫( ﻫﺪا ن‬demonstrative pronoun), 34.1.12 ‫( ﻫﺰ ؛‬demonstrative pronoun), 34.1.3, 34.1.10-11 ‫( ﻫﺰي‬demonstrative pronoun), 34.1.4, 34.1.5 ‫( ﻫﻜﺬا‬adverb), 36.15.5 103.2,3 , ‫ ﻫﺨﺮﺋﺔ‬f ‫( ﻫ ﺶ‬intellection), 100.4

(interrogative particle), for questions answered yes or no, 78.1.2 compared with 78.1.2 , ‫أ‬ ‫؟‬receded by ‫ ز‬, ‫ ذ‬and 78.1.2 , ‫ﺋﺐ‬a introducing alternative question, 78.3.1 78.1.2 ,‫ ﺧ ﺆ‬b ‫( ﺛﺐ‬personal pronoun), 28.1.11 with helping vowel, 2.3.2a as indefinite subject, 72.1 b ‫( ﺛﺐ‬pronoun suffix), with helping vowel, 2.3.2c with change of vowel, 29.1.5 ‫( ﺛ ﺘ ﺎ‬pronoun suffix), 28,1,12 with change ofvo'wel, 29.1.5 ‫( ائ‬adverb), 88.8.1 preceded by L i , 34.1.13 as indicator of time, 88.8.1 ‫( ﺋ ﺘ ﺎ ﻳ ﺬ‬adverb), 88.8.2a ‫( ائ ذ‬adverb), 88.8.2 negative of, 88.8.2(،‫)؛‬ future of, 88.8.2(،،‫؛‬-،v) past of, 88.8.2(v) with meanings "there is/are", 88.8.2b as predicate of nominal sentence, 88.8.2b(،) ‫( ﺛ ﻦ‬personal pronoun), 28.1.13 ‫( ﺛ ﻦ‬pronoun suffix), with change of vowel, 29.1.5 ‫( ﺋ ﺰ‬personal pronoun), 27.3.13, 28.1.4, 28.1.6 ‫( ﺋ ﺔ‬interjection), 100.1 ‫( ﻫﻦ‬personal pronoun), 27.3,13, 28.1.5-6 ‫( ﻫ ﻴ ال وئ ذ‬interjection), 100.5 ‫( ئ‬interjection), 100.16 ‫ﺛﺰ‬

‫و‬ ‫( ز‬conjunction), with two or more adjectives modifying

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

same noun, 14.4.1, 14.4,4-6 not used with two or more adjectival idafas modifying same noun, 14.4.2 not used with compound adjectives, u . u

preceding ‫ ﺛﺰ‬and 28.1.6 , ‫ﺟﺊ‬ introducing 36.15.7 , ‫ﻛﺄئ‬ with 9-36.19.7 , ‫ﺗ ﻦ‬ introducing imperative of verbs with initial hamza, 45.1.6b between j \ s and 57.5.5 , ‫ا‬3‫را‬ introducing verb subordinate to ‫ ﻋﺎق‬, 57.7.3 connecting comparative adjectives to express continuing chang75.2.12 ,‫؟‬ following interrogative 78.1 , ‫ أ‬.la preceding intenogatives, 78.1.2a ( ‫ ) ﻫﻞ‬, 96.1.9 introducing ‫ ال ﺗ ﻚ‬and 79.6.5 , ‫ ال ذﻧﺐ‬a introducing adversatives ‫ ﻟ ﻜ ﻦ‬and ‫ ﻟ ﻜ ﻦ‬, 80b, 96.1.8 introducing 86.1.4 , ‫ﻗﺒﻞ‬ introducing ^and ‫ ﻗﺆ‬in concessive clauses, %1

٦^

١

series, 96.1.10 connecting two imperatives, 96.1.11 introducing new sentences, 96.1.12 introducing ‫ إائ‬in disjunctive construction, 96.7.1 exclamatory use, 100.13 in compound numbers, 102.2.6b, 102.2.9b٠ 102.2.10c in telling time, 104.4-7

‫ ﻓﻲ‬emphatic use, 102.2.2f pronominal use, 102.2.2g numbered noun introduced with ‫ ﻣﻦ‬, 102.2٠2h with definite nouns, 102.3.1 ‫ ﻧ ﻴ ﻦ‬, reflexive use with pronominal object, 29.1.9c followed by circumstantial accusative, 52.3.1b in imperfect passive ("there is/are"), 66.4 ‫( زﻳ ﻦ‬+ pronoun suffix), 95.4.12 equivalent to ‫( ﻳﺆﺧﺪ‬+ pronoun suffix),

‫ ذة‬, conjugation, 44.1.11 in circumstantial clauses, 95, 95.1.1 -2, 73.4 ‫ زذغ‬١b 95.2.1-16, 95.3.1 -9, 95.4 connecting ‫ إذا‬clause to preceding ‫ ﺀ‬1‫( زذ‬preposition), 36,30 statement, 95,15 synonymous with 36.31 , ‫ﻏﺘ ﻦ‬ compared with 96.2.1 ,96 , ‫ذ‬ ‫( ﻧﺸﻌﻞ‬preposition), 36.46 connecting sentences in arbitrary order, 88.2.2 , ‫وش ل‬g 96.1.1,96.1.10 ‫ وﻓﻴ ﺪ‬, 88.6٠3‫ج‬ connecting actions occurring simulta91.2, ‫' ﻧﻘ ﻒ‬ neously, 96.1.2 connecting actions occurring consecutively, ©88.6.5 , ‫و ﻗ ﻪ‬ 96.1.3 ‫( زال‬disjunctive conjunction), 96.6 connecting same action by different subwith negative particles, 79.5.12a, jects occurring simultaneously, 96.1.4 resuming a negation, 79.5.12b introducing parenthetical explanation, in double negation, 79.5.12c 96.1.5 in emphatic repetition, 79.5.12d indicating reason, 96.1.6 126.2 ‫ زﻫﻜﺬ‬١b indicating contrast ("but"), 96.1.7 repeated before each noun in an arbitrary 26.2 , ‫ ذ ه دﻧﻴ ﻚ‬b

\1

Index

‫أ ه‬

Arabic Words

126.2 .‫ب و ش م‬a 26.2 , ‫ زﺋﻠﺜ ﺠﻨﺎ‬a ‫ ﻧﺘ ﻞ‬, as inteijectional particle, 100.14

‫ي‬ 7 ‫( ي‬pronoun suffix), 29.1.8 on nouns in dual, 29.1.1 -2 attached to prepositions ‫ إﻟﻰ‬, ‫ ﻏ ﺮ‬and ‫ ﻟﺬى‬, 29.1.2 attached to preposition 29.1.3 , ‫ﻓﻲ‬ after alif, 29.1.4 as ‫ ﻧﻲ‬when pronominal object of verb, 29.1.9a ‫( ﻳﺎ‬interjectional particle), introducing exclamations and interjections, 100.8,100.20.1 ‫) ﻳﺎ آﻟﻠﺔ‬100.8.10(; ‫ ﻧﻲ‬l; (36.8.25,

100.15(‫ ؛‬.‫ ﻟﻴﻖ‬c )100.19.4(‫;ا ﻧﺘ ﻞ ؛‬ )100.14(‫;ئ رى ؛‬, 78.2.1 forming'vocative, 101 introducing noun in nominative case, I3.1f, 101.1 introducing noun in accusative case, 101.1.2-3 no exclamatory effect, 101.1.3 compared with 101.2.1 , ‫أﻗﻬﺎ‬ preceding 4 for greater emphasis, 101.2.2 ‫ ﺗﺆﻟﻢ‬+ pronoun suffix, 8 8 .6 .1 ‫ ﺀ ﻳﺰف‬8 8 .6 .2 ‫؛‬

88.6.3 , ‫ ﻳﺰﻧﺜﻦ‬b 88.6.4 , ‫ﻳ ﺆﺗﺬا ك‬ 88.6.5 , ‫ ﺗﺬﻗﻬﺎ‬a 88.6.2 ‫ ﻳﺬﺗﺎ ﻳﺆﺗﺎ‬١c

G lo s s a r y

o j A r a b ic

G r a m m a tic a l

T e rm s

A ra b ic-E n g lish ) ‫ اﻧ ﺐ ( أﻧﺘﺎ ج‬: noun T he glossary/ is not exhaustive, but rather

‫ اﻧ ﺐ آ إل ﻗ ﺎ ذ ؛‬: dem onstrative pronoun

contains some o f the m ore im portant A ra b ic

‫ اﺋ ﺐ آآلﻟﺆ‬: noun o f instrum ent

gram m atical terms used in this book.

1 ‫ أ ﻏ ﺰا ث ﻓﺎ ن‬: the sisters o f kana ‫ أذاة آﻟﺌﺌﺮﻳﺬب‬: definite article ‫ آذاة آﻟ ﺨ ﺆ‬: preposition ‫ أذاة آﻟ ﺘ ﺸ ﺐ‬: conjunction ‫ أذﻗﺎﻟﻢ‬: num erals ‫ آ أل ﺗ ﺘ ﺎ ة آ ﻧ ﺠ ﻨ ﺘ ﺔ‬: the "five n o u n s"( ,‫ أ ذ‬, ‫ أ غ‬, ‫ﺣ ﺰ‬ ‫ در‬and (‫ﻧﺰ‬ ‫ أ ﻧ ﺰ ا ن‬: interjections ‫ أ ال ﻓ ﺎ ة‬: idafa (‫؛‬dafa construction) ‫ أ ال ﻓ ﺎ ﻗﺔ اﻟ ﺤﻘ ﻘ ﺐ‬: proper idafa ‫ أ ال ﻓ ﺎ ﻗ ﺔ ص أﻟ ﺤ ﻤﻘﺌ ﺔ‬: adjectival idafa ‫ أ ﺋ ﺘ ﺎ ذ أ ﺷ ﻴ ﺐ‬: verbs o f w onder ‫ أ ﻏﺘﺎل آﻟﺌ ﺰ و ع‬: verbs o f beginning ‫ آ أل ﻏ ﻨﺎ ذ آﻟﺌﻨﻴﺒ ﺦ‬: o rd in a l num bers ‫ آ أل ﻏ ﻨﺎ ذ آ أل ﺻﻠﺌﺔ‬: cardinal numbers

‫ ذﻟﻢ آ إل ﻧ ﻐ ﺎ م‬٠‫ إ‬: interrogative ‫ إﻧ ﺐ آﻟﺘﻨ ﻀﺒ ﻞ‬: the elative (com parative and superlative (

‫ إﻧ ﺐ ﻳ ﺎ ﻳ ﺪ‬: prim itive noun ‫ إﺷﺰ آ ﻟ ﻴ ﺌ ﻊ‬: collective noun (hum ans (

‫ اﻧ ﺐ آﺋﺠﺌﺮ‬: collective noun (non-hum ans( ‫ إﻧ ﺐ آ ﻟ ﻤ ﻜﺎ ن وآﻟﺰﺗﺎ ق‬: noun o f tim e and place ‫ إﻧ ﺐ آ ﻟ ﺌ ﺜ ﺆ‬: adjective ‫ إﻧ ﺐ آﺋﺜﺎ ﻋ ﻞ‬: active participle

‫ إﺗ ﺐ آ ﺋ ﻴ ﺆ‬: abstract noun o f quality ‫ إﻧ ﺐ آﻧﺘﺬ ؤ‬: noun o f single occurrence ‫ اﻧ ﺐ آﻟﺌ ﻀﺌ ﺮ‬: dim inutive ‫ إ ﺋ ﺰ أﻟ ﺘ ﺴ ﻮ ل‬: passive participle ‫ إﻧ ﺐ ﺗ ﺆ ﺛ ﺮ د‬: relative pronoun ‫ ا ﻧ ﺰ آﻟﺌﺆع‬: noun o f k in d o r m anner ‫ إ ﻧ ﺰ آﻗ ﺆﻳ ﺬ ؤ‬: unit noun ‫آﻧﻮﻏﺂ؛‬

‫ إﺗ ﺐ‬: noun o f vessel

‫ إ ﻏﺆا ب‬: declension

‫ب‬

‫ آ ألﺋ ﺆ‬: t.he im perative

‫ أﻟ ﻮ ن‬: apposition

‫ آ أل ﻳ ﻦ آ ﻟ ﺘ ﺌ ﺒ ﺮ ﺋ ﺔ‬: dagger a lif

‫ت‬

‫ أ ﻳ ﻦ ﻗ ﺌ ﺜ ﺮ ﻧ ﺔ‬: a lif maqs.Ura ‫ أ ﻳ ﻦ ﺗ ﺌ ﻨ ﻮ ذ ة‬: a lif m am duda

‫ ﻗﺎة ﺗﺆﺗﻮﻃﻪ‬: ta’ m arbdta

‫ إئ ؤأﻏﺰاﻳﺠﺎ‬: inna and its sisters

‫ آأل ﺿﻐﻴﺬ‬: dim inutive

‫ ا ال ﻧ ﺒ ﺌ ﺘﺎ ة‬: exception

‫ ﺋﺌﻴﻴﺰ‬: accusative o f specification 1009

١ ‫ ال‬٦ ‫ذا‬

Glossary o f Arabic Grammatical Terms

‫ ﻗ وئﻳﺬ‬: nunation ‫ ﻧﺎ ﺟ ﻊ‬: referent (resum ptive pronoun)

‫ج‬

‫) ﺑ ﺬ ذ (ﻳﻨﻮن‬

: root

‫ آﻟﺠﻦ‬: genitive (case)

‫آﻟﺒﺌﻎ‬

: plural

‫ ﺑﺌ ﻊ‬: broken plural ‫ ﺛﺎﻳﻠﻢ‬٠‫ آﺋﺒﺌﻎ آل‬: sound plural

‫ آﻟﺬﺋ ﻎ‬: nom inative (case)

f ‫ ﺗ ﻜ ﻮ ن‬: s u k .n

‫آ ؤﻗ ﺴ ﻲ‬

‫ اﻟ ﺠ ﻨ ﻊ آ ﻟ ﺜ ﺠ ﺦ‬: sound plural

‫ ﻳﺬع آﻟﺜﺆﺋﺚ‬: fem inine sound p lu ral ‫ ﻳﺌﻊ آﻟﺌﺬﺋﺮ آ ﻟ ائ ب‬: m asculine sound plural ‫ آﻧﺒﺌﻊ آﺋﺌﻜﺜﺬ‬: broken plural ‫ ﺑﺬﻟﺔ آ ﺗ ﻴ ﻨ ﺔ‬: nom inal (equational) sentence ‫ ﺑﺌﺘﺔ ﺑ ﺎ أل ة‬: circum stantial clause ‫آﻟﺜﺎ ب‬

‫ش‬ ‫ ﻗ ﺬ ة‬: shadda ‫ ﺛ ﺬ ط‬: condition (subordinate clause in co n ditio n a l sentence)

‫ض‬ ‫ ﻧ ﺜ ﺔ‬: dam m a

‫إﺋﺔ‬٠‫ ﻳ ﺌ ﺘ ﺔ ﺛ ﺬ‬: conditional sentence

‫ ( ﻗ ﺘ ﺎ ﻳ ﺬ ) ﻗ ﺠﻴ ﻦ‬: pronoun

‫ﺑﺌﺘﺔ ﺻﺜﺆ‬

‫ ﻧ ﺠﻴ ﻦ آﻟﻖ ﻛ ﻲ‬: personal pronoun used fo r

: adjectival relative clause (with

emphasis

indefinite antecedent)

‫ﺑ ﻨ ﺘ ﺔ ﺻﻠﺆ‬

: adjectiva.! relative clause (with

definite antecedent)

‫ ﻧ ﺠﻴ ﻦ آﻟﺬ؛ ﺣ ﻊ‬: referent (resum ptive pro noun ( ‫ ﻧ ﻴ ﻴ ﻦ آ ﻟ ﺌ ﺄ ذ‬: pronoun o f general reference

‫ ﺑ ﻨ ﺘ ﺔ ﻓ ﺌﻠ ﺔ‬: verbal sentence

‫ ﻗ ﺠﻴ ﻦ آﻟﺘﺎ ﻳﺪ‬: referent (resum ptive pro noun (

‫ ﺑ ﺰ ا ب آ ﻟ ﺌ ﺬ ذ‬: consequent clause in a

‫ﻧ ﻴ ﺘ ﻦ آﺋﺜﻐﻞ‬

conditional sentence

‫ﺷ ﻞ‬

: pronoun o f separation

‫ ﺛ ﺠﻴ ﻦ‬: pronoun suffix

‫ح‬

‫ ﻣﺌﻜ ﺊ ﺛ ﺠﻴ ﻦ‬: pronoun suffix attached to nouns

‫ ﺑ ﺎ ز‬: circum stance

: ‫ آ ﺷ ﺐ ﻧ ﻴ ﻴ ﻦ‬pronom inal object o f a verb

‫ ﺧ ﺬ ذ آ ﻟ ﻴ ﺬ‬: preposition

‫ﺷ ﻞ‬

‫ ; ﺧ ﺬ ذ آﻟﻌ ﺸ ﺐ‬conjunction

‫ظ‬

‫ ﻧ ﺒ ﻴ ﺬ‬: personal pronoun

‫ ﺑ ﺬ ذ آﻟﺌﺬا ؛‬: in te ijcctio n al particle ) ‫ ﺧﺬﻗﺔ ( ﺑ ﺬ ائ ذ‬: vowel

‫ آ ﺋ ﻐ ﺬ و ذ آ ﻟ ﺜ ﻨ ﺒ ﺌ ﺔ‬: sun letters

‫ آﻟﺜﻨﻮن آﻟﻘﺘﺮﺋﺔ‬: m oon letters ‫ ﺑﻨﻮن آﻟﺒﺠﺎ ؛‬: alphabet

‫ ﻇ ﺬ ذ‬: adverb

‫ﻇ ﺬ ذ ذﻗﺎﻟﻦ‬

: adverb o f tim e

‫ ﻇ ﺬ ذ ﺗ ﻜﺎ ن‬: adverb o f place

‫ع‬

‫خ‬

‫ ﺗ ﻨ ﻮ ه ﺗ ﻌ ﺠﺒ ﺔ‬: exclam ation

‫ ﻗﺘ ﻦ‬: predicate

‫ ﻏﺎﻳﺬ‬: referent (resum ptive pro no un (

Modem Literary Arabic: A Re^ereace Grammar ٠‫ل‬

ii

‫ائﻋﻞ‬: s u b je c t ‫; ؛‬agent, in a p a ss iv e c o n s tr u c tio n a n te c e d e n t in a re la tiv e s e n te n c e

‫ ﺷﻨﻪ‬: f a th a ‫ﻓﺔ‬:‫ ﻗائز ﺛﻌائائ ﻟﻨﻲ ج‬: n o u n o f tr a d e s a n d p r o f e s s io n s

fY

‫ ﻧﺌﺶ‬: d u a l ‫ ﻧ ﺪ ة‬: m adda

‫ آﻟﺌﺬﺋﺬ‬: m a s c u lin e ( g e n d e r ) ‫ ﻣ ﻨ ﻨ ﺬ‬: v e rb a l

noun

‫ ا ﻟ ﺜ ﻘ ﺎ ﺑ ﻎ‬: th e im p e rfe c t (v e rb )

^‫ آﻧﺌﺜﺎئ آﻟﺘﺨﻦ‬: th e ju ssiv e (m o o d ) ‫ آﺋﺌﻘﺎح آﻟﺘﻨﺜﻮغ‬: th e im p e rfe c t in d ic a tiv e

‫ (أﺋﺜﺎد‬: v e rb ‫ آﻟﺒﻔﺎن آألﺑﺰذ‬: th e h o llo w v e rb (m o o d ) ‫ آﻟﺌﺜﺎئ آﻟﻤﻨﺼﺮب‬: th e s u b ju n c tiv e ( m o o d ) ‫ آﻧﻔﺌﻞ آﻟﺜالﺗﺊ‬: th e tr ilite r a l v e rb ‫ أﻟﻔﺌﻞ آﻟﺜالﻳﻊ آﻟائﻳﺈ‬: th e s tr o n g tr ilite r a l v e rb ‫ أﻛﺜﺎن‬: g e n itiv e in a n id a fa c o n s tr u c tio n ‫ آﻟﺜﺜﺎن إي‬: g o v e rn in g t e m t in a n id a fa ‫ آﻟﻌﻔﺰ اﻟﺬﺗﺎﻋﺊ‬: th e q u a d r ilite r a l v e rb c o n s tr u c tio n ‫ أﺑﻨﺰ آﻟﺜﺎﻳﺈ‬: th e s tr o n g v e rb ‫ ﺛﺌﺬة‬: s in g u la r ‫ آﻟﺌﻴﻴﻦ أﺋﺒﻐﻖ‬: th e d o u b ly w e a k v e rb ‫ آﺋﺘﺜﺜﻮن ﺑﺆ‬: v e rb a l o b je c t ‫ أﻗﻌﺌﺰ آﻟﻴﺘﺎذ‬: th e a s s im ila te d v e rb ‫ آﻧﺘﺌﺜﻮني‬: a d v e r b o f r e a s o n ‫ أﻟﻌﻨﺰ آﻟﺘﺠﻨﻦ‬: F o r m f v e r b ‫ آﻧﺘﺌﺜﻮز آﻟﺜﻄﺌﻖ‬: a b s o lu te o b je c t ‫ آﺋﻐﻐﺰ آﺋﺘﺠﻴﻮذ‬: th e p a ss iv e v e rb ‫ آﻗﻌﺌﺰ آﻟﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬: th e d e riv e d F o r m o f th e v e rb ‫ن‬ ‫ أﻟﻐﺌﺰ آﻟﺘﺜﺎﺋﺬ‬: th e d o u b le d v e rb ‫ أﺷﺦ‬: n is b a a d je c tiv e ‫ آﻧﻴﺌﺰ آﺋﺜﺌﺘﺆ‬: th e w e a k v e rb ‫ آﺷﺐ‬: a c c u s a tiv e (c a s e ) ‫ آﻗﻌﻔﺰ آﻟﺘﻬﺌﺮز‬: th e h a m z a te d v e rb ‫ﺺ‬ ‫ﻋ‬،!‫ أﻟﻐﻐﺰ آل‬: th e d e fe c tiv e v e rb

JJU )

‫ﻧﺌ ﻦ؛ آﻧﻘﻌﻔﻲ‬ ham za

‫ ﻗﻨ ﺰ ة‬: kasra ‫ل‬

: h a m z a t a l-q a t' (th e c u ttin g

"(

‫ ﺋﻨﺬة آﻟﺰﺿﻞ‬: h a m z a t al-w asl ( th e e lid a b le ham za(

‫ ال ﻟﺶ آﻟﺠﺌﺮ‬: the 1‫ ة‬of absolute negation L

‫ زاؤ آ وﻳﺎل‬: w aw lin k in g m a in c la u s e to c irc u m s ta n tia l c la u s e

.‫ آﻧﻨﺆﺋﺊ‬: feminine (gender( ‫ آﻟﺘﺎ ص‬: the perfect (verb(

‫ ) أزﻧﺎ ذ ) ؤزت‬: p a tte r n

‫ ﺛﻨﻘﻨﺄ‬: subject

‫ ; زﺿﺔ‬w a s.a

‫ آﺋﺘﺨﻐﻮز آﻟﺘﺶ‬: the passive voice

‫ آﻟ ﺘ ﻐ ﺬ و ذ آﻟﺘﻴﻰ‬: the active voice

‫ زاؤ آﻟﺘﻌﺜﺖ‬: th e

w aw o f s im u lta n e ity

f l

Glossary o f Arabic Grammatical Terms

E n g lish -A ra b ic A

consequent clause (in a co nditional sen-

absolute object: ‫آﺋﺘﺜ وئ ز آﻧﺌ ﻄﻠ ﻦ‬

tence):

abstract noun o f quality: ‫اﻧ ﺐ آﻧ ﻜ ﻤ ﺔ‬ accusative (case): ‫آ ﺷ ﺐ‬

‫ﺑ ﺰا ب آﻟﺌ ﺬ ط‬

D dagger alif: ‫آ أل ﻟ ﺬ آﻟﺨﺌﺠﺮﺋﺔ‬

accusative o f specification: ‫ﺗﺌﻴﻴﻦ‬

damma: ‫ﺻﺌﻪ‬

active participle: ‫ آﻟﻘﺎﻋﻞ‬١ ‫إﺑﺬ‬

declension: ‫إ ﻏﻨﺎ ق‬

active voice: ‫آ ﻟ ﻤ ﻨ ﻨ ﻮ ذ ا ﻟ ﺶ‬

defective verb: ‫آﻧﺒﺌ ﺰ آﻟائﺑﺼﻦ‬

adjectival idafa: ‫ آ ﻟ ﻐ ﻐ ﻴ ﺆ‬:‫آ ال ﻧ ﺎ ة ﻋﻲ‬

d e fin ite article: ‫أذاة آﻟﺌﺌﺮﻳ ﺐ‬

adjectival relative clause (with definite antecedent): ‫ﺑ ﻨ ﺔ ﺻﺘﻦ‬ adjectival relative clause (with indefinite antecedent): ‫ﺑ ﺌ ﺔ ﺑ ﻨ ﻎ‬

dem onstrative pronoun: ‫ا ذ ﺑ ﺂ ال ﻗ ﺎ ذ ه‬ derived Fo rm o f the verb: ‫آ ﻗﻴﺌ ﺬ آﻟﺘﺰﻳﻦ‬ dim inutive: ‫إ س أ ﻟ ﺌ ﻘ ﺌ ﺮ ؛ آ ﺷ ﺒ ﻴ ﺬ‬ doubled verb: ‫آﻧﻌﺌﺰ آ ﻧ ﺜ ﺜ ﺎ ﻏ ﻦ‬

adjective ‫ آﻟ ﺌ ﺒ ﺆ ؛‬١ ‫إﺗ ﺊ‬

doubly weak verb: ‫آﻟ ﺌ ﻌ ﻴ ﺬ آﺋﺒﺌ ﺰ‬

adverb: ‫ﻇ ﺬ ذ‬

dual: ‫ﺋ ﺶ‬

adverb o f place: ‫ﻧﺌﻦ ذ ﺛ ﻜﺎ ن‬ adverb o f reason: ‫آﻟﺘﺌﻨ ﻮ ز ﻟﺊ‬

E

adverb o f time: ‫ﻧ ﺌ ﻨ ﺬ زﺗﺎن‬

elative ‫؛‬com parative and superlative): ‫اﻧ ﺐ‬

‫ ﺋﺜﻌﻴﻴ ﻞ‬1‫آ‬

agent (in a passive construction): ‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻞ‬ a lif mamduda: ‫أ ﻳ ﻦ ﻧﺘﻨ ﻮ دة‬

equational (nom inal) sentence: ‫ﻳﻨﺘ ﺞ أ ﻧ ﻤ ﺔ‬

a lif maqsUra: ‫أ ﻳ ﻦ ﺗﻘﻀﻮﻧﺔ‬

exception: ‫آ الﺑﺌﺘﺎ ﺀ‬

alphabet: ‫ﻧ ﺬ و ذ آﻧﻬﺠﺎﺀ‬

exclamation: ‫ﺑﻌﺎزة ﺳ ﺒ ﺔ‬

apposition: ‫أﺋﺒﻨ ﺬ‬

F

antecedent (in a relative sentence): ‫ﻧﺎﺑﻤﺎن‬

fatba: ‫ﻛﺤﺔ‬

assim ilated verb: ‫آﻟﻌﻔﺎن آﻟ ﺠﺎ ز‬

fem inine '(gender): ‫ا ﻟ ﺌ ﺆ ك‬

B

fem inine sound plural: ‫ ائ ﻳ ﻠ ﻢ‬1‫ﻳ ﻊ آﺋﻨ ﺆﻧ ﺐ إ‬

broken plural: ‫ش ؛ آﻟ ﺠﺌ ﻎ آ ﻟ ﺌ ﻜ ﺌ ﺬ‬

‫ﺑﺌ ﻎ أ‬

e

cardinal numbers: ‫آ أل ﺋ ﺬا ذ آالﺀﺿﻠﺔ‬

"fiVjC.noons''( ‫ أحب ا ب‬, ‫ ﺧﺐ‬, ‫ در‬and ‫(ﻗﺐ‬: ‫أ ال ﻧ ﻤﺎ ة‬ F o rm I verb: ‫آﺋﻌﺌﺰ آﻟﺌ ﺠﺬة‬

circumstance: ‫ﺧﺎن‬

G

circum stantial clause: ‫ﺑ ﺌ ﺔ ﺧ ﺎ ؤ‬

genitive (case): ‫آﻧ ﺠﺈ‬

collective noun (humans): ‫إ ﻧ ﺬ آﻟ ﺠﺘ ﻊ‬

genitive (in an idafa construction): ‫آ ﻟ ﺌ ﺜ ﺎ ن‬

collective noun (non-humans): ‫اﻧ ﺐ آﻟﺠﺌ ﺲ‬

governing term (in an idafa construction):

‫ ﻟ ﺜ ﻘ ﺎ ذ أﺗﻪ‬1

condition (subordinate clause ‫؛‬n conditio nal sentence): ‫ﻗ ﻨ ﻦ‬

H

conditional sentence: ‫ﺑ ﺌ ﺔ ﻧ ﻄ ﺔ‬

hamzat a l-q a t (the cutting hamza): ‫ﺧﻨﺰة آﻧﺌﻄﺢ‬

conjunction: ‫ﺧ ﺬ ذ آﻟﻔﻄﻐﺐ‬

hamzat al-wasl (the elidable ham za ۶ ‫ﻧﻨ ﺬ ة‬

‫أذاة آﻟﻌ ﻄ ﺐ ؛‬

Modem Literary Arabic: A Reference Grammar

‫ا ﻟﺰ ﺿﻞ‬ hamzatcd verb: ‫أﻧﺒﻐﺰ آﻟ ﻄﻨﻮ ن‬ hollow verb: ‫آﻟﻌﻨﺰ آألﺑﺰذ‬ I

idafa (idafa construction): ‫آ الﻧﺎﻗ ﺔ‬ imperative: ‫آألﻧﺬ‬ imperfect (verb): ‫إ ﻧ ﺘ ﺒ ﺎ ئ‬ indicative (mood): ‫ا ﻧ ﻨ ﺎ ﻳ ﻎ أﻧﺘﺰﻗﻮغ‬ interjectional particle: ‫ﺧﺬذ األﻧﺎ ؛‬ interjections: ‫أﺿﺰاث‬ interrogative: ‫إ ز آ ال ﺷ ﻨ ﺎ م‬

‫ل‬ jussive (mood): ‫آ ﻟ ﺌ ﻔ ﺎ ئ آﻧﻨﺠﺬوﻟﻢ‬ K kasra: ‫ﻓﺘﻨ ﺔ‬

f s

p

‫اﺷﺐ أﻟﺘﻌوئل‬ passive verb: ‫أﺋ ﺠﺌ ﺰ أﻟﻤﺠﻔﻮن‬ passive ٧‫ح؛آل‬6 :‫آﻟﺘﺨﻔﻮن أ ﺋ ﺘ ﻨ ﻲ‬ passive participle:

p attern : ( ‫(أ زﻧﺎ ذ‬

‫ﻧﺰت‬

p erfect (verb): ‫آ ﻟ ﺘ ﺎ ﺑ ﻰ‬ p erso n al pronoUn: ‫ﺷ ﻂ ﻧ ﺸ ﻴ ﻞ‬ p erso n al p ro n o u n used for em phasis: ‫ﻧ ﺠﻴ ﻦ‬ ‫آﻧﻴ ﺰ‬ plural: ‫آﻟﺒﺌﻠ ﺢ‬ pred icate: ‫ﻏﻨﻦ‬ p rep o sitio n : ‫آ ذا ة آﺋ ﺨ ﺬ ؛ ﺣ ﺰ ن آﺋ ﺠ ﺬ‬ prim itive noun: ‫! ﻧ ﺐ ﺟ ﺎ ﻳ ﺪ‬ p ro n o m in al object, of a verb: ‫أ أل ب ﺷﻴﻴ ﻦ‬ p ro n o u n : ( ‫ﻧ ﻴ ﻦ ( ﺛ ﺘ ﺎ ﺑ ﺬ‬ p ro n o u n o f general reference: ‫ﻧ ﺠﻴ ﻦ آﻟﺌﺄﻧ ﻲ‬ p ro n o u n of separation: ‫ﻗ ﺠﻴ ﻦ آ ﻳ ﻨ ﻐ ﻞ‬

1‫ ة‬of absolute negation: ‫ال ﻟﺘﺶ آﻧ ﺠﺌ ﻲ‬

p ro n o u n suffix: ‫ﺧﻠﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺘ ﺼﻞ‬ p ro n o u n suffix attach ed to nouns: ‫ ئ ﻧ ﻴ ﻦ‬۶ ‫ﺛﺔ‬

M

proper idafa:

madda: ‫ﻗﺌﻪ‬ masculine (gender): ‫آﻧﺌﻨﺌ ﻦ‬ masculine sound p.lural: ‫ﺑ ﺘ ﺦ آﻧﻨﺬ ش آ ﻟ ائ ز‬ moon letters: ‫آﻟﺜﺬرذ آﻟﻘﻨﺌﺔ‬ N nisba adjective: ‫أ ﺷﻨ ﺔ‬ nominal (equational) sentence: ‫ﻳﻨﻨ ﺔ آ ﻧ ﻴ ﺦ‬ nominative (case): ‫آﻟﺬ ح‬ noun: (‫إ ز (أ ﺗ ﺘﺎ ة‬ noun of instrument: ‫! ز آآلﻗﺆ‬ noun of kind or manner: ‫اﻧ ﺐ آألزع‬ noun of single occurrence': ‫اﺷﺐ أذﻗﺬؤ‬ noun of time and place: ‫اﻧﺐ آﺋﺘﻜﺎ ق ﻧﺂﻟﺬﺗﺎ ق‬ noun of trades and professions: ‫ﻗ ائ د ﺛ ﻔ ﺎ ﻗ ﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻲ